HomeMy WebLinkAboutBID - 5700 CSU TRANSIT CENTERCONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND
COLORADO STATE
UNIVERSITY
TRANSIT CENTER
BID NO. 5700
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
PURCHASING DIVISION
215 NORTH MASON, 2ND FLOOR
OPENING DATE:
APRIL 29, 2002 - 3:00 P.M. (Our Clock)
11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and
signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the
official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature.
11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the
joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name
of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid
Form.
11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda
(the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form).
11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by
erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such
alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may
require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed.
11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the
Bid shall be shown.
12.0 BID PRICING.
Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules.
13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS.
13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the
Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked
with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and
accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders
Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section
00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the
sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation
"BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it.
13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time
and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any
extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date
for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full
responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt
of Bids.
13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and
will not receive consideration.
13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under
different names will not be accepted from one firm or association.
14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS.
7/96 Section 00100 Page 5
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) GC -AI
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/94)
WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE
No.
DATE OF ISSUANCE EFFECTIVE DATE
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
Contract:
Project:
OWNERts Contract No.
ENGINEER's Project No.
You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s):
Description:
Purpose of Work Change Directive:
Attachments: (List documents supporting change)
If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believe that the above change has affected Contract Price any Claim for a
Change Order based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods as defined in the
Contract Documents.
Method of determining change in
Contract Price:
Unit Prices
Lump Sum
Cost of the
Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract
$ Times:
If the change involves an increase, the estimated Substantial Completion: days;
amount is not to be exceeded without further Ready for final payment: days.
authorization.
RECOMMENDED: AUTHORIZED:
ENGINEER OWNER
By: By.
EJCDC No. 1910-8-F (1996 Edition)
Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endoned by The Avxiated General Contractor, of America and the Construction Specifications
institute.
IVAdvancement
of Construction
Technology
Project:
Field Order Number:
From:
To: Date:
A/E Project Number:
Re: Contract For:
FIELD
ORDER
You are hereby directed to execute promptly this Field Order which interprets the Contract Documents or orders minor changes in the
Work without change in Contract Sum or Contract Time.
If you consider that a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time is required, submit a Change Order Request to the A/E immediately and
prior to proceeding with this Work.
Specification Section: Paragraph:
Description of Interpretation or Change:
❑ Attachments
Signed by:
Drawing Reference:
Detail:
Date:
Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ []File
Copyright 1994, Construction Specification Institute, Page of July 1994
99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form 13AA
IVAdvancement
orC cemction
Technology
Project:
To:
Re:
R.F.I. Number: —
From:
Date:
A/E Project Number:
Contract For:
REQUEST FOR
INTERPRETATION
Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail:
Request:
Signed by:
Response:
Date:
❑ Attachments
Response From: To: Date Rec'd: Date Ret0d:
Signed by: Date:
Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File
Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page or July 1994
99 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA 22314 CSI Form 13.2A
Advancement Advanc
�v or vanement
structim
Technology
Project:
To:
Re:
Clarification Notice Number:
From:
Date:
A/F Project Number:
ContractFor:
CLARIFICATION
NOTICE
This Clarification Notice is issued for the purpose of clarifying the Contract Documents based on an interpretation reasonably inferable
from the Contract Documents, and therefore has no effect on the Contract Sum or Contract Time. Proceeding with Work in accordance
with this Clarification Notice indicates acceptance with no change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
Specification Section: Paragraph: Drawing Reference: Detail:
Description:
❑ Attachments
Signed by: Date:
Copies: ❑ owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ File
Copyright 1994, Construction Specifications Institute, Page of July 1994
99 Cam] Center Plaza, Suite 300 Alexandria, VA CSI Form 13.3A
22314
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
SECTION 00800
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
Conditions of the Contract
These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General
Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions
1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and
other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below.
SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions:
A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General
Conditions.
4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests
of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work:
Terracon Project No. 20015282 of January 31, 2002
Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data
contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon
nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained
therein or upon the completeness of any information in the
report.
SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability
A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8.
The limits of liability for the insurance required by the
paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as
follows:
5.4.1 and 5.4.2
Coverage A - Statutory Limits
Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000
5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have
limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy
will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground
coverage unless waived by the Owner.
5.4.6The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will
have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL).
5.4.9This policy will include completed operations
coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000
combined single limits (CSL).
SC-8.10 OWNER's Project Manager
A. Add the following language to ARTICLE 8:
8.10. The OWNER will provide a Project Manager. The CONTRACTOR
shall direct all questions concerning Contract
interpretation, Change Orders, and other requests for
clarification or instruction to the Project Manager.
8.10.1 Authority: The Project Manager will be the OWNER's
representative during the construction of the project.
The Project Manager shall have the authority set forth
in the OWNER's Capital Project Procedures Manual. The
Project Manager shall have the authority to reject work
and materials whenever such rejection may be necessary to
ensure the proper performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager will
make periodic visits to the project site to observe the
progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in
general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the
Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall not be
required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections
to check the progress or quality of the Work. The Project
Manager shall not be responsible for construction means,
methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for
safety precautions or programs in connection with the
Work, or for any failure of the Contractor to comply with
laws and regulation applicable to the performance or
furnishing of the Work. Visits and observations made by
the Project Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of
his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the
Work, to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work,
and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance
with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall
at all times have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR
shall provide facilities for such access so the Project
Manager may perform his or her functions under the
Contract Documents.
8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s) (RCI) may
be assigned to assist the Project Manager in providing
observation of the Work, to determine whether or not the
Work is proceeding according to the construction
documents. CONTRACTOR will receive written notification
from the OWNER of any RCI assignments. The RCI shall not
supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor
be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the
safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for
any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance
of the Work. The RCI will not be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents. The RCI's
dealings in matters pertaining to the on -site work will
be to keep the Project Manager properly apprised about
such matters.
8.10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and
decisions of the Project Manager shall be in writing. The
CONTRACTOR may not rely on instructions, approvals, or
decisions of the Project Manager until the same are
reduced to writing
//:11
SECTION 00900
ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT
00950 Contract Change Order
00960 Application for Payment
17M
14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly
executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the
place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of
Bids.
14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an
authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority
at any time prior to the opening of Bids.
14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the
receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these
Instructions to Bidders.
15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS.
Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non -responsive) read aloud
publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts
of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after
the opening of Bids.
16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE.
All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the
Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and
return the Bid Security prior to that date.
17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT.
17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any
and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to
negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to
disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids.
Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER
believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make
an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the
Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any
other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies
between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum
thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum.
17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the
Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements,
and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the
Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award.
17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for
those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors,
Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by
OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance
7/96 Section 00100 Page 6
Y
SECTION 00950
CHANGE ORDER NO.
PROJECT TITLE: CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER;
BID NO. 5700
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT NUMBER:
DESCRIPTION:
1. Reason for change:
2. Description of Change:
3. Change in Contract Cost
4. Change in Contract Time:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00
TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER 0.00
TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER
TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT
ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ 0.00
(Assuming all change orders approved)
ACCEPTED BY: DATE:
Contractor's Representative
ACCEPTED BY:
Project Manager
REVIEWED BY:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
Title:
APPROVED BY:
Purchas
cc: City Clerk
Project File
Engineer
Agent over $30,000
Contractor
Architect
Purchasing
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
DATE:
9/99 Section 00950 Page 1
Section 00960
Application for Payment
Insert page 1
9/99
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
PROJECT:
PAY ESTIMATE NO:
DATE:
CONTRACTOR:
ADDRESS:
CONTRACT FOR:
PARTIAL
The undersigned Contractor certifies that to
the best of his knowledge, information and
belief the work covered by this application
for Payment has been completed in
accordance with the Contract Documents,
that all accounts have been paid by him for
Work for which previous Certificates for
Payment were issued and payments
received, in this current payment shown
herein is now due.
CONTRACTOR:
By:
FINAL
In accordance with the Contract Documents,
based on site observations and the data
comprising the above application, the
Architects Certifies to the Owner that the
Work has progressed to the point indicated;
that the best of his knowledge, information
and belief, the quality of the Work is in
accordance with the Contract Documents,
and that the Contractor is entitled to payment
of the AMOUNT CERTIFIED.
ENGINEER:
in
Date:
Application is made for Payment, as shown below, in connection with the Contract. Schedule
attached.
The present status of the account for this Contract is as follows:
ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT
APPROVED CHANGE ORDERS TO DATE
ADJUSTED CONTRACT AMOUNT
TOTAL WORK COMPLETED AND MATERIALS USED
RETAINAGE (10% OF TOTAL)
TOTAL EARNED LESS RETAINAGE
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES WITHHELD
TOTAL EARNED LESS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS
CURRENT PAYMENT DUE
DATE:
(Title)
cc: Accounting City Clerk
Contractor Engineer
Project File
FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Buy America Requirements
Page 2
Cargo Preference Requirements
Page 2
Seismic Safety Requirements
Page 2
Energy Conservation Requirements
Page 2
Clean Water Requirements
Page 3
Lobbying
Page 3
Access to Records and Reports
Page 3-4
Federal Changes
Page 4
Clean Air
Page 4
Recycled Products
Page 5
Davis -Bacon Act
Page 5-10
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
Page 10-11
Copeland Anti -Kickback Act
Page 11-12
No Government Obligation to Third Parties
Page 12
Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements
Page 12
Termination
Page 13-15
Governmentwide Debarment and Suspension
(Nonprocurement)
Page 15-17
Privacy Act
Page 17
Civil Rights Requirements
Page 17-18
Breaches and Dispute Resolution
Page 18
Patent and Rights in Data
Page 19-21
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE)
Page 21-23
Interests of Members of or Delegates to Congress
Page 23
Prohibited Interest
Page 23
Incorporation of Federal Transit
Administration (FTA) Terms
Page 23-24
ATTACHMENTS:
Attachment 1
Buy America Requirements 4 pages
Attachment 4
Certification Regarding Lobbying
Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans,
and Cooperative Agreements 1 page
Attachment 5
Davis Bacon Wage Determination 8 pages
Page 1
BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS
49 U.S.C. 53230)49 CFR Part 661
The Buy America regulation, at 49 CFR 661.13, requires notification of the Buy America
requirements in FTA-funded contracts. The contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 53230)
and 49 CFR Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron,
and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States,
unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General
waivers are listed in 49 CFR 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15
passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, microcomputer
equipment, software, and small purchases (currently less than $100,000) made with capital,
operating, or planning funds. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 53230)(2)(C)
and 49 CFR 661.11. Rolling stock not subject to a general waiver must be manufactured in the
United States and have a 60 percent domestic content.
CARGO PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS
46 U.S.C. 1241
46 CFR Part 381
Cargo Preference - Use of United States -Flag Vessels - The contractor agrees: a. to use
privately owned United States -Flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross
tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved,
whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to the underlying contract
to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States -Flag
commercial vessels; b. to furnish within 20 working days following the date of loading for
shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of
leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on -board"
commercial ocean bill -of -lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding
paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime
Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient (through the contractor in the
case of a subcontractor's bill -of -lading.) c. to include these requirements in all subcontracts
SEISMIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
42 U.S.C. 7701 et seq. 49 CFR Part 41
Seismic Safety - The contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building
will be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards for Seismic Safety required
in Department of Transportation Seismic Safety Regulations 49 CFR Part 41 and will certify to
compliance to the extent required by the regulation. The contractor also agrees to ensure that
all work performed under this contract including work performed by a subcontractor is in
compliance with the standards required by the Seismic Safety Regulations and the certification
of compliance issued on the project.
ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS
42 U.S.C. 6321 at seq. 49 CFR Part 18
The contractor agrees to comply with mandatory
efficiency which are contained in the state energy
the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.
standards and policies relating to energy
conservation plan issued in compliance with
Page 2
CLEAN WATER REQUIREMENTS
33 U.S.C.1251
Clean Water
(1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations
issued pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251
et sec . The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and
understands and agrees that the Purchaser will, in turn, report each violation as required
to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract
exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by
FTA.
LOBBYING
31 U.S.C. 135249 CFR Part 1949 CFR Part 20
Byrd Anti -Lobbying Amendment, 31 U.S.C. 1352, as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure
Act of 1995, P.L. 104-65 [to be codified at 2 U.S.C.O 1601, et seq.]
- Contractors who apply or bid for an award of $100,000 or more shall file the certification
required by 49 CFR part 20, "New Restrictions on Lobbying." Each tier certifies to the tier above
that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization
for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of
Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in
connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C.
1352. Each tier shall also disclose the name of any registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure Act
of 1995 who has made lobbying contacts on its behalf with non -Federal funds with respect to
that Federal contract, grant or award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Such disclosures are
forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient.
APPENDIX A, 49 CFR PART 20--CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
Submit signed Attachment 4, Certification Regarding Lobbying, with Bid or Proposal.
Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements
ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS
49 U.S.C. 5325 18 CFR 18.36 49 CFR.633.17Access to Records - The following access to
records requirements apply to this Contract:
1. Where the Purchaser is not a State but a local government and is the FTA Recipient or a
subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C. F. R. 18.36(i), the Contractor agrees
to provide the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General of the Unites States
or any of their authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers and records
of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits,
examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. Contractor also agrees, pursuant to 49 C. F. R.
633.17 to provide the FTA Administrator or his authorized representatives including any PMO
Contractor access to Contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a major capital
project, defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1, which is receiving federal financial assistance through
the programs described at 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309 or 5311.
2. Not applicable
3. Where the Purchaser enters into a negotiated contract for other than a small purchase or
Page 3
under the simplified acquisition threshold and is an institution of higher education, a hospital or
other non-profit organization and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in
accordance with 49 C.F.R. 19.48, Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, FTA
Administrator, the Comptroller General of the Unites States or any of their duly authorized
representatives with access to any books, documents, papers and record of the Contractor
which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations,
excerpts and transcriptions.
4. Where any Purchaser which is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in
accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5325(a) enters into a contract for a capital project or improvement
(defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1) through other than competitive bidding, the Contractor shall
make available records related to the contract to the Purchaser, the Secretary of Transportation
and the Comptroller General or any authorized officer or employee of any of them for the
purposes of conducting an audit and inspection.
5. The Contractor agrees to permit any of the foregoing parties to reproduce by any means
whatsoever or to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed.
6. The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records, accounts and reports required under
this contract for a period of not less than three years after the date of termination or expiration of
this contract, except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the
performance of this contract, in which case Contractor agrees to maintain same until the
Purchaser, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized
representatives, have disposed of all such litigation, appeals, claims or exceptions related
thereto. Reference 49 CFR 18.39(i)(11).
FEDERAL CHANGES
49 CFR Part 18
Federal Changes - Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations,
policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by
reference in the Agreement (Form FTA MA (2) dated October, 1995) between Purchaser and
FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract.
Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this contract.
CLEAN AIR
42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq
40 CFR 15.61
49 CFR Part 18
Clean Air
(1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations
issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C.0 7401 et seq. . The
Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and understands and agrees
that the Purchaser will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to
FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract
exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by
FTA.
Page 4
RECYCLED PRODUCTS
42 U.S.C.6962
40 CFR Part 247
Executive Order 12873
Recovered Materials - The contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section
6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962),
including but not limited to the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247, and Executive Order
12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 CFR Part
247.
D"IS-BACON ACT
40 USCO276a-276a-5 (1995)
29 CFRO 5 (1995)
The language in this clause is mandated under the DOL regulations at 29 C.F.R.05.5.)
(1) Minimum wages - (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of
the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in
the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often
than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such
payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the
Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash
equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in
the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part
hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the
contractor and such laborers and mechanics.
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section
1 (b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid
to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section;
also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less
often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period,
are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers
and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage
determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except
as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than
one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time
actually worked therein: Provided, That the employees payroll records accurately set forth the
time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination and the
Davis -Bacon poster (WH-1 321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its
subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be
easily seen by the workers.
(ii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or
mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor
shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide
fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
(iii) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the
contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any
costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program,
Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that
Page 5
the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may
require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations
under the plan or program.
(iv) (A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is
not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract
shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer
shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only
when the following criteria have been met:
(1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a
classification in the wage determination; and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and
(3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable
relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
A If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the
classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the
classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where
appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the
Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration,
Washington, DC 2021 0. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will
approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of
receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the
30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the
classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the
proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe
benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including
the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to
the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative,
will issue a determination with 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or
will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is
necessary.
(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to
paragraphs (1)(iv) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work
in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in
the classification.
(2) Withholding - The City of Fort Collins shall upon its own action or upon written request
of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be
withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the
same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon
prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of
the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers
and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor
or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of
failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper,
employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of
1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the
Page 6
project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the City of Fort Collins may,
after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as
may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or
guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
(3) Payrolls and basic records - (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be
maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of
three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or
under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the
construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name,
address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct
classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs
anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types
described in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of
hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of
Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic
include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a
plan or program described in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor
shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is
enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or
program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and
records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such
benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall
maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification
of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and
wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
(ii) (A) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is
performed a copy of all payrolls to the City of Fort Collins for transmission to the Federal
Transit Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely
all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR part 5. This information
may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this
purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock
Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all
subcontractors.
(B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance,"
signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the
payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following:
(1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained
under 29 CFR part 5 and that such information is correct and complete;
(2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee)
employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages
earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been
made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible
deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates
and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as
specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract.
Page 7
requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials
and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is
required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award.
17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to
assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility,
qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the
Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction
within the prescribed time.
17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest
responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to
OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award
shall be made on the evaluated lowest base bid excluding alternates. The
basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the
case of more than one schedule, for sum of all schedules. Only one
contract will be awarded.
17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful
Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the
Bid opening.
18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY.
The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's
requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder
delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by
the required Contract Security.
19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT.
When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be
accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the
Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within
fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the
required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to
OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER
shall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart
is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate
identification.
20.0 TAXES.
OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and
equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included
in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary
Conditions.
21.0 RETAINAGE.
7/96 Section 00100 Page 7
(C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the
reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for
submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (3)(ii)(B) of
this section.
(D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or
subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1 001 of title 1 8 and
section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code.
(iii The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under
paragraph (3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription
by authorized representatives of the Federal Transit Administration or the
Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview
employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor
fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal
agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner,
take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further
payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the
required records upon request or to make such records available may be
grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12.
(4) Apprentices and trainees
(i) Apprentices - Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate
for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually
registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of
Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training,
or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is
employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in
such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but
who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State
Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment
as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any
craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the
entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an
apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above,
shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the
classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on
the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid
not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually
performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other
than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in
percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or
subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at
not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of
progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the
applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance
with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does
not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits
listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of
the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor determines that a different
practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in
accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and
Page 8
Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws
approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to
utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed
until an acceptable program is approved.
(ii) Trainees - Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at
less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed
pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval,
evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and
Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be
greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training
Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the
approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the
journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall
be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the
trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount
of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage
and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with
the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for
less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a
trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the
Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage
rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In
addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted
under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the
wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and
Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no
longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for
the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(iii) Equal employment opportunity - The utilization of apprentices, trainees and
journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity
requirements of Executive Order 1 1 246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30.
(5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements - The contractor shall comply with the
requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
(6) Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses
contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Transit
Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the
subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor
shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all
the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
(7) Contract termination: debarment - A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be
grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor
as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
(8) Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements - All rulings and interpretations
of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein
incorporated by reference in this contract.
(9) Disputes concerning labor standards - Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions
of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such
Page 9
disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set
forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes
between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S.
Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.
(10) Certification of eligibility
(i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he c
person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm
awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon
5.12(a)(1).
it she) nor any
ineligible to be
Act or 29 CFR
(ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a
Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C.
1001.
CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT 40 U.S.C.O 827 -333 (1995)
29 C.F.R.0 5 (1995)
29 C.F.R.0 1926 (1995)
Pursuant to Section 102 (Overtime):
(1) Overtime requirements - No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract
work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or
permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such
work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic
receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for
all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
(2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages - In the event of any violation of
the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor
responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and
subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated
damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including
watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this
section, in the sum of $ 10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or
permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the
overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section.
(3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages - The City of Fort Collins shall upon
its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of
Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work
performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal
contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally -assisted contract subject to the
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor,
such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or
subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in
paragraph (2) of this section.
(4) Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set
forth in this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in
any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any
Page 10
subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in this section.
(5) Payrolls and basic records - (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained
by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years
thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United
States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or
development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security
number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid
(including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash
equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily
and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the
Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or
mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a
plan or program described in section 1 (b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall
maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that
the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been
communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the
costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing
apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the
registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of
the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable
programs.
Section 107 (OSHA):
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act
(i) The Contractor agrees to comply with section 107 of the Contract t Work Hours and Safety
Standards Act, 40 U.S.C. section 333, and applicable DOL regulations, " Safety and Health
Regulations for Construction " 29 C.F.R. Part 1926. Among other things, the Contractor agrees
that it will not require any laborer or mechanic to work in unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous
surroundings or working conditions.
(ii) Subcontracts - The Contractor also agrees to include the requirements of this section in
each subcontract. The term "subcontract" under this section is considered to refer to a person
who agrees to perform any part of the labor or material requirements of a contract for
construction, alteration or repair. A person who undertakes to perform a portion of a contract
involving the furnishing of supplies or materials will be considered a "subcontractor" under this
section if the work in question involves the performance of construction work and is to be
performed: (1) directly on or near the construction site, or (2) by the employer for the specific
project on a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of materials which will become an integral part
of the construction is a "subcontractor' if the supplier fabricates or assembles the goods or
materials in question specifically for the construction project and the work involved may be said
to be construction activity. If the goods or materials in question are ordinarily sold to other
customers from regular inventory, the supplier is not a "subcontractor." The requirements of this
section do not apply to contracts or subcontracts for the purchase of supplies or materials or
articles normally available on the open market.
COPELAND ANTI -KICKBACK ACT
40 U.S.C. 0 276c (1995)
29 C.F.R. 0 3 (1995)
29 C.F.R. 0 5 (1995)
3.1 of the Copeland Act makes it clear that the purpose of the Act is to assist in "the enforcement of
Page 11
the minimum wage provisions of the Davis- Bacon Act." In keeping with this intent DOL has
included a section on the Copeland Act in the mandatory language of the Davis -Bacon
provisions. The language can be found at 05.5(a)(5) of the Davis -Bacon model clauses and
reads as follows:
NO GOVERNMENT OBLIGATION TO THIRD PARTIES No Obligation by the Federal Government.
(1) The Purchaser and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence
by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract,
absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not
a party to this contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the Purchaser,
Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter
resulting from the underlying contract.
(2) The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in
part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be
modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions.
31 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.
49 CFR Part 31 18 U.S.C. 1001
49 U.S.C. 5307
Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts.
(1) The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of
1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C.O 3801 at seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, 'Program Fraud Civil
Remedies," 49 C.F.R. Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Upon execution of
the underlying contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any
statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the
underlying contract or the FTA assisted project for which this contract work is being performed.
In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor further acknowledges that if
it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or
certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program
Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the extent the Federal Government
deems appropriate.
(2) The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or
fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a
contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance
originally awarded by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C.0 5307, the Government reserves the
right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C.O 1001 and 49 U.S.C.O 5307(n)(1) on the Contractor,
to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.
(3) The Contractor agrees to include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in whole
or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clauses shall not
be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions.
Page 12
TERMINATION
49 U.S.C. Part 18
FTA Circular 4220A D
a. Termination for Convenience (General Provision) The City of Fort Collins may terminate this
contract, in whole or in part, at any time by written notice to the Contractor when it is in the
Government's best interest. The Contractor shall be paid its costs, including contract close-out
costs, and profit on work performed up to the time of termination. The Contractor shall promptly
submit its termination claim to the City of Fort Collins to be paid the Contractor. If the
Contractor has any property in its possession belonging to the City of Fort Collins, the
Contractor will account for the same, and dispose of it in the manner the City of Fort Collins
directs.
b. Termination for Default [Breach or Cause] (General Provision) If the Contractor does not
deliver supplies in accordance with the contract delivery schedule, or, if the contract is for
services, the Contractor fails to perform in the manner called for in the contract, or if the
Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of the contract, the City of Fort Collins may
terminate this contract for default. Termination shall be effected by serving a notice of
termination on the contractor setting forth the manner in which the Contractor is in default. The
contractor will only be paid the contract price for supplies delivered and accepted, or services
performed in accordance with the manner of performance set forth in the contract.
If it is later determined by the City of Fort Collins that the Contractor had an excusable reason for not
performing, such as a strike, fire, or flood, events which are not the fault of or are beyond the control of
the Contractor, the City of Fort Collins, after setting up a new delivery of performance schedule, may
allow the Contractor to continue work, or treat the termination as a termination for convenience.
C. Opportunity to Cure (General Provision) The City of Fort Collins in its sole discretion may, in
the case of a termination for breach or default, allow the Contractor [an appropriately short
period of time] in which to cure the defect. In such case, the notice of termination will state the
time period in which cure is permitted and other appropriate conditions.
If Contractor fails to remedy to the City of Fort Collins' satisfaction the breach or default or any of
the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Contract within [ten (1 0) days] after receipt by Contractor or
written notice from the City of Fort Collins setting forth the nature of said breach or default, the City of
Fort Collins shall have the right to terminate the Contract without any further obligation to Contractor.
Any such termination for default shall not in any way operate to preclude the City of Fort Collins from
also pursuing all available remedies against Contractor and its sureties for said breach or default.
d. Waiver of Remedies for any Breach In the event that the City of Fort Collins elects to waive its
remedies for any breach by Contractor of any covenant, term or condition of this Contract, such
waiver by the City of Fort Collins shall not limit the City of Fort Collins's remedies for any
succeeding breach of that or of any other term, covenant, or condition of this Contract.
e. Termination for Default (Supplies and Service) If the Contractor fails to deliver supplies or to
perform the services within the time specified in this contract or any extension or if the
Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of this contract, the City of Fort Collins may
terminate this contract for default. The City of Fort Collins shall terminate by delivering to the
Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature of the default. The Contractor will only
be paid the contract price for supplies delivered and accepted, or services performed in
accordance with the manner or performance set forth in this contract.
If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor was not in
Page 13
default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued
for the convenience of the Recipient.
Termination for Default (Transportation Services) If the Contractor fails to pick up the
commodities or to perform the services, including delivery services, within the time specified in
this contract or any extension or if the Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of this
contract, the City of Fort Collins may terminate this contract for default. The City of Fort Collins
shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature of
default. The Contractor will only be paid the contract price for services performed in accordance
with the manner of performance set forth in this contract.
If this contract is terminated while the Contractor has possession of Recipient goods, the Contractor
shall, upon direction of the City of Fort Collins, protect and preserve the goods until surrendered to the
Recipient or its agent. The Contractor and the City of Fort Collins shall agree on payment for the
Preservation and protection of goods. Failure to agree on an amount will be resolved under the
Dispute clause.
If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor was not in
default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued
for the convenience of the City of Fort Collins.
g. Termination for Default (Construction) If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the work
or any separable part, with the diligence that will insure its completion within the time specified
in this contract or any extension or fails to complete the work within this time, or if the Contractor
fails to comply with any other provisions of this contract, the City of Fort Collins may terminate
this contract for default. The City of Fort Collins shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a
Notice of Termination specifying the nature of the default. In this event, the Recipient may take
over the work and compete it by contract or otherwise, and may take possession of and use any
materials, appliances, and plant on the work site necessary for completing the work. The
Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for any damage to the Recipient resulting from the
Contractor's refusal or failure to complete the work within specified time, whether or not the
Contractor's right to proceed with the work is terminated. This liability includes any increased
costs incurred by the Recipient in completing the work.
The Contractor's right to proceed shall not be terminated nor the Contractor changed with damages
under
this clause if-
1. the delay in completing the work arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and
without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such causes include: acts of
God, acts of the Recipient, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a contract with the
Recipient, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes; and
2. the contractor, within [1 0] days from the beginning of any delay, notifies the City of Fort
Collins in writing of the causes of delay. If in the judgment of the City of Fort Collins, the delay
is excusable, the time for completing the work shall be extended. The judgment of the City of
Fort Collins shall be final and conclusive on the parties, but subject to appeal under the
Disputes clauses.
If, after termination of the Contractor's right to proceed, it is determined that the Contractor was not in
default, or that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the same as if
the termination had been issued for the convenience of the Recipient.
Page 14
h. Termination for Convenience or Default (Architect and Engineering) The City of Fort
Collins may terminate this contract in whole or in part, for the Recipient's convenience or
because of the failure of the Contractor to fulfill the contract obligations. The City of Fort Collins
shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature,
extent, and effective date of the termination. Upon receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall
(1) immediately discontinue all services affected (unless -the notice directs
otherwise), and
(2) deliver to the Contracting Officer all data, drawings, specifications, reports,
estimates, summaries, and other information and materials accumulated in
performing this contract, whether completed or in process.
If the termination is for the convenience of the Recipient, the Contracting Officer shall make an
Equitable adjustment in the contract price but shall allow no anticipated profit on unperformed services.
If the termination is for failure of the Contractor to fulfill the contract obligations, the Recipient may
complete the work by contact or otherwise and the Contractor shall be liable for any additional cost
incurred by the Recipient.
If, after termination for failure to fulfill contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor was not in
default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued
for the convenience of the Recipient.
Termination for Convenience of Default (Cost -Type Contracts) The City of Fort Collins may
terminate this contract, or any portion of it, by serving a notice or termination on the Contractor.
The notice shall state whether the termination is for convenience of the City of Fort Collins or for
the default of the Contractor. If the termination is for default, the notice shall state the manner in
which the contractor has failed to perform the requirements of the contract. The Contractor
shall account for any property in its possession paid for from funds received from the City of Fort
Collins, or property supplied to the Contractor by the City of Fort Collins. If the termination is for
default, the City of Fort Collins may fix the fee, if the contract provides for a fee, to be paid the
contractor in proportion to the value, if any, of work performed up to the time of termination. The
Contractor shall promptly submit its termination claim to the City of Fort Collins and the parties
shall negotiate the termination settlement to be paid the Contractor.
If the termination is for the convenience of the City of Fort Collins, the Contractor shall be paid its
Contract close-out costs, and a fee, if the contract provided for payment of a fee, in proportion to the
Work performed up to the time of termination.
If, after serving a notice of termination for default, the City of Fort Collins determines that the Contractor
has an excusable reason for not performing, such as strike, fire, flood, events which are not the fault of
and are beyond the control of the contractor, the City of Fort Collins, after setting up a new work
schedule, may allow the Contractor to continue work, or treat the termination as a termination for
convenience.
GOVERNMENTWIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (NONPROCUREMENT) 49 CFR Part 29
Executive Order 12549
Instructions for Certification
By signing and submitting this bid or proposal, the prospective lower tier participant is
providing the signed certification set out below .
Page 15
2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was
placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective
lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other
remedies available to the Federal Government, the City of Fort Collins may pursue available
remedies, including suspension and/or debarment.
3. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the City of Fort
Collins if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was
erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances.
4. The terms 'covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," 'lower tier covered
transaction," :"participant," "persons," 'lower tier covered transaction," "principal," "proposal,"
and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions
and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549 [49 CFR Part 29]. You
may contact the City of Fort Collins for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.
5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the
proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier
covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or
voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized in writing
by the City of Fort Collins.
6. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitting this proposal that it will
include the clause titled "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and
Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transaction", without modification, in all lower tier
covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions.
A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in
a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily
excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous, A
participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its
principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List issued
by U.S. General Service Administration.
8. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of system of
records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge
and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a
prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.
9. Except for transactions authorized under Paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a
covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is
suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in
addition to all remedies available to the Federal Government, the City of Fort Collins may
pursue available remedies including suspension and/or debarment.
"Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -
Lower Tier Covered Transaction"
(1) The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this bid or proposal, that neither
it nor its "principals" [as defined at 49 C.F.R.O 29.105(p)] is presently debarred, suspended,
proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this
transaction by any Federal department or agency.
Page 16
(2) When the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to the statements in this
certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
PRIVACY ACT
5 U.S.C. 552
When a grantee maintains files on drug and alcohol enforcement activities for FTA, and those files are
organized so that information could be retrieved by personal identifier, the Privacy Act requirements
apply to all contracts. The Federal Privacy Act requirements flow down to each third party contractor
and their contracts at every tier.
(1) The Contractor agrees to comply with, and assures the compliance of its employees with, the
information restrictions and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C.0
552a. Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the Federal
Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on behalf of
the Federal Government. The Contractor understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act,
including the civil and criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals
involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of
the underlying contract.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract to administer any
system of records on behalf of the Federal Government financed in whole or in part with Federal
assistance provided by FTA.
CIVIL RIGHTS REQUIREMENTS
29 U.S.C.0 623, 42 U.S.C.0 2000
42 U.S.C.0 6102, 42 U.S.C.0 12112
42 U.S.C.0 12132, 49 U.S.C.0 5332
29 CFR Part 1630, 41 CFR Parts 60 et seq.
Civil Rights - The following requirements apply to the underlying contract:
(1) Nondiscrimination - In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C.0
2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 0 6102,
section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C.0 12132, and Federal
transit law at 49 U.S.C.0 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age,
or disability. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing
regulations and other implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(2) Equal Employment Opportunity - The following equal employment opportunity requirements
apply to the underlying contract:
(a) Race, Color, Creed,. National Origin, Sex - In accordance with Title VI I of the Civil Rights
Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C.0 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C.0 5332, the
Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements of
U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) regulations, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance
Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor," 41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et = .,
(which implement Executive Order No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended
by Executive Order No. 11375, "Amending Executive Order 1 1 246 Relating to Equal
Employment Opportunity," 42 U.S.C.0 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal statutes,
executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future affect construction
activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor agrees to take affirmative
action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during
Page 17
Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement.
22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS.
Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid
assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the Purchasing and Risk
Management Division or the City Clerk's office.
A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires
that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement
to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn
hazardous waste as a fuel.
23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS.
Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham
Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized
signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a
collusive or sham Bid.
24.0 BID RESULTS.
For information regarding results for individual Bids send a self-
addressed, self -stamped envelope and a Bid tally will be mailed to you.
Bid results will be posted in the Purchasing office seven (7) days after
the Bid Opening.
END OF SECTION
7/96 Section 00100 Page 8
employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age. Such action
shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer,
recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of
compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, the Contractor
agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(b) Age - In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as
amended, 29 U.S.C.0 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C.0 5332, the Contractor agrees to
refrain from discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason of age. In
addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(c) Disabilities - In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as
amended, 42 U.S.C.0 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements of
U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, "Regulations to Implement the Equal
Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act," 29 C.F.R. Part 1630, pertaining
to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with
any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(3) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole
or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary to identify the affected
parties.
BREACHES AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 49 CFR Part 18
FTA Circular 4220.1 D
Pick applicable clause:
Disputes - Disputes arising in the performance of this Contract which are not resolved by
agreement of the parties shall be decided in writing by the authorized representative of the City
of Fort Collins's [title of employee]. This decision shall be final and conclusive unless within [ten
(10)] days from the date of receipt of its copy, the Contractor mails or otherwise furnishes a
written appeal to the [title of employee]. In connection with any such appeal, the Contractor
shall be afforded an opportunity to be heard and to offer evidence in support of its position. The
decision of the [title of employee] shall be binding upon the Contractor and the Contractor shall
abide be the decision.
Performance During Dispute - Unless otherwise directed by the City of Fort Collins,
Contractor shall continue performance under this Contract while matters in dispute are being
resolved.
Claims for Damages - Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or damage to person or
property because of any act or omission of the party or of any of his employees, agents or
others for whose acts he is legally liable, a claim for damages therefor shall be made in writing
to such other party within a reasonable time after the first observance of such injury of damage.
Remedies - Unless this contract provides otherwise, all claims, counterclaims, disputes and
other matters in question between the City of Fort Collins and the Contractor arising out of or
relating to this agreement or its breach will be decided by arbitration if the parties mutually
agree, or in a court of competent jurisdiction within the State in which the City of Fort Collins is
located. and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any
duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. No action or
failure to act by the City of Fort Collins, (Architect) or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any
right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act
constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be
Page 18
specifically agreed in writing.
PATENT AND RIGHTS IN DATA
37 CFR Part 401
49 CFR Parts 18 and 19
The FTA patent clause is substantially similar to the text of 49 C.F.R. Part 19, Appendix A, Section 5,
but the rights in data clause reflects FTA objectives. For patent rights, FT/k is governed by
Federal law and regulation. For data rights, the text on copyrights is insufficient to meet FTA's
purposes for awarding research grants. This model clause, with larger rights ,as a standard, is
proposed with the understanding that this standard could be modified to FTA's needs.
CONTRACTS INVOLVING EXPERIMENTAL, DEVELOPMENTAL, OR RESEARCH WORK.
A. Rights in Data - This following requirements apply to each contract involving experimental,
developmental or research work:
(1) The term "subject data" used in this clause means recorded information, whether or not
copyrighted, that is delivered or specified to be delivered under the contract. The term includes
graphic or pictorial delineation in media such as drawings or photographs; text in specifications
or related performance or design -type documents; machine forms such as punched cards,
magnetic tape, or computer memory printouts; and information retained in computer memory.
Examples include, but are not limited to: computer software, engineering drawings and
associated lists, specifications, standards, process sheets, manuals, technical reports, catalog
item identifications, and related information. The term "subject data" does not include financial
reports, cost analyses, and similar information incidental to contract administration.
(2) The following restrictions apply to all subject data first produced in the performance of
the contract to which this Attachment has been added:
(a) Except for its own internal use, the Purchaser or Contractor may not publish or
reproduce subject data in whole or in part, or in any manner or form, nor may the Purchaser or
Contractor authorize others to do so, without the written consent of the Federal Government,
until such time as the Federal Government may have either released or approved the release
of such data to the public; this restriction on publication, however, does not apply to any
contract with an academic institution. (b) In accordance with 49 C.F.R.0 18.34 and 49 C.F.R.0
19.36, the Federal Government reserves a royalty -free, non-exclusive and irrevocable license
to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use, and to authorize others to use, for "Federal
Government purposes," any subject data or copyright described in subsections (2)(b)I and
(2)(b)2 of this clause below. As used in the previous sentence, "for Federal Government
purposes," means use only for the direct purposes of the Federal Government. Without the
copyright owner's consent, the Federal Government may not extend its Federal license to any
other party.
1. Any subject data developed under that contract, whether or not a copyright has
been obtained; and
2. Any rights of copyright purchased by the Purchaser or Contractor using Federal
assistance in whole or in part provided by FTA.
(c) When FTA awards Federal assistance for experimental, developmental, or research
work, it is FTA's general intention to increase transportation knowledge available to the public,
rather than to restrict the benefits resulting from the work to participants in that work.
Therefore, unless FTA determines otherwise, the Purchaser and the Contractor performing
Page 19
experimental, developmental, or research work required by the underlying contract to which
this Attachment is added agrees to permit FTA to make available to the public, either FTA's
license in the copyright to any subject data developed in the course of that contract, or a copy
of the subject data first produced under the contract for which a copyright has not been
obtained. If the experimental, developmental, or research work, which is the subject of the
underlying contract, is not completed for any reason whatsoever, all data developed under that
contract shall become subject data as defined in subsection (a) of this clause and shall be
delivered as the Federal Government may direct. This subsection (c) , however, does not
apply to adaptations of automatic data processing equipment or programs for the Purchaser or
Contractor's use whose costs are financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided
by FTA for transportation capital projects.
(d) Unless prohibited by state law, upon request by the Federal Government, the Purchaser
and the Contractor agree to indemnify, save, and hold harmless the Federal Government, its
officers, agents, and employees acting within the scope of their official duties against any
liability, including costs and expenses, resulting from any willful or intentional violation by the
Purchaser or Contractor of proprietary rights, copyrights, or right of privacy, arising out of the
publication, translation, reproduction, delivery, use, or disposition of any data furnished under
that contract. Neither the Purchaser nor the Contractor shall be required to indemnify the
Federal Government for any such liability arising out of the wrongful act of any employee,
official, or agents of the Federal Government.
(e) Nothing contained in this clause on rights in data shall imply a license to the Federal
Government under any patent or be construed as affecting the scope of any license or other
right otherwise granted to the Federal Government under any patent.
(f) Data developed by the Purchaser or Contractor and financed entirely without using
Federal assistance provided by the Federal Government that has been incorporated into work
required by the underlying contract to which this Attachment has been added is exempt from
the requirements of subsections (b), (c), and (d) of this clause , provided that the Purchaser or
Contractor identifies that data in writing at the time of delivery of the contract work.
(g) Unless FTA determines otherwise, the Contractor agrees to include these requirements
in each subcontract for experimental, developmental, or research work financed in whole or in
part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.
(3) Unless the Federal Government later makes a contrary determination in writing,
irrespective of the Contractor's status Li.e. , a large business, small business, state government
or state instrumentality, local government, nonprofit organization, institution of higher education,
individual, etc.), the Purchaser and the Contractor agree to take the necessary actions to
provide, through FTA, those rights in that invention due the Federal Government as described in
U.S. Department of Commerce regulations, "Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit
Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative
Agreements," 37 C.F.R. Part 401.
(4) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract for
experimental, developmental, or research work financed in whole or in part with Federal
assistance provided by FTA.
Patent Rights - This following requirements apply to each contract involving experimental,
developmental, or research work:
(1) General - If any invention, improvement, or discovery is conceived or first actually
reduced to practice in the course of or under the contract to which this Attachment has
Page 20
been added, and that invention, improvement, or discovery is patentable under the laws
of the United States of America or any foreign country, the Purchaser and Contractor
agree to take actions necessary to provide immediate notice and a detailed report to the
party at a higher tier until FTA is ultimately notified.
(2) Unless the Federal Government later makes a contrary determination in writing,
irrespective of the Contractor's status (a large business, small business, state
government or state instrumentality, local government, nonprofit organization, institution
of higher education, individual), the Purchaser and the Contractor agree to take the
necessary actions to provide, through FTA, those rights in that invention due the Federal
Government as described in U.S. Department of Commerce regulations, 'Rights to
Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under
Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements," 37 C.F.R. Part 401.
(3) The Contractor also agrees to include the requirements of this clause in each
subcontract for experimental, developmental, or research work financed in whole or in
part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.
DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE) 49 CFR Part 23
DBE Policy- It is the policy of the Department of Transportation, hereinafter referred to as DOT
that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises, as defined in 49 CFR Part 23, shall have the
maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts financed in whole or in part
with Federal funds under this Agreement. Consequently, the DBE requirements of 49 CFR Part
23 apply to this agreement.
DBE Obligation - The grantees and its vendors agree to ensure that DBEs as defined in 409
CFR Part 23, have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of contracts and
subcontracts financed in whole or in part with Federal funds provided under this Agreement. In
this regard, all grantees and vendors shall take all necessary and reasonable steps in
accordance with 49 CFR Part 23 to ensure that the DBE have the maximum opportunity and
shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the award and
performance of DOT -assisted contracts.
Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Provision
The Federal Fiscal Year goal has been set by the City of Fort Collins in an attempt to match
projected procurements with available qualified disadvantaged businesses. the City of Fort
Collins goals for budgeted service contracts, bus parts, and other material and supplies for
Disadvantaged Business Enterprises have been established by the City of Fort Collins as set
forth by the Department of Transportation Regulations 49 C.F.R. Part 23, March 31, 1980, and
amended by Section 106(c) of the Surface Transportation Assistance Act of 1987, and is
considered pertinent to any contract resulting from this request for proposal.
If a specific DBE goal is assigned to this contract, it will be clearly stated in the Special
Specifications, and if the contractor is found to have failed to exert sufficient, reasonable, and
good faith efforts to involve DBEs in the work provided, the City of Fort Collins may declare the
Contractor noncompliant and in breach of contract. If a goal is not stated in the Special
Specifications, it will be understood that no specific goal is assigned to this contract.
(a) Policy - It is the policy of the Department of Transportation and the City of Fort Collins
that Disadvantaged Business Enterprises, as defined in 49 CFR Part 23, and as
amended in Section 106(c) of the Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation
Assistance Act of 1987, shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the
Page 21
performance of Contract financed in whole or in part with federal funds under this
Agreement. Consequently, the DBE requirements of 49 CFR Part 23 and Section
106(c) of the STURAA of 1987, apply to this Contract.
The Contractor agrees to ensure that DBEs as defined in 49 CFR Part 23 and Section 106(c) of
the STURAA of 1987, have the maximum opportunity to participate in the whole or in part with
federal funds provided under this Agreement. In this regard, the Contractor shall take all
necessary and reasonable steps in accordance with the regulations to ensure that DBEs have
the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform subcontracts. The Contractor shall not
discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age or physical handicap in
the award and performance of subcontracts.
It is further the policy of the City of Fort Collins to promote the development and increase the
participation of businesses owned and controlled by disadvantaged. DBE involvement in all
phases of the City of Fort Collins procurement activities are encouraged.
(b) DBE obligation - The Contractor and its subcontractors agree to ensure that
disadvantaged businesses have the maximum opportunity to participate in the performance of
contracts and subcontracts financed in whole or in part with federal funds provided under the
Agreement. In that regard, all Contractors and subcontractors shall take all necessary and
reasonable steps in accordance with 49 CFR Part 23 as amended, to ensure that minority
business enterprises have the maximum opportunity to compete for and perform contracts.
(c) Where the Contractor is found to have failed to exert sufficient reasonable and good faith
efforts to involve DBEs in the work provided, the City of Fort Collins may declare the contractor
noncompliant and in breach of contract.
(d) The Contractor will keep records and documents for a reasonable time following
performance of this contract to indicate compliance with the City of Fort Collins DBE program.
These records and documents will be made available at reasonable times and places for
inspection by any authorized representative of the City of Fort Collins and will be submitted to
the City of Fort Collins upon request.
(a) the City of Fort Collins will provide affirmative assistance as may be reasonable and
necessary to assist the prime contractor in implementing their programs for DBE participation.
The assistance may include the following upon request:
* Identification of qualified DBE
* Available listing of Minority Assistance Agencies
* Holding bid conferences to emphasize requirements
DBE Program Definitions, as used in the contract:
(a) Disadvantaged business "means a small business concern":
i. Which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more socially and economically
disadvantaged individuals, or, in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51
percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more socially and economically
disadvantaged individuals; and
ii. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or
more of the socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who own it. or
iii. Which is at least 51 percent owned by one or more women individuals, or in the
Page 22
case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 % of the stock of which is owned by
one or more women individuals; and
iv. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or
more women individuals who own it.
(b) "Small business concern" means a small business as defined by Section 3 of the Small
Business Act and Appendix B - (Section 106(c)) Determinations of Business Size.
(c) "Socially and economically disadvantaged individuals" means those individuals who are citizens
of the United States (or lawfully admitted permanent residents) and States (or lawfully admitted
permanent residents) and who are black Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans,
Asian -Pacific Americans, Asian -Indian Americans, or women, and any other minorities or
individuals found to be disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration pursuant to section
8(a) of the Small Business Act.
i. "Black Americans", which includes persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of
Africa;
ii. "Hispanic Americans", which includes persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuba, Central or
South American, or other Spanish or Portuguese culture or origin, regardless of race;
iii. "Native Americans', which includes persons who are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, or
Native Hawaiians;
iv. "Asian -Pacific Americans", which includes persons whose origins are from Japan, China,
Taiwan, Korea, Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, the Philippines, Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Trust
Territories of Pacific, and the Northern Marianas;
v. "Asian -Indian Americans", which includes persons whose origins are from India, Pakistan,
and Bangladesh.
INTERESTS OF MEMBERS OF OR DELEGATES TO CONGRESS
No member of or delegate to the Congress of the United States shall be admitted to any share
or part of this Agreement or to any benefit arising therefrom.
PROHIBITED INTEREST
No employee, officer, or agent of the grantee shall participate in selection, or in the award or
administration of a contract if a conflict of interest, real or apparent, would be involved. Such
conflict would arise when:
The employee, officer or agent; any member of his immediate family; his or her partner; or an
organization which employs, or is about to employ, has a financial or other interest in the firm
selected for award. The grantee's officers, employees, or agents shall neither solicit nor accept
gratuities, favors or anything of monetary value from contractors, potential contractors, or
parties of subagreements.
INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS
FTA Circular 4220.I113
Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms - The preceding provisions
include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by DOT, whether or not
Page 23
expressly set forth in the preceding contract provisions. All contractual provisions required by
DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1 D, dated April 15, 1996, are hereby incorporated by
reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be
deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement.
The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any
the City of Fort Collins requests which would cause the City of Fort Collins to be in violation of
the FTA terms and conditions.
Page 24
Attachment)
BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS -49 U.S.C. 53230) - 49 CFR Part 661
Certification requirement for procurement of steel, iron, or manufactured products.
Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323Q)(1)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 53230)(1)
and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR Part 661.
Date
Company Name,
Title
Page 25
Attachment 1
BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS -49 U.S.C. 53230) - 49 CFR Part 661
A bidder or offeror must submit to the FTA recipient the appropriate Buy America certification with all
Bids on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver. Bids or offers that are not
accompanied by a completed Buy America certification must be rejected as nonresponsive. This
requirement does not apply to lower tier subcontractors.
Certification requirement for procurement of steel, iron, or manufactured products.
Certificate of Non -Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 53236f)(1)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C.
5323(j)(1), but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 53230)(2)(B) or 0)(2)(D) and the
regulations in 49 CFR 661.7.
Date
Signature
Company Name
Title
Page 26
Attachment 4
Certification Regarding Lobbying
Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements
(To be submitted with each bid or offer exceeding $100,000)
The undersigned [Contractor] certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, tc
any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of
Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection
with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal
loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal,
amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for
making lobbying contacts to an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or
employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal
contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit
Standard Form--LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions
[as amended by "Government wide Guidance for New Restrictions on Lobbying," 61 Fed. Reg.
1413 (1/19/96). Note: Language in paragraph (2) herein has been modified in accordance with
Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (P.L. 104-65, to be codified at 2 U.S.C. 1601,
at seq . )]
(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the
award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts
under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and
disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance
was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a
prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31, U.S.C. 1352 (as amended by
the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be
subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
[Note: Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 1352(c)(1)-(2)(A), any person who makes a prohibited expenditure or fails
to file or amend a required certification or disclosure form shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less
than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such expenditure or failure.]
The Contractor, , certifies or affirms the
Truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its certification and disclosure, if any. In addition, the
Contractor understands and agrees that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. A 3801, at seq., apply to this
certification and disclosure, if any.
Signature of Contractor's Authorized Official
Date
Name and Title of Contractor's Authorized Official
Page 1
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
WAIS Document Retrieval
Page 1 of 3
GENERAL DECISION C0020008 04/05/2002 C08
Date: April 5, 2002
General Decision Number C0020008
Superseded General Decision No. C0010008
State: Colorado
Construction Type:
BUILDING
County(ies):
LARIMER
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include residential
construction consisting of single family homes and apartments up
to and including 4 stories)
Modification Number Publication Date
0 03/01/2002
1 03/08/2002
2 04/05/2002
COUNTY(ies):
LARIMER
* ASBE0028A 01/01/2001
Rates Fringes
ASBESTOS WORKERS/INSULATORS
(Includes application of all
insulating materials, protective
coverings, coatings and finishings
to all types of mechanical systems) 17.12 4.85
----------------------------------------------------------------
CARP1001A 05/01/2001
Rates Fringes
CARPENTERS (Including
Formbuilding and Metal
Stud Work) 19.80 5.50
----------------------------------------------------------------
CARP2834A 05/01/2001
Rates
Fringes
MILLWRIGHTS
---------------------------------------------------------------
22.22
5.84
ELECO066K 06/01/2001
Rates
Fringes
ELECTRICIANS (Including
Low Voltage Wiring and
Installation of Communications
Systems, Security Systems,
Telephones, and Temperature
Controls)
----------------------------------------------------------------
25.76
3%+7.21
ELEV0025B 07/01/2001
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CO020008 4/5/02
WAIS Document Retrieval
Page 2 of 3
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS
Rates Fringes
24.865 7.325+a
FOOTNOTE:
a. Employer contributes 8% of basic hourly rate for over 5
years' service and 68 basic hourly rate for 6 months' to
5 years' service as Vacation Pay Credit.
SEVEN PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence
Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Friday after Thanksgiving Day;
and Christmas Day.
----------------------------------------------------------------
* IRON0024B 08/01/2001
Rates
Fringes
IRONWORKERS, Structural
----------------------------------------------------------------
21.00
5.35
* PAIN0930A 07/01/2001
Rates
Fringes
GLAZIERS
----------------------------------------------------------------
24.79
4.75
PLAS0577C 05/01/2001
Rates
Fringes
CEMENT MASONS/
CONCRETE FINISHERS
----------------------------------------------------------------
20.90
4.62
PLUM0003A 07/01/2001
Rates
Fringes
PLUMBERS
(Excluding HVAC work)
----------------------------------------------------------------
25.67
5.99
PLUM0208A 07/01/2001
Rates
Fringes
PIPEFITTERS (Including HVAC pipe)
----------------------------------------------------------------
25.77
5.89
* SHEE0009A 07/01/2001
Rates Fringes
SHEET METAL WORKERS
(Includes HVAC duct and
installation of HVAC systems) 25.34 8.35
----------------------------------------------------------------
SUC01029A 12/20/2001
Rates Fringes
LABORERS, Common 9.56 2.36
----------------------------------------------------------------
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation
to which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the classifications listed may be added after
award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses
(29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v)).
----------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CO020008
4/5/02
WAIS Document Retrieval
Page 3 of 3
listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations
indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be
prevailing.
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch
of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage payment
data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the
requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review
Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-binlgetdoe.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=C0020008 4/5/02
WAIS Document Retrieval
Pagel of 5
GENERAL DECISION C0020014 04/05/2002
C014
Date: April 5, 2002
General Decision Number C0020014
Superseded General
Decision No. C0010014
State: Colorado
Construction Type:
HIGHWAY
County(ies):
ADAMS
DOUGLAS
MESA
ARAPAHOE
EL PASO
PUEBLO
BOULDER
JEFFERSON
WELD
DENVER
LARIMER
HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
Modification Number
Publication
Date
0
03/01/2002
1
03/08/2002
2
03/22/2002
3
04/05/2002
COUNTY(ies):
ADAMS DOUGLAS
MESA
ARAPAHOE EL PASO
PUEBLO
BOULDER JEFFERSON
WELD
DENVER LARIMER
ELECO012F 06/01/2000
Rates
Fringes
PUEBLO COUNTY
ELECTRICIANS (Excluding
traffic signal installation):
Electrical work where the total
cost is $200,000 or less
18.98
3%+6.14
Electrical work where the total
cost is over $200,000
22.13
3%+6.14
ELECO068N 06/01/2001
Rates Fringes
ADAMS, ARAPAHOE, BOULDER, DENVER, DOUGLAS, JEFFERSON, LARIMER
AND WELD COUNTIES
ELECTRICIANS (Excluding
traffic signal installation) 25.76 3%+7.21
-------------------------------------------------------------
ELECO113F 06/01/2001
Rates Fringes
EL PASO COUNTY
http://frwebgate.access,gpo.gov/cgi-binlgetdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=C0020014 4/5/02
WAIS Document Retrieval
Page 2 of 5
ELECTRICIANS (Excluding
traffic signal installation) 23.35 3%+8.14
----------------------------------------------------------------
ELEC0969F 06/01/2000
Rates Fringes
MESA COUNTY
ELECTRICIANS (Excluding
traffic signal installation) 20.35 48+5.14
-------------------------------------------------------------
ENGIO009B 04/23/2001
Rates Fringes
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
Asphalt Screed 19.22 5.17
Asphalt Spreader/
Laydown Machine 19.22 5.17
Bulldozer 19.22 5.17
Compactor:
Under 5 tons
18.87
5.17
Over 5 tons
19.22
5.17
Crane:
50 tons and under
19.37
5.17
51 to 90 tons
19.52
5.17
91 to 140 tons
19.67
5.17
141 tons and over
20.43
5.17
Drill Operator:
William ME/Watson 2500 only
19.52
5.17
Grader/Blade:
Rough
19.22
5.17
Finish
19.52
5.17
Loader:
Barber Green, etc. &
Up to and including
6 cubic yards
19.22
5.17
Over 6 cubic yards
19.37
5.17
Mechanic and/or Welder
(Includes heavy duty &
combination mechanic and
welder):
Mechanic
19.37
5.17
Mechanic/Welder (heavy duty)
19.52
5.17
Oiler
18.52
5.17
Power Broom:
Under 70 HP
18.52
5.17
70 HP and over
19.22
5.17
Roller:
Self-propelled, rubber
tires under 5 tons
18.87
5.17
Self-propelled, all
types over 5 tons
19.22
5.17
Scraper:
Single bowl under 40
cubic yards
19.37
5.17
Single bowl including
pups 40 cubic yards and
tandem bowls and over
19.52
5.17
Trackhoe
----------------------------------------------------------
19.37
5.17
* LAB00086B 05/01/2001
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-binlgetdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=C0020014 4/5/02
WAIS Document Retrieval
Page 3 of 5
Rates Fringes
LABORERS:
Asphalt Laborer/Raker,
Common Laborer &
Concrete Laborer/Mason Tender 15.10 3.64
----------------------------------------------------------------
SUC01002A 12/20/2001
Rates Fringes
BRICKLAYERS 15.55 2.85
CARPENTERS:
Form Work (Excluding Curbs
& Gutters) 16.54 3.90
All Other Work 16.61 3.88
CONCRETE FINISHERS/
CEMENT MASONS 16.05 3.00
GROUNDMEN 11.44 3.25
RONWUiiKt;RS :
Reinforcing 16.69 5.45
Bridge Rail
(Excludes Guardrail) 18.22 6.01
LABORERS:
Dumpman
13.00
2.07
Fence Erector (Includes
fencing on bridges)
13.02
3.20
Form Work
(Curbs & Gutters only)
11.85
3.45
Guardrail Erector (Excludes
bridgerail)
12.89
3.20
Landscape and Irrigation
Laborer
12.26
3.16
Pipelayer
13.55
2.41
Striping Laborer (Pre -form
layout and removal of pavement
markings)
12.62
3.21
Traffic Director/Flagger
9.55
3.05
Traffic and Sign Laborer
(Sets up barricades and cones,
and installs permanent signs)
12.43
3.22
PAINTERS:
Brush
16.94
2.10
Spray
16.99
2.87
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS:
Backhoes
16.54
4.24
Bobcat/Skid Loader
15.37
4.28
Concrete Pump Operator
16.52
4.30
Drill Operator:
All except William ME/
Watson 2500
16.74
2.66
Forklift
15.91
4.09
Rotomill Operator
16.22
4.41
Post Driver/Punch Machine
16.07
4.41
Tractor
13.13
2.95
TRAFFIC SIGNAL INSTALLERS 18.66 4.12
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.egi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CO020014 4/5/02
WAIS Document Retrieval
Page 4 of 5
TRUCK DRIVERS:
14.86
3.08
Floats -Semi Truck
Multipurpose Truck/Hoist
14.35
3.49
Truck Mechanic
16.91
3.01
Pickup Truck
13.41
3.80
Pilot/Sign/Barricade Truck
(Pilot truck and transports
signs, cones and barricades)
14.15
3.63
Single Axle Truck
14.24
3.77
------------------------
TEAM0435B 05/01/2000
TRUCK DRIVERS:
Distributor Truck
Dump Truck:
To and including 6 cubic
yards & over 6 cubic yards
to and including 14 cubic yards
Over 14 cubic yards to and
including 29 cubic yards
Over 29 cubic yards to and
including 79 cubic yards
Over 79 cubic yards
High/Low Boy Truck
-----------------
Rates
15.80
14.93
15.27
15.80
16.45
17.25
Tandem Axle/Flat Rack Truck 14.21
Water Wagon 14.93
---------------------------------------------
Fringes
5.27
5.27
5.27
5.27
5.27
5.27
5.27
5.27
---------------
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation
to which welding is incidental.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within
the scope of the classifications listed may be added after
award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses
(29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v)).
--------------------------------------------------------------
In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates
listed under that identifier do not reflect collectively
bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations
indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be
prevailing.
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can
be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on a wage determination matter
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbnatne=Davis-Bacon&docid=C0020014
CSON
WAIS Document Retrieval
Page 5 of 5
* a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests
for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour
Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted
because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the
Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.)
and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal
process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch
of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can request
review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the
interested party's position and by any information (wage payment
data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the
requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an
interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review
Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U. S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
http://frwebgate.access.gpo.gov/cgi-bin/getdoc.cgi?dbname=Davis-Bacon&docid=CO020014 4/5/02
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 00002 - ARCHITECTURAL/CONSULTANTIOWNER COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
ARCHITECT: Coover-Clark & Associates, P.C.
455 Sherman Street, Suite 205
Denver, CO 80203
303 783-0040
303 783-0060 fax
Contact: Carol Coover-Clark
TRANSIT PLANNING:
CIVIL / STRUCTURAL ENGINEER:
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER:
KA Associates
421 East 72' Terrace, #201
Kansas City, MO 64131
816 523-7713
816 523-7883 fax
Contact: Hugh Kierig
Huitt-Zollars
4852 Ulster Street, Suite 1303
Denver, CO 80237
303 740-7325
303 224-9997 fax
Contact: Weylan Bryant
BCER
5420 Ward Road, Suite 200
Arvada, CO 80002
303 422-7400
303 422-7900 fax
Contact: Kay Bathke
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
117 North Mason Street
P.O. Box 580
Fort Collins, Colorado 80522-0580
(970) 221-6273
(970) 221-6534 fax
Contact: Steve White
LANDLORD: Colorado State University
Facilities Management
321 General Services Building
Fort Collins, CO 80523
(970)491-0158
(970) 491-6116 fax
Contact: Cass Beitler
Address all communications regarding this work to the Architect at the address and telephone listed above.
No Text
SECTION 00300
BID FORM
PROJECT: CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER;
BID NO. 5700
Place
Date
1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated
and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned
a **(Corporation, Limited Liability
Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor)** authorized to do
business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do
everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the
construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid
Schedules.
2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal
is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other
person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in
pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation
to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed
Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of
which have been examined by the undersigned.
3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond
in the sum of ($
) in accordance with the Invitation To Bid and
Instructions to Bidders.
4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance
Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within
fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the
award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid.
The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder
proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment bonds is as
follows:
5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with
their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned,
included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the
CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective
of whether it is named in said list.
6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or
Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents.
7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No.
7/96 Section 00300 Page 1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY,
DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER.
SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Document
Document
Page
Number
Title
Numbers
Title Sheet
00002
Architect/Consultants/Owner
1
00003
Table of Contents
1 thru 3
DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01000
General
1 thru 3
01010
Summary of Work
1 dun 3
01020
Administration and Supervision
l thru 2
01041
Project Coordination
1 thru 3
01300
Submittals, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
1 thru 4
01400
Quality Control
1 thru 2
01600
Material and Equipment
1 thm 2
01700
Contract Closeout
1 thru 3
01720
Project Record Document
1
01730
Operating and Maintenance
1 thru 3
DIVISION 02 SITEWORK
02000
Site Work
1 thru 4
02100
Site Preparation
1 thru 2
02200
Earthwork
I dun 5
02612
Asphalt Paving
1 thru 3
02619
Site Concrete
1 thru 4
02750
Integrally Colored Concrete
1 thru 3
02810
Landscape Irrigation
1 thru 16
02870
Site Furnishings
1
02900
Landscape Planting
1 thru 8
02950
Landscape Protection
1 thru 2
DIVISION 03 CONCRETE
03100
Concrete Formwork
1 thru 2
03200
Concrete Reinforcement
1 thru 2
03300
Cast -in -place Concrete
1 thru 4
03375
Concrete Sealing
1 thru 2
DIVISION 04 MASONRY
04100
Mortar
1
04150
Masonry Accessories
1 thru 2
04465
Granite
1 thru 4
04470
Sandstone
1 thru 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
DIVISION 05 METALS
05500 Miscellaneous Metals 1 thm 2
DIVISION 06 WOOD AND PLASTICS
(NOT USED)
DIVISION 07 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
07270 Firestop
07900 Caulking and Sealant
I thm 2
1 thru 2
DIVISION 08 DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASS
08800 Glass and Glazing
1
DIVISION 09 FINISHES
09310 Ceramic Tile
09900 Painting
I thm 2
1 thru 2
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
10130 Visual Display Boards
10400 Identifying Devices
1
1 thm 2
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
11000 Security Equipment
1
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
(NOT USED)
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL,CONSTRUCTION
13046 Shelters & Booths 1 thru 3
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
(NOT USED)
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
'/
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 0 - BIDDING AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 00003 - TABLE OF CONTENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C.
DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
16010
Basic Electrical Requirements
I tiro 8
16111
Conduit
1 thru 6
16123
Building Wire and Cable
I thru 5
16130
Electrical Boxes & Fittings
1 thru 3
16170
Grounding and Bonding
1 thru 3
16190
Supporting Devices and Seals
1 thru 3
16195
Electrical Identification
1 thin. 5
16530
Site Lighting
1 thru 4-
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A Geotechnical Engineering Report 1 thru 52
END OF SECTION
No Text
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01000 -GENERAL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
Division I - General Requirements shall govern work under all Divisions of the Specifications.
1.02 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE EXPLANATION
Specifications are of abbreviated, simplified or streamlined type and include incomplete sentences.
Omissions of words or phrases such as "the Contractor shall," "in conformity therewith," "shall be," "as
noted on the Drawings," "a," "the" are intentional. Supply omitted words or phrases by inference in same
manner as they are when "NOTE" occurs on Drawings. Supply words "shall be" or "shall' by inference
when colon is used within sentences or phrases. Supply words "on the Drawings" by inference when "as
indicated" is used with sentences or phrases.
Where reference is made to specifications, societies, institutes, or associations or manufacturer's directions,
they are, except as may be inconsistent herewith, made part of specifications, to same extent as if written
out in full herein. Use latest edition, at time of bidding, if a date is not given.
1.03 ABBREVIATIONS
References in Contract Documents to trade associations, technical societies, recognized authorities and
other institutions include following organizations, which are sometimes referred to only by corresponding
abbreviations:
AA
Aluminum Association
AAMA
Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association
ACI
American Concrete Institute
AIMA
Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association (successor to AMA and IBI)
RISC
American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
AITC
American Institute of Timber Construction
AMA
Acoustical Materials Association
ANSI
American National Standards Institute (successor to USASI and ASA)
APA
American Plywood Association
ASHRAE
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASTM
American Society for Testing Materials
AWI
Architectural Woodwork Institute
AWPA
American Wood Preservers Association
AWS
American Welding Society
CDA
Copper Development Associations, Inc.
CM/GC
Construction Manager/General Contractor
CRA
California Redwood Association
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CS
Commercial Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce)
DFPA
Douglas Fir Plywood Association
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
FGMA
Flat Glass Marketing Association
FIA
Factory Insurance Association
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01000 -GENERAL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
FM
Factory Mutual Engineering Division
FS
Federal Specification
MIA
Marble Institute of America
MIL
Military Specification
MILMA
Metal Lath Manufacturer's Association
NAAMM
The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NBFU
National Board of Fire Underwriters
NBS
National Bureau of Standards
NCMA
National Concrete Masonry Association
NEC
National Electric Code (of NBFU)
NEMA
National Electrical Manufacturers' Association
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
NIOSH
National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health
NMWIA
National Mineral Wool Insulation Association
NPVLMA
National Paint, Varnish and Lacquer Manufacturers' Association
NTMA
The National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association
OSHA
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PCA
Portland Cement Association
PCI
Prestressed Concrete Institute
PEI
Porcelain Enamel Institute
PS
Product Standard (U.S. Department of Commerce)
SCPI
Structural Clay Products Institute
SDI
Steel Deck Institute
SJI
Steel Joist Institute
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association
SPA
Southern Pine Association
SPI
The Society of Plastic Industry, Inc.
SPR
Simplified Practice Recommendation (U.S. Department of Commerce)
SSPC
Steel Structures Painting Council
SWI
Steel Window Institute
TCA
Tile Council of America
UL
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
WCLA
West Coat Lumbermen's Association
WRI
Wire Reinforcement Institute
WWPA
Western Wood Products Association
1.04 SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND ADDENDA
The following Drawings, Project Manual, and Addenda from the Contract Documents
A. Set of Drawings dated February 22, 2002 as listed below:
Sheet No.
Drawing Titled
CS-1
Cover Sheet
CS-2
Construction Phasing Plan
b-I
Demolition Plan
L-1
Landscape Plan
L-2
Planting/Site Details
C-1
Existing Conditions
C-2
Grading Plan
C-3
Construction Details
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01000 -GENERAL COOVERCLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
C-4
Construction Details
A-1
Phase I Site Plan
A-2
Enlarged Site Plan
A-3
Canopy Plans, Elevations, Details
A-4
Site Elevations & Details
A-5
Signage Details
E-0.1
Electrical Legend & Fixture Schedule
E-1.1
Electrical Site Plan
E-7.1
One -Line Diagrams
E-8.1
Electrical Details
E-9.1
Electrical Canopy Plans
B. Project Manual titled: Specifications, dated April, 2002.
C. Addenda: All Addenda issued prior to bidding.
1.05 EXAMINATION OF SITE
Failure to visit the site will in no way relieve any Contractor from the necessity of furnishing materials or
performing work that may be required to complete work in accordance with the Contract Documents
without additional cost to Owner.
1.06 LAYING OUTWORK
The Contractor will furnish reference bench mark and maintain bench mark and all other grades, lines, and levels
and dimensions as indicated in the Contract Documents. Report any errors or inconsistencies in above to
Owner before commencing work. Except as delegated by subcontract or normal trade practice, the
Contractor will be responsible for all limes, elevations, and measurements of work indicated.
it 21Z6JW.IXONKSn
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIV 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
l GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. The Work specified in this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment,
services, and incidentals for the construction of a new Transit Center at the Lory Student Center on
the Colorado State University campus.
B. The Work includes site excavation and demolition, import fill, grading, new utilities and modification
to existing utilities, site furnishings, landscaping, concrete, stone masonry, structural steel, metals,
custom -fabricated bus shelters, special site equipment, site electrical systems and lighting.
1.02 WORK BY OTHERS:
A. The Contractor is hereby notified that there may be other construction activities within the Project and
adjacent to the Work sites scheduled throughout the duration of this contract. It is the Contractor's
responsibility to keep apprised of such projects and how they may affect the Work. The Contractor
shall maintain contact with the Owner and with other contractors and schedule work so as to minimize
the effect of such construction activities on other site activities.
B. Separate contracts may be issued by the Owner to others to perform certain construction operations at
the site. Those operations may precede construction operations performed under this Contract, or
may proceed concurrently with Work of this Contract Refer to remaining Section of Division I for
Owner -furnished items and work.
C. Contractors use of premises: During the construction period, the Contractor shall have full use of the
premises for construction operations, including use of the site. The Contractor's use of the premises is
limited only by the Owner's right to perform construction operations with its own forces or to employ
separate contractors on portions of the project.
1. Confine operations to areas within limits indicated, or agreed upon with Owner. Portions of
the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed.
Confirm any site access restrictions or limitations with the Owner prior to beginning work.
2. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises and adjacent premises clear and
available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for
parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time
requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. Right-of-way access roadways
through the site to adjacent properties shall be maintained for public access at all times,
unless alternate means are agreed to with the Owner, and are acceptable to all concerned
parties.
3. Burial of Waste Materials: Do not dispose of organic or hazardous materials on site, either
by burial or by burning.
1.03 FUTURE WORK: The Contractor is hereby notified that there are other future construction activities within
the Project and adjacent to the Work sites scheduled after completion of this Contract. It is the Contractor's
responsibility to keep apprised of such projects and how they may affect the Work.
1.04 OWNER OCCUPANCY:
A. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment
in completed areas of the site, prior to Substantial Completion provided that such occupancy does not
interfere with completion of the Work. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not
constitute acceptance of the total Work.
1. A Certificate of Substantial Completion will be executed for each specific portion of the
Work to be occupied prior to Owner occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy for local building officials prior to Owner occupancy.
3. Prior to partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully
operational. Required inspections and tests shall have been successfully completed. Upon
occupancy, the Owner will provide operation and maintenance of mechanical and electrical
systems in occupied portions of the site.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIV 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1.05 SITE CONDITIONS:
A. SITE INVESTIGATION
1. The Contractor acknowledges satisfaction as to the nature and location of the Work, all of
the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of
transportation, access to the site, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of
labor, water, power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, or similar physical conditions at the
site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities
needed preliminary to and during work, and all other matters that can in any way affect the
work or the cost thereof under this contract.
2. The Contractor further acknowledges, by submission of a bid, satisfaction as to the
character, quality, and quantity of all surface and subsurface materials, and all features on
top of the surface, such as, but not limited to abandoned work sites or utilities to be
encountered from his inspection of the site and from reviewing available records of
exploratory work furnished by the City. Failure by the Contractor to become acquainted
with the physical conditions of the site and all the available information will not relieve the
Contractor from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of performing
the work.
3. The Contractor warrants that as a result of examination and investigation of all the aforesaid
data and the site, that the Contractor can perform the work in a good and workmanlike
manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Owner assumes no responsibility for any
representations made by any of its officers or agents during or prior to the execution of this
contract unless:
a. such representation are expressly stated in the Contract, and/or
b. the Contract expressly provides that the responsibility therefore is assumed by the
Owner.
2. PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
3 EXECUTION
3.01 CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES
A. Except as otherwise specified, furnish the following to the full extent required by the Contract.
1. Labor, superintendence, and products.
2. Construction equipment, tools, machinery, and materials.
3. Utilities required for construction and related activities.
4. Other facilities and services necessary to properly execute and complete the work, including
security for Worksite, testing and storage and protection of all materials awaiting
incorporation into the Work.
B. Prosecute the Work as specified and in a timely manner. Submit schedule of Work which will be
performed at times other than during the eight -hour working day of Monday through Friday, daylight
hours, and five-day working week to the Owner for review and acceptance not less than forty-eight
(48) hours in advance of those times. Construction operations will normally be confined to the hours
between dawn and dusk. Approval to work at night may be obtained after Contractor presents a
written program outlining special precautions to be taken to control the extraordinary hazards
presented by night work. That program shall include, but not be limited to, supplementary lighting of
work areas, availability of medical facilities, security precautions, and noise limitations.
3.02 COORDINATION:
A. Coordinate prosecution of Work with those public utilities, governmental bodies, private utilities, and
other contractors, performing work on, and adjacent to, the Worksite. Eliminate or minimize delays in
the Work and conflicts with those utilities, bodies, and contractors. Schedule governmental, private
utility, and public utility work which relies upon survey points, lines, and grades established by the
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIV 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01010 • SUMMARY OF WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
Contractor, to occur immediately after those points, lines, and grades have been established. Confirm
coordination measures for each individual case with the Owner in writing.
B. In the coordination effort with Work by others, the Contractor shall obtain and refer to equipment
locations and other layouts, as available, to avoid interface problems.
C. The Owner reserves the right to permit access to the site of the Work for the performance of Work by
other contractors and persons at such times that the Owner deems proper. The exercise of such
reserved right shall in no way, or to any extent relieve the Contractor from liability for loss and
damage to the work due to, or resulting from its operations or from responsibility for complete
execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall cooperate with other contractors and persons in all
matters requiring common effort.
3.03 CONTRACTOR USE OF WORKSITE:
A. Confine worksite operations to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits, and the Contract.
B. Consider the safety of the Work and that of the people and property on and adjacent to the Worksite
when determining amount, location, movement, and use of materials and equipment on Worksite.
C. Do not load Worksite with equipment and products which would interfere with the Work. Only
equipment, tools or materials required for this Work may be stored at the Worksite.
D. Protect products, equipment and materials stored on Worksite.
E. Relocate stored products, equipment and materials which interfere with operations of Owner,
goverment bodies, public and private utilities, and other contractors.
4 MEASUREMENT
4.01 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT:
A. No separate measurement shall be made for work under this Section.
5 PAYMENT
5.01 METHOD OF PAYMENT:
A. No separate payment will be made for work under this section including any and all necessary
relocations requested by the Owner. The cost of the work described in this section shall be included
in the applicable bid items or lump sum contract price.
END OF SECTION
through
CONTRACTOR
01A
ADDRESS:
8. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid)
LUMP SUM
Unit Prices (add or deduct)
1. Bus Shelter ($ )
2. Trash/Ash Receptacle ($ )
Alternates:
1. Widen Existing Asses Drive (add) ($
2. Revision at the Loading Dock Area (add) ($
3. Use Robinson Brick "Thinveneer" Stone
Product in lieu of flagstone, pending
Acceptable match (deduct) ($
4. Substitute stared concrete for granite
Tile
9. PRICES
DOLLARS
The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation,
shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover
the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for.
Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid
or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement
or prices of any item so long as the deletion or change does not exceed
twenty-five percent (25%) of the total Agreement Price.
RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED:
gnature Date
7/96 Section 00300 Page 2
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SURVEYS, LAYOUTS, AND LEVELS
A. General: Working from lines and levels established, and as shown in relation to the work,
establish and maintain bench marks and other dependable markers to set the lines and levels for
the work of construction as needed to properly locate every element of the work of the entire
project. Calculate and measure required dimensions as shown (within recognized tolerances if not
otherwise indicated); do not scale the drawings to determine dimensions. Continuously advise
tradesmen performing the work of the marked lines and levels provided for use in the layout of
work.
1.03 PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. Furnish Project Schedule, as required by the General Conditions, within four weeks of the Notice of
Award. Provide not less than four copies in the form of a Critical Path Method as outlined in Section
01300, showing start and completion of each activity or unit of work. Provide such details as required
by the Consultant.
1.04 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain at job site, one copy of.
1. Contract Drawings
2. Specifications
3. Addenda
4. Reviewed Shop Drawings
5. Change Orders
6. Other Modifications to Contract
7. Field Test Records
8. As -Built Drawings
B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition and do not use record documents for construction
purposes. Make documents available at all times for inspection by the Consultant and Owner.
C. Label each document "Project Record" in V or larger printed letters.
D. Record drawing information in colored pencil with different colors for the various systems and defined
by color legend.
E. Record drawings and specifications shall include the following:
1. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible
and accessible features of structure. Location of concealed valves, dampers, controls, balancing
devices, junction boxes, clean -outs, and other items requiring access or maintenance.
2. Field changes of dimension and detail, changes made by Change Order or Field Order and
details not on original contract drawings.
F. Submit all record drawings to the Consultant at the completion of the project.
1.05 CLEANING
A. Cleaning and Protection Work: At the time each unit of work or element of the construction is
completed in each area of the Project, clean the unit or element to a condition suitable for occupancy
and use (as intended), and restore minor or superficial damage. Replace units and elements which
are damaged beyond successful restoration. Clean and restore adjoining surfaces and other work
which was soiled or damaged (superficially) during the installation; replace other work damaged
beyond successful restoration. Where the performance of subsequent work could possibly result in
damage to the complete unit or element, provide protective covering or other provisions to minimize
possible damage. Repeat cleaning and protection operations during remainder of construction period,
wherever work might otherwise be damaged by sustained soiling or exposure.
B. During Construction: Oversee cleaning and ensure that building, grounds, and public properties are
maintained free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish. At reasonable intervals during
progress of work, clean up site and access and dispose of waste materials, rubbish, and debris.
01020-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01020-ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready and continue vacuum cleaning on an as -needed
basis until building is ready for acceptance or occupancy.
1.06 PROJECT SIGN
A. The Owner shall furnish and erect a construction sign on the project premises stating the name of the
Project, the General Contractor and the Architect. The sign shall conform to a sign layout drawing
furnished to the Contractor by the Architect. No other identifying signs will be allowed on the
Project unless approved by the Architect.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all the work of the project. The Contractor shall
coordinate the efforts of all subcontractor(s) and the deliveries of suppliers so that the work
progresses in an orderly fashion without delay towards timely completion of a complete project in
accordance with the drawings and specifications.
B. The Contractor shall note that concurrent with his work, other contractors, suppliers, and the Owner's
facilities and maintenance personnel may be working in relatively close proximity. The Contractor
will be solely responsible for coordinating his work with that of other contractors and will make no
claims for failure to do so.
C. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and its vendors to provide safe access to the building
and to facilitate installation of the Owner -famished equipment.
D. The Contractor shall be responsible for securing and protecting all tools, equipment, and supplies.
1.08 METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION
A. The procedure and method of construction is the prerogative and the responsibility of the Contractor.
If professional assistance is required to safely implement method of construction, the Contractor
shall, on his own, employ professional help.
2 PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
EXECUTION
(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01041-PROJECT COORDINATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a part
of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. General Contractor is responsible for all of the work of this contract.
1. Assign and subcontract portions of the work as required to assure that all work is
constructed in compliance with these documents.
2. Coordinate the work of the several subcontractors for the project.
3. Coordinate work of this contract with. work by separate contractors.
B. Each subcontractor shall:
1. Coordinate work of his own employees and subcontractors.
2. Expedite his work to assure compliance with schedules.
3. Coordinate his work with that of other subcontractors and work by separate contractor.
4. Comply with orders and instructions of owner.
1.02 CONSTRUCTION ORGANIZATION AND START-UP
A. Establish on -site lines of authority and communications.
1. Attend pre -construction meeting with subcontractors upon commencement of the project.
2. Establish procedures for intro -project communications.
a. Submittals.
b. Reports and records.
C. Recommendations.
d. Coordination Drawings.
e. Schedules.
f. Resolution of conflicts.
3. Interpret Contract Documents.
a. Consult with Architect to obtain interpretation.
b. Assist in resolution of questions or conflicts which may arise.
C. Transmit written interpretations to subcontractors, and to other concerned parties.
4. Assist in obtaining permits and approvals.
a. Obtain building permits and special permits required for work or for temporary
facilities.
b. Verify that subcontractors have obtained inspections for work and for temporary
facilities.
5. Control the use of site.
a. Supervise field engineering and site layout.
b. Allocate space for each subcontractor's use for field offices, sheds, work and
storage areas.
C. Establish access, traffic and parking allocations and regulations.
d. Monitor use of site during construction.
e. Fence site and provide pedestrian access to Lory Student Center and Engineering
Center.
1.03 CONTRACTOR DUTIES
A. Construction Schedules.
1. Coordinate schedules with several subcontractors.
2. Monitor schedules as work progresses.
01041-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01041-PROJECT COORDINATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
a. Identify potential variances between schedules and probable completion dates for
each phase.
b. Recommend adjustments in schedule to meet required completion dates.
C. Adjust schedules of subcontractors as required.
d. Document changes in schedule.
3. Observe work of each subcontractor to monitor compliance with schedule.
a. Verify that labor and equipment are adequate for the work and the schedule.
b. Verify that product procurement schedules are adequate.
C. Verify that product deliveries are adequate to maintain schedule.
e. Meet weekly with Owner and Landlord and provide the following:
1. Provide 2-week look -ahead schedule
2. Update project schedule monthly
B. Process Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples.
1. Review for compliance with Contract Documents.
a. Field dimensions and clearance dimensions.
b. Relation to available space.
C. Relation to other trades, equipment and systems:
d. Submit to Architect.
C. Monitor the use of temporary utilities.
I. Verify that adequate services are provided and maintained.
D. Inspection and Testing.
1. Inspection work to assure performance in accord with requirements of Contract Documents.
2. Administer special testing and inspections of suspected work.
3. Reject work which does not comply with requirements of Contract Documents.
4. Coordinate testing laboratory services.
a. Verify that required laboratory personnel are present. -
b. Verify that tests are made in accordance with specified standards.
C. Review test reports for compliance with specified criteria.
d. Recommend and administer required retesting.
5. Coordinate inspection of all connections to utilities and facilities with Landlord.
E. Monitor contractor's periodic cleaning.
1. Enforce compliance with specifications.
2. Resolve any conflicts.
F. Coordinate changes.
1. Recommend necessary or desirable changes.
2. Assist owner in negotiating change orders.
3. Promptly notify all subcontractors of pending changes.
G. Maintain Reports and Records at Job Site available to Architect and Subcontractors.
1. Log progress of work of each subcontractor.
2. Records
a. Contracts.
b. Purchase orders.
C. Materials and equipment records.
d. Applicable handbooks, codes and standards.
3. Obtain information from subcontractors and maintain file of Project Record Documents.
4. Assemble documentation for handling of claims and disputes.
01041-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01041-PROJECT COORDINATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
1.04 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Coordinate equipment start-up.
1. Provide seven days notification prior to start-up of each item.
2. Ensure that each piece of equipment or system is ready for operation.
3. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible persons in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
4. Perform required testing and balancing.
5. Record dates of start of operation of systems and equipment. Submit written report that
equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly.
6. Provide written notice of beginning of warranty period for equipment put into service.
B. Demonstration and Instructions
1. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner's personnel prior to
Completion.
2. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing,
maintenance, seasonal operation, and shutdown of each item of equipment.
C. At completion of work of each Section, conduct an inspection to assure that
1. Specified cleaning has been accomplished.
2. Temporary facilities have been removed from site.
D. At completion
1. Conduct an inspection to list work to be completed or corrected.
2. Supervise correction and completion of work as established in Close-out Documents and
procedures set forth in the General Conditions and Divisions 01700 and 01730.
3. Submit accurate redlined drawings to Architect for approval.
E. When a portion of the Project is occupied prior to final completion, coordinate established
responsibilities of each subcontractor.
F. Final completion.
1. When each Subcontractor determines that work is finally complete, conduct an inspection
to verify completion of work.
2. Assist owner and architect in inspection.
G. Administer contract closeout.
1. Receive and review Subcontractor's final submittals.
2. Transmit to architect with recommendation for action.
PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
EXECUTION
(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
01041-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS S COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a
part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
l . Submit shop drawings, product data and samples as required by various sections of the specifications.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Shop Drawings:
1. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner.
2. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet, detail, schedule, or room numbers shown on
drawings.
2. Product Data:
1. Preparation:
I. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.
2. Show performance characteristics and capabilities.
3. Show dimensions and clearances required.
4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.
2. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams.
1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information that is not applicable to the
work.
2. Supplement Standard information to provide information specifically applicable to
the work.
3. Samples:
1. Office samples shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate:
1. Functional characteristics of the product with integrally related parts and
attachment devices.
2. Full range of color, texture and pattern
4. Responsibilities of the Contractor:
1. Review shop drawings, product data, samples and project record drawings prior to
submission.
2. Determine and Verify:
1. Field measurements
2. Field construction criteria
3. Catalog numbers and similar data
4. Conformance with specifications
3. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents.
4. Notify the Consultant in writing, at the time of submission, of any deviations in the
submittals for requirements of the Contract Documents.
5. Begin no fabrication or work that requires submittals until return of submittals with
Consultant's acceptance.
6. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submittals from requirements of Contract
Documents is not relieved by Consultant's review of submittals.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
1. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule and in such sequence as to cause no
delay in the work. Submittal Schedule, Appendix A, is included as reference for the Contractor in
coordinating the submittal requirements for the work. Contractor shall verify that all submittals
required are shown on the schedule. Should submittals be required by another specification section
which are not shown on Appendix A, Contractor shall be responsible for submittals as if shown on
Schedule A.
2. Number of Submittals Required:
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS _ TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
1.
Shop Drawings: Submit one reproducible transparency and five opaque reproductions. One
copy will be retained by the Consultant.
2.
Product Data: Submit five copies, one of which will be retained by the Consultant.
3.
Samples: Submit the number stated in each specification section.
3. Submittals
shall contain:
I.
Date of the submission and dates of any previous submissions.
2.
Project title and number.
3.
Contract identifications.
4.
Names of:
1. Contractor and Subcontractor(s), if applicable.
2. Supplier
3. Manufacturer
5.
Identification of product with the specification section number.
6.
Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7.
Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials.
8.
Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers.
9.
Identification of deviations from Contract Documents.
10.
Identification of revisions on resubmittals.
11.
An VxY blank space in lower right-hand corner for review stamps.
4. Resubmission Requirements:
1.
Make any corrections or changes in the submittals required by the Consultant and resubmit
until accepted.
2.
Shop drawings and product data:
1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for initial submittal.
2. Indicate any changes that have been made, other than those requested by the
Consultant.
3.
Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.
5. Distribution:
I .
Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of product data to affected
subcontractors and retain one copy for use at the job -site.
2.
Distribute approved samples as directed.
6. Consultant's Duties:
I.
Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accordance with schedule.
2.
Review of separate item does not constitute review of an assembly in which item functions.
3.
Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate requirements for resubmittal or acceptance
of submittal.
4.
Return submittals to the Contractor for distribution or for resubmission.
7. Schedule of Values:
I.
Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703; Contractor's standard form or media -driven
printout will be considered on request.
2.
Format: Table of Contents of this Project Manual.
3.
Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead and profit.
8. Schedule of Submittals: The Contractor shall submit the submittals required by the specifications. A
summary of the submittals required is attached following this Section for the Contractor's reference.
The Contractor shall develop a submittal schedule that confirms the submittals and the time frame for
review
by the consultants.
9. Construction
Schedule:
I.
The Contractor shall submit a critical -path method (CPM) construction schedule prior to
start of construction activities. The CPM schedule shall include notice to proceed, submittal
activities, construction activities, change order work (when applicable), close-out, testing,
demonstration, and acceptance. The CPM shall correlate specifically to the schedule of
values line items and be cost loaded.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
1. Float, slack time, or contingency within the schedule (i.e., the difference in time between the
project's early completion date and the required contract completion date), and total float
within the overall schedule, is not for the exclusive use of either the principle representative
or the Contractor, but is jointly owned by both and is a resource available to and shared by
both parties as needed to meet contract milestones and the contract completion date.
2. The Contractor will be required to submit an as -built progress CPM schedule with each
progress billing. This CPM schedule will be the basis for making progress payments. The
level of detail and quantity of work activities in the CPM schedule should be negotiated with
the principle representative prior to starting construction.
10. Coordination Drawings:
I. The Contractor shall submit coordination drawings with all mechanical, electrical, fire
protection, and building monitoring systems prior to the Consultant review of any shop
drawings or submittals for work in those trades. Approval of required shops and submittals
must be obtained prior to starting work, and must be obtained prior to approval of pay
applications of the work. The drawings shall be created to include all trades on a particular
level of the building on one drawing. Identify conflicts between the systems or between the
systems and architectural elements such as ceiling heights, ceiling types, or walls. Conduit
routing for electrical, mechanical, EMS, and security trades shall be included. Identify
potential solutions to the conflicts for the Consultant and Owner to review during the
submittal process. Revise the coordination drawings to show any comments made during
the submittal review process, and reissue for use by all affected trades, Owner and
Consultant.
2. The Coordination drawings shall include sectional coordination documents. Identify
elevations of systems A.F.F. (above finish floor) and component dimensions. Show
elevations whenever component changes height.
3. Reference Spec section 01400 for additional Coordination drawing requirements.
11. Field Clarification Requests (FCR):
1. The Contractor will be responsible for submitting on an FCR form provided at the end of
this section. The FCR should identify in writing an unclear, inconsistent, or conflicting item
in the documents that could not be answered by thorough review by the Contractor or
subcontractors. The FCR should include a description of the item and a proposed solution.
The FCR should indicate schedule or cost impact, if any. Contractor shall be required to
submit cost or schedule impact within seven days of receipt of the FCR response. Each FCR
shall be numbered in sequence.
12. Logs:
1. The Contractor shall provide an updated FCR, change request, and submittal logs at bi-
weekly construction meetings. Contractor shall provide a 2-month detailed construction
schedule at the weekly construction meeting with Owner and Landlord.
MATERIALS
(NOT USED)
EXECUTION
(NOT USED)
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01300 -SUBMITTALS, SHOP DRAWINGS, - COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES -
APPENDIX A
SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
Section Shop Product Other Submtls
Number Section Title Drawing Samples Data Certific Mock-up (See Section)
02441
Landscape Irrigation Reqd.
Reqd.
02612
Asphalt Paving
Reqd.
02619
Site Concrete
Reqd.
02750
Integrally Colored Concrete
Reqd.
Reqd.
02870
Site Furnishings
Reqd.
Reqd.
02900
Landscape Planting
Regd.
03300
Cast in Place Concrete
Reqd.
04100
Mortar
Reqd.
04465
Granite
Reqd.
Reqd.
04470
Sandstone
Regd.
Reqd.
07900
Caulking & Sealants
Reqd.
Reqd.
08120
Aluminum Storefront Framing
08700
Finish Hardware
Reqd.
08800
Glass and Glazing
Reqd.
Reqd.
09310
Ceramic Tile
Reqd.
Reqd.
09900
Painting
Regd.
Reqd.
10400
Identifying Devices Reqd.
Reqd.
Reqd.
13046
Shelters & Booths Reqd.
Reqd.
Reqd.
16000
Electrical (all)
Reqd.
END OF SECTION
Reqd.
Reqd.
Reqd.
Reqd.
Reqd.
Reqd.
Reqd.
01300-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY.
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01400-QUALITY CONTROL COOVER-CLARKB ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUPPLEMENTAL TESTING
If required, the following testing shall be performed at the expense of the contractor installing the material
being tested:
A. Material Substitution: Any tests of basic material or fabrication equipment offered as a substitute
for specified item on which a test may be required in order to prove its compliance with the
specifications.
B. Mechanical/Electrical: Tests on mechanical and electrical systems required to insure their proper
installation and operation.
C. Any test that fails shall be paid for by the installing contractor subject to the following conditions:
1. Quantity and nature of tests will be determined by the Consultant.
2. All tests shall be done in the presence of the Owner or his representative.
3. Proof of noncompliance will make the installing contractor liable for any corrective action
which the Owner feels is prudent including complete removal and replacement of defective
material.
4. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the installing contractor does not have
the right to have tests performed on any material at any time for his own information and
job control so long as the Consultant or Owner does not assume responsibility for costs or
for giving them consideration when appraising quality of materials.
D. The Consultant shall determine the type and number of tests to be performed on the project.
1.02 TEST REPORTS
Reports of all tests made by testing laboratories shall distributed by the testing laboratory as follows:
1 copy - Contractor
1 copy - Applicable supplier or subcontractor
1 copy - Owner
1 copy - Consultant
1 copy - Landlord
Other copies - as directed
1.03 QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEM
A. General: The contractor shall establish a quality control system to perform sufficient inspection and
tests of all items of work, including that of all subcontractors, to ensure conformance to the Contract
Documents for materials, workmanship, construction, finish, functional performance and
identification. This control shall be established for all construction except where the Contract
Documents provide for specific compliance tests by testing laboratories or Consultants employed by
the Owner.
The quality control system is the means by which the Contractor assures himself that construction
complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Controls shall be adequate to cover all
construction operations and should be keyed to the proposed construction schedule.
B. Records: The Contractor shall maintain correct records on an appropriate form for all inspections and
tests performed, instruction received from the Owner and actions taken as a result of those
instructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been
performed (including type and number of inspections or tests, nature of defects, causes for rejection,
etc.) proposed or directed remedial action, and corrective action taken. The Contractor shall
document inspections and tests as required by each Section of the Specifications.
PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
cense Number (If Applicable
(Seal - if Bid is by corporation)
Attest:
Address
Telephone
7/96 Section 00300 Page 3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01400-QUALITY CONTROL COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
EXECUTION
(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01600-MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
I. Products.
2. Transportation and Handling.
3. Storage and Protection.
4. Manufacturer's Instructions.
5. Product Options.
6. Products List.
7. Substitutions.
8. Systems Demonstration.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01400 - Quality Control.
2. Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Data.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to applicable specifications and standards.
B. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically approved in writing by the
Consultant.
C. Manufactured and Fabricated Products:
1. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same manufacturer.
2. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless
variations are specifically approved in writing.
1.03 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict
with work and conditions at the site.
B. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct,
and products are undamaged.
1.04 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer' instruction, with seals and labels intact and legible.
B. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are
undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with manufacturer's printed
instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties.involved in the installation,
including one copy to the Consultant and one copy to the Contractor.
B. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or
installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents.
1.06 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those
standards.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions:
Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named.
C. Consultant will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness, and notify, by
Addendum, of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01600-MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1.07 PRODUCT LIST
A. Within 15 days after signing of agreement, submit complete list of major products proposed for use,
with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product.
1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with
Contract Documents.
B. Request constitutes a representation that Subcontractor or Contractor:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds, in all respects,
specified products.
2. Will provide the same warranty for substitution as for specified product.
3. Will coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for Work to be
complete in all respects.
4. Waives claims for additional costs which may subsequently become apparent.
C. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product
data submittals without separate written request, orwhen acceptance will require substantial revision
of Contract Documents.
1.09 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATION
A. Prior to final inspection, demonstrate operation of each system to Consultant and Owner.
B. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of equipment and systems,
using the operation and maintenance data as the basis of instruction.
PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
EXECUTION
(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a
part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 COMPLETION AND FINAL INSPECTION
1. The Contractor shall file a written notice with the Architect/Engineer that the work in the opinion of
the Contractor, is complete under the terms of the contract.
Within ten (10) days after the Contractor files written notice that the work is complete, the
Architect/Engineer, the Principle Representative, and the Contractor shall make a final inspection of
the project to determine whether the work has been completed in accordance with the contract
documents. A final punch list shall be made by the Architect/Engineer in sufficient detail to fully
outline to the Contractor:
1. Work to be completed, if any;
2. Work not in compliance with the drawings and specifications, if any;
3. Unsatisfactory work for any reason, if any.
The required amount of copies of the punch list will be countersigned by the Architect/Engineer, the
Authorized Representative of the Principle Representative and will be transmitted by the
Architect/Engineer to the Contractor and the Principle Representative.
The combined total number of punch -list items identified by the Contractor, Consultant, and Owner
shall not exceed 40. If more than 40 deficiencies are identified, the inspection shall be canceled and
the Contractor shall assume responsibility for payment of additional inspection visitation at that rate
of $91.00 (Ninety One and 00/100 Dollars) per hour.
2. Within 10 working days of the issuance of the final punch -list, the Contractor shall have completed all
punch list items. At that time, the Contractor shall advise the Consultant in writing that the work has
been thoroughly inspected and is ready for final acceptance.
3. Comply with procedures stated in General Conditions of the Contract for issuance of Certificate of
Occupany.
4. Owner may occupy designated portions of the Project for the purpose of installation of equipment,
under provisions stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion.
5. Contractor shall submit written certification.that:
1. Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Project has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents.
4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of Owner's Representative and are
operational.
1.02 CLOSE-OUT FORMS
1. The Architect/Engineer will complete the Closing -out Checklist and Contract Close-out forms,
included at the end of this Section, and forward them to the Contractor.
2. The Contractor will complete and date all items indicated to be completed on the Closing -out
Checklist and Contract Close-out forms. When all items are completed, the Contractor will sign both
forms and forward them to the Architect/Engineer along with a letter stating that all punch list items
are complete.
3. The Architect/Engineer verifies that all items are complete, signs both forms and sends them to the
Owner.
4. The Contractor shall also submit the following prior to the final application for payment:
1. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debit and Claims: AIA G706.
2. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (claims): AIA G706A, with:
1. Consent of Surety to final payment: AIA G707
2. Contractor's release of waivers of claims.
3. Separate release of waivers of claims for subcontractors, suppliers and others with
claim rights, against property of owner, together with list of those parties.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1.03 ADVERTISEMENT AND FINAL PAYMENT
1. Before the Principle Representative may advertise, the Contractor shall:
1. Deliver to Architect/Engineer:
1. Closing -out Checklist and Contract Close-out forms with all items completed.
2. Other adjustments
3. Deductions for uncorrected work
4. Deductions for reinspection payments
2. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted
3. Previous payments
4. Sum remaining due
1.04 POST -CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION
1. Prior to expiration of one year from date of final acceptance, the Consultant will inspect project to
determine whether corrective work is required. Contractor will be notified in writing of all
deficiencies. Corrective work must start on noted deficiencies within 10 days of receipt of
notification to Contractor.
1.05 MISCELLANEOUS KEYS, SWITCHES, ETC.
1. At the completion of the project, all loose keys for hose Bibbs and keys for electric switches, electrical
panels, etc., shall be accounted for and turned over to the Owner.
1.06 WARRANTIES
1. The Contractor and each sub -contractor shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or
workmanship and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear in his
work within a period of one year from the date of Notice of Acceptance and in accordance with the
terms of any special warranties provided in the contract. The Owner shall give notice of observed
defects with reasonable promptness.
2. Upon completion of his work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Consultant in duplicate, a written
warranty based on the provision of this Article properly signed and notarized. Warranty shall be
addressed to the Owner.
1.07 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1. Refer to Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance.
2. Mechanical - By Mechanical Contractor: See Division 15.
3. Electrical - By Electrical Contractor: See Division 16.
1.08 DEMONSTRATIONS
1. Refer to Section 01730 - Operating and Maintenance
2. Mechanical - By Mechanical Contractor: See Division 15
3. Electrical - By Electrical Contractor: See Division 16.
1.09 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
1. Provide products, spare parts, and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section, in
addition to that used for construction of work. Coordinate with Owner, deliver to Project site and
obtain receipt prior to final payment.
PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
EXECUTION
(NOT.USED)
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01700-CONTRACT CLOSEOUT COOVER-CLARK-S ASSOCIATES, P.C.
CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT
FINAL PUNCH LIST DA
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
PROJECT NAME: CITY OF FT. COLLINS & CSU TRANSIT CTR.
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
WORK ORDER NO.
PRINCIPAL REPRESENTATIVE
CONTRACTOR
This Form to be used after Follow-up inspections have been made and Punch List is worked down to less than ten
items.
Final Punch List Item Disposition Date Remarks
Distribution: APPROVFD
Architect/Engineer
CONTRACTOR/C/M
Principal Representative
EH&S
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 01720-PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P C
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made a
part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
I GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
1. This section describes the definitions, recording and maintenance requirements and the submittal
requirements for record documents.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
1. The Project Record Documents are intended to indicate all changes and derivations from the original
contract documents and permanently record the as -built condition of material, equipment and
structure. The project record documents shall include the contract drawings, project manual, addenda,
change orders, modifications and clarifications, field directives, approved shop drawings, approved
product data, manufacturer's certificates and project test results.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
1. Submit the project record documents in conformance with Section 01700 and prior to the final
applications for payment. The final application for payment will not be approved prior to the
submittal of record documents.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
L The project record documents shall be updated at a minimum on a weekly basis and shall be readily
available for inspection by the owner and consultants. Maintain a separate set of complete documents
for exclusive use of record documents and protect the documents from damage in a clean, dry
location. Note: Progress applications for payment will not be approved if record documents are not
current.
2. The record documents shall contain a clear, legible record of all detail and dimensional changes and
locate all concealed work including, but not limited to:
1. Interior and Exterior Utilities
2. Valves
3. Dampers
4. Controls
5. Junction Boxes
6. Clean -outs
7. Access Doors
3. The project manual (specifications) shall indicate all manufacturers' products complete with catalogue.
number and trade name of products installed. All changes and corrections to the project manual shall
be clearly indicated.
PRODUCTS
(NOT USED)
EXECUTION
(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION-01730-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this'section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Compile product data and related information appropriate for the Owner's maintenance and operation
of products famished.
B. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this section and as referenced in other
pertinent sections of specifications.
C. Instruct the Owner, in the maintenance of products and in the operation of equipment and systems.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel:
1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products.
2. Completely familiar with requirements of this section.
3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data.
4. Skilled as a draftsman competent to prepare required drawings.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by the Owner. Three copies are required.
B. Format:
1. Size: 8-1/2" X 11"
2. Paper: 20 lb. minimum, white, for typed pages.
3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten.
4. Drawings:
a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab; bind in with text.
b. Fold larger drawings to the size of text pages.
5. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product or for each piece of operating equipment.
6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS" List.
a. Title of project and date of completion (month and year).
b. Identify of separate system as applicable.
C. Identify of general subject matter covered in the manual.
C. BINDERS:
1. Commercial quality, three-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers shall be
provided.
2. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings.
1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL
A. A neatly typewritten table of contents shall be provided for each volume, arranged in a systematic
order with figures and tables listed.
Include the following:
1. Name of responsible installing principal contractor, address, and telephone number.
2. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
3. List with each product, the name, address, and telephone number of
a. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate.
b. Identity of the area of responsibility of each.
C. Local source of supply for parts and replacement.
4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols.
B. Product Data:
1. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to the specific product.
2. Annotate each sheet to:
a. Clearly identify the specific product or part installed.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION-01730-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation.
C. Delete references to inapplicable information.
C. Drawings:
1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate:
a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
b. Control and flow diagrams.
2. Coordinate drawings with information in project record drawings to ensure correct
illustration of completed installation.
3. Do not use project record drawings as maintenance drawings.
D. Provide written text, as required, to supplement product data for the particular installation:
1. Organize in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures.
2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure.
E. Provide a copy of each warranty, bond, and service contract issued. Provide information sheets for
the Owner and give:
1. Proper procedures in the event of failure.
2. Instances that might affect the validity of warranties or bonds.
1.05 MANUALS FOR MATERIAL AND FINISHES
A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Content for architectural products include applied materials and finishes.
1. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products.
a. Catalog number, size, and composition.
b. Color and texture designations.
C. Information required for reordering special manufactured products.
2. Instructions for care and maintenance:
a. Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
b. Cautions against cleaning agents and methods that are detrimental to the product.
C. Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
C. Content for moisture -protection and weather -exposed products:
1. Provide manufacturer's data, giving fully information on products.
a. Applicable standards
b. Chemical composition
C. Details of installation
2. Provide instructions for inspection, maintenance, and repair.
1.06 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Submit three copies of complete manual in final form.
B. Content for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate shall contain:
1. Description of unit and component parts.
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests.
C. Complete nomenclature and Commercial number of all replaceable parts.
2. Operating Procedures:
a. Start-up, break-in, routine, and normal operating instructions.
b. Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions.
C. Summer and winter operating instructions.
d. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routine operations.
b. Guide to troubleshooting.
C. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly..
d. Alignment, adjustment, and checking.
4. Servicing and Lubrication Schedule, including a list of lubricants required.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION-01730.OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
5. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7. Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b. Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended
quantities to be maintained in storage.
C. Content for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate, shall contain:
1. Description of system and component parts:
a. Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b. Performance curves, engineering data, and tests.
C. Complete nomenclature and Commercial number of replaceable parts.
2. Operating Procedures:
a. Routing and normal operating instructions.
b. Sequences required.
C. Special operating instructions.
3. Maintenance Procedures:
a. Routing operations.
b. Guide to troubleshooting.
C. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly.
d. Adjustment and checking.
4. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
5. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and recommended
quantities to be maintained in storage.
D. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction
of the Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel.
1.07 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE
A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of contents prior to start of
work. The Engineer will review draft and return one copy with comments.
B. Submit one copy of complete data in final form 15 days prior to final selection or acceptance. Copy
will be returned after final inspection with comments.
C. Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form prior to acceptance.
1.08 INSTRUCTION OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct the Owner's designated operating and
maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all products, equipment, and
systems.
B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction.
C. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations
and maintenance.
MATERIALS
(NOT USED)
EXECUTION
(NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00400
SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS
00410 Bid Bond
00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications
00430 Schedule of Subcontractors
7/96 Section 00410 Page 1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK - TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02000 -SITE WORK _ COOVER•CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C.
1. GENERAL PLAN REQUIREMENTS
1.01 General requirements:
1.02 Match curb lip elevation to existing pavement elevation along sawcut line. See the site demolition plan for
pavement areas to be removed. Contractor is to adjust any utility element meant to be flush with grade (clean
outs, manholes, catch basins, inlets, etc.) that is affected by site work or grade changes, whether specifically
noted on plans or not. Refer to grading plan.
1.03 Topographic survey was provided by Foresight West Surveying, Inc. Utilities shown are taken from the survey
and records of respective utility companies and do not necessarily represent all underground utilities adjacent to
or upon site shown on plan. Verify exact location of underground utilities prior to beginning excavation
construction.
1.04 The Contractor shall take care not to damage the existing surface of streets and parking lots with equipment
during construction, and if damaged, shall repair or replace the existing surfaces to their original condition, at
no cost to the Owner. Where it is necessary to cut public curbs, they shall be restored and/or reconstructed in
strict accordance with the requirements of the govemingjurisdiction. Reconstruct public curbs after demolition
of existing approaches.
1.05 Only trees shown on the demolition plan and noted "to be removed" shall be removed. All other shrubs and
trees within the construction work area shall be protected against damage unless the Owner's representative
gives written permission for removal. The Contractor shall minimize damage to the roots and overhanging
limbs of trees and shrubs adjacent to the construction area. Any roots or limbs damaged shall be properly
pruned and dressed to the Owner's satisfaction. Remove and stockpile existing topsoil from areas to be graded.
Utilize stockpiled topsoil for final grading activities in landscape areas. Cover and retain all excess top soil for
use by the landscape Contractor during planting bed preparation.
1.06 Before commencing paving work, the paving Contractor shall verify suitability of sub -grade and compacted
base. Surfaces not acceptable shall be reported to the Owners representative immediately. All backfill under
roads, sidewalks and parking lots shall be compacted in accordance with the requirements of the specifications.
The finish grade of pavement shall slope uniformly to finish elevations shown on the grading plan. All fill
utilized shall be adequately compacted to produce a surface satisfactory for the proper installation of base
course and paving.
1.07 Traffic shall be maintained on the adjacent streets throughout construction. The Contractor shall provide and
install traffic control signs in conformance to the latest edition of the manual of uniform traffic control devices.
Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan for approval.
1.08 The Contractor shall provide adequate protection to protect the general public from injury and the site from
vandalism. Any damage to the project work shall be removed, or replaced at the Contractor's expense. The
Owner and Contractor shall perform a preconstruction walk through of the site to document existing
conditions.
1.09 All work noted on the plans shall be performed in compliance with the lines and dimensions noted on the plan
and detail sheets where applicable.
1.10 The storage area for material shall be designated by the Contractor and approved by the Owner's
representative. Waste material shall be disposed of in a dumpster and shall not be allowed to accumulate on
site.
1.11 The Contractor shall provide daily cleanup of the site, including but not limited to, removal of all trash and
debris and sweeping adjacent surfaces accessible to the general public, including all adjacent roadways.
Prevent debris from blowing off site and pick up if it does.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1.12 Expansion joints shall be placed as shown on the plan sheets and as noted on the detail sheets, whether or not
specifically noted on the plans.
1.13 Sidewalk contraction joints shall be installed at equal increments or at spacing as outlined on the plans. The
Owner's representative, prior to Contractor placing concrete, shall approve miscellaneous concrete contraction
joint layout.
1.14 All asphalt pavement, concrete sidewalks, curbs and lawns which are removed beyond the limit shown shall be
reconstructed or repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner at no cost to the Owner (unless
otherwise noted on the plans).
1.15 All asphalt pavements shall be sawcut full depth to provide smooth neat edges.
1.16 The Contractor shall locate and protect existing irrigation systems adjacent to the work. A qualified irrigation
firm, approved by the Owner, shall adjust, repair, or relocate any damaged sprinkler heads, piping and/or valve
boxes.
1.17 All work shall be included in the base bid unit price bid schedule (unless otherwise noted).
1.18 The Contractor shall refer to the contract documents for any construction phasing and sequencing requirements.
1.19 All public improvements shall conform to the provisions in the current City of Fort Collins standards and
specifications for the design and construction of public improvements and the Colorado State University design
standards.
1.20 The Contractor shall use extreme caution during demolition activities, to protect all existing structures,
pavement, and other items not designated for removal. The Contractor shall repair or replace damaged items to
the satisfaction of the Owner.
1.21 The Contractor hall property dispose all items removed during demolition off -site, except those items noted to
remain on the property of the Owner.
1.22 Prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's field representative his program
and schedule for installation of temporary and permanent erosion control work applicable during all stages of
construction, and his plan for disposal of waste materials. Where erosion is likely to be aproblem, clearing and
grubbing operations shall be scheduled so that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can
follow immediately thereafter, if the project conditions permit, otherwise temporary erosion control measures
may be required between successive construction stages.
1.23 The Owner's field representative and/or site engineer shall review and approval the erosion control schedule
and methods of operation before work begins.
1.24 Temporary erosion control measures shall be used to correct conditions that develop during construction, that
are needed prior to installation of permanent control features, or that are temporarily needed to control erosion
that develops during normal construction practices, but which are not associated with permanent control
features on the project.
1.25 The Contractor shall conduct his operations to minimize erosion of soils and prevent silting and muddying
adjacent rivers, streams, impoundments (lakes, reservoirs, etc.) and adjacent lands to or affected by the work.
Construction drainage facilities and performance of the contract work that will contribute to the control of
erosion and sedimentation shall be carried out in conjunction with the earthwork operations or as soon
thereafter as practicable. The area of bare soil exposed at anytime by construction operations shall be kept to a
minimum. The Contractor shall assume complete responsibility for controlling all siltation and erosion of the
02000-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02000 - SITE WORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
project area. Use whatever means necessary including but not limited to stacked straw bails and/or silt fences.
Control shall commence with grading and be maintained throughout the project until acceptance by the Owner.
The Contractor's responsibilities include all design and implementation as required to prevent erosion and
depositing of silt. The Owner may at their own option direct the Contractor in these methods. Any depositing
of silt or mud on new or existing pavement, storm sewers or swales shall be removed after each rain and
affected areas cleaned to the satisfaction of the Owner at the expense of the Contractor.
1.26 All watercourses and drainageways shall be cleared as soon as practical of fiamework, sheeting, debris or other
obstructions placed during construction operations and which are not a part of the frushed work.
1.27 Pollutants such as wash water from concrete mixing operations, fuels, oils lubricants, and other harmful
materials shall not be discharged into rivers, streams, ponds, water impoundment areas, watercourses,
drainageways, channels, drainage ditches, catch basins or drainage or sewer systems.
1.28 Throughout all operations covered by this contract, the Contractor shall provide all necessary measures to
control dust through the use of water, calcium chloride, or other acceptable materials in accordance with the
directions of the Owner's field representative, at such locations and during such periods as he may direct, or as
may be required by local ordinance or authorities.
1.28 Grade change within tree drip lines are limited to 12 inches per year.
2. QUALITY CONTROUGENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.01 General description
2.02 Secure and pay for all licenses, government fees and permits required for proper execution and completion of
work. Comply with applicable codes, rules, ordinances and other legal requirements. Building permit provided
by Owner.
2.03 Take responsibility for reviewing contract documents for procedures, space requirements, materials, installation
sequence and coordination with Owner. The latest edition is to be used where reference is made to published
standards.
2.04 Confine operations to areas permitted by law, ordinances, permits and contract documents. Do not
unreasonably encumber site with materials or equipment. Assume full responsibility for protection of products
stored on premises within contract limits.
2.05 Immediately locate all reference points, layout work and be responsible for all measurements and other work to
be executed under the contract. Verify all figures shown on the drawings. Verify all dimensions of any existing
and new work and be responsible for their accuracy. Submit any differences found to Owner before proceeding
with the work. No extra compensation will be permitted because of differences between actual dimensions and
measurements indicated on the drawings.
2.06 Be responsible for keeping site clean at all times. Provide metal containers for waste and scrap materials.
Remove from site when full. Take responsibility for final cleaning. Remove all tools, scaffolding, and surplus
materials from the site at completion of work.
2.07 Be responsible for preventing air and water pollution through dust and dirt control in the following areas:
1. In the street, sidewalks and drives within the limits of the contract.
2. Any haul roads leading to or away from the project that are used by the Contractor.
3. Take all necessary steps to prevent soil eroding onto all paved areas and into all natural water -courses,
ditches and the public sewer system.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02000 -SITE WORK COOVERCLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
2.08 Owner may employ and pay for an independent testing laboratory to perform necessary tests or inspections to
show compliance with these specifications. If tests indicate work does not meet specified requirements, remove
work, replace, and retest without additional cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02100 -SITE PREPARATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1. DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes:
I. Cleaning site of debris, grass, trees and other plant life in preparation for site or building
excavation work.
2. Protection of existing structures, trees or vegetation indicated to remain.
3. Stripping topsoil from areas indicated.
B. Related documents: the contract documents, as defined in the general conditions, apply to the work of
this section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the work of this section
may be found in other documents.
I. Section 02200 - Earthwork: cutting, filling, and grading for proposed site improvements.
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory requirements:
1. Provide temporary erosion control systems as indicated on drawings or as directed by owner's
representative to protect adjacent properties and water resources from sediment and erosion.
1.02 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Existing conditions:
1. The owner shall maintain the conditions existing at time of inspection during bidding, in so
far as practical.
2. Notify owner of variations to conditions or discrepancies in actual site conditions prior to
start of site preparation work.
3. Traffic: conduct operations and removal of debris with minimal interference to roads, streets,
walks, and other adjacent facilities. do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other facilities
without permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Protections: provide protection for safe passage of persons around area of site preparation.
Take precautions and conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures,
other facilities, and persons.
A. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement,
settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to
remain.
5. Where it is necessary to cut public curbs, they shall be restored and/or reconstructed in strict
accordance with the requirements of the governing jurisdiction. Reconstruct public curbs
after demolition of existing approaches and in compliance with Section 02619 Site Concrete.
6. All utility structures to be constructed in accordance with all governing codes or standards
(city, county or state) and in compliance with the plumbing, mechanical and electrical
specifications as detailed on the drawings.
2. PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Topsoil: friable clay loam surface soil containing humus, organic matter, found in a depth of not less
than 4 inches free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2 inches in diameter, and
without weeds, roots, and other unsuitable material.
3. EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION:
A. Site verification of conditions: examine areas in which work of this section is to be performed. Verify
conditions and note irregularities affecting the work. Report in writing to owner and
Architect/Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of the work.
B. Beginning of work constitutes acceptance of the existing conditions and contractor shall then, at no
additional cost to owner, be responsible for correcting unsatisfactory and defective work.
C. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for the work are as indicated.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
SECTION 02100 -SITE PREPARATION TRANSIT CENTER
COOVER•CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
3.02 PREPARATION:
A. Verify that existing plant life and clearing limits are clearly tagged, identified and marked in such a
manner as to ensure their safety throughout construction operations.
3.03 CLEARING:
A. Clear areas required for access to site and execution of work.
B. Remove trees, shrubs, grass, other vegetation, improvements, or obstructions interfering with
installation of work as indicated on drawings. Removal includes digging out stumps and roots. Fill
depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations to subgrade elevation. Prevent water
ponding.
C. Remove grass, trees, plant life, stumps and all other construction debris from site to a dump site that is
suitable for handling such material according to state laws and regulations
3.04 TOPSOIL EXCAVATION
A. Strip topsoil from areas that are indicated to be filled, excavated, landscaped, or re -graded to depth
that prevents contact with underlying subsoil or unsuitable material. Where trees are indicated to
remain, stop topsoil stripping sufficient distance from tree to prevent damage to main root system.
B. Cut heavy growths of grass from areas prior to start of stripping. Remove heavy growths of grass
along with clearing of other vegetation materials.
C. Satisfactory topsoil: see Section 2.1 materials.
D. Stockpile existing topsoil from areas to be graded as directed by owner's representative. Construct
stockpile areas to positively drain surface water. Cover stockpile areas as required to prevent
windblown dust. Dispose of unsuitable topsoil off -site as specified clearing, unless directed otherwise
by owner's representative. Utilize stockpiled topsoil for final grading activities in turf areas. Cover and
retain all excess topsoil for use by landscape contractor during planting and bed preparation. Dispose
of excess topsoil off -site as specified for clearing, unless directed otherwise by the owner's
representative.
3.05 REMOVAL:
A. Remove debris, rock, extracted plant life, paving, curbs, and other structures indicated on drawings.
3.06 PROTECTION:
A. Protect existing structures and utilities as specified in section 02200.
B. Protect trees, plant growth, and features indicated to remain.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C.
DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes:
1. Preparation of subgrade for building, slabs, walks, pavements, and other sitework.
2. Rough and finish grading.
3. Excavation for filling and grading.
4. Filling and subgrade preparation.
5. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting for structures.
6. Excavating, backfilling, pipe bedding, and compacting for utilities.
7. Excavating, backfilling, and compacting for pavement.
8. Soil stabilization.
B. Related documents: the contract documents, as defined in the general conditions, apply to the work of
this section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the work of this section
may be found in other documents.
A. Related sections:
I. Section 02100 — Site Preparation: clearing site of debris, grass, trees, and other plant life.
1.01 REFERENCES:
A. Referenced publications: the following publications are included as part of these earthwork specifications:
1. ASTM C 136 - method for sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates.
2. ASTM D 698 - test methods for moisture -density relations of soil and soil- aggregate
mixtures, using 5.5-lb (2.49 kg) rammer and 12-in. (305 min) drop.
3. ASTM D 1556 - test method for density of soil in place by the sand -cone method.
4. ASTM D 1557 - test method for moisture -density elevations of soils and soil -aggregate
mixture using 10 pound (4.54 kg) rammer and 18 inch (457 min) drop.
5. ASTM D 2167 - test method for density and unit weight of soil in place by the rubber
balloon method.
6. ASTM D 4254 - test methods for minimum index density of soils and calculation of relative
density.
7. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70 - National Electric Code.
1.02 DEFINITIONS:
A. Building area subgrade pad: portion of site directly beneath and within a line 5 feet 0 inches beyond
building and appurtenances including limits of any future building expansion areas indicated on drawings.
Appurtenances are those items attached to the building proper.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Regulatory requirements:
1. Perform earthwork in accordance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having
Jurisdiction.
B. Soil stabilization standards: State Department of Transportation standard specifications.
1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Existing conditions:
1. Classification of excavations: Contractor by submitting bid acknowledges that Contractor has
investigated project site to determine type, quantity, quality, and character of excavation work to
be performed. Consider excavation unclassified excavation.
2. Existing utilities: contact local utility companies and make arrangements to obtain utility
company location and marking service prior to start of earthwork operations.
a. Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work. if utilities are to remain in place,
provide means of support and protection during earthwork operations.
b. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during
excavation, consult utility company and Owner representative immediately for directions.
c. Coordinate with Owner and utility companies to keep existing utility services and facilities
in operation.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK r.nnVPQrl ACV n.
d. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility company, at no additional cost to Owner.
e. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others,
during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Owner's representative and then
only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided and approved by
Owner's representative.
f. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated on
drawings to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services if lines
are active.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Existing material: excavated and re -used on -site material for subsoil fill as specified herein.
Imported material: imported off -site material approved by Owner's representative and as specified
herein.
B. Bedding material: processed sand and gravel, free from clay lumps, organic, or other deleterious
material as specified on the drawings.
C. Topsoil fill: specified in Section 02100.
2.02 SOIL STABILIZATION MATERIALS:
A. Quicklime or hydrated lime: ASTM C 977.
B. Portland cement: ASTM C 150.
C. Fly ash: ASTM C 618.
2.03 PREPARATION:
A. Identify required lines, elevations, levels, contours, grades, and datum necessary to provide earthwork
grading as indicated on drawings.
B. Verify that survey benchmark and intended elevations for work are as indicated on drawings.
C. Locate, identify, and protect existing utilities to remain and previously installed utilities that may be
damaged by construction operations.
I. Notify Owner's representative and utility company immediately of utilities, not indicated on
drawings, encountered.
2. Maintain existing utilities, active utilities, and drainage systems in operating condition.
3. Comply with utility company requirements and directions of Owner's representative to keep
utilities in operation.
4. Where unmarked utilities are uncovered within the work area, notify Owner and the utilities
having jurisdiction, and take precautions to prevent interruption of service. Should such lines or
services be damaged, broken or interrupted through negligence, repair and restore immediately
without additional cost to utility or to Owner.
D. Protect trees, lawns, plant life, fences, existing structures, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from
earthwork operations, excavating equipment, and vehicular traffic.
E. Protect benchmarks, property comers, and other survey monuments from damage or displacement.
Where markers are required to be removed, provide removal and reinstallation by licensed land
surveyor licensed in state where project is located.
F. Remove material encountered in grading operations that is unsuitable for backfilling, subgrade or
foundation purposes as determined by Owner's representative. Dispose of materials off -site in an
approved manner in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
2.04 EXCAVATION:
A. Provide dewatering, drainage, and ground water management to control moisture of soils when
performing grading operations during periods of wet weather.
B. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from
flooding project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Any
water suspected of being contaminated is to be brought to the attention of the design engineer and
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK TRANSIT CENTER
COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
Owner. Remove water to prevent soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades. Provide and
maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system
components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Establish and maintain temporary
drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water
removed from excavations to collecting or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary
drainage ditches. Maintain water on site, if required by the local authority.
C. Shore, brace, and drain excavations to maintain excavations safe, secure, and free of water at all
times.
D. Provide protection for workers within trench areas in accordance with local, state, and federal OSHA
requirements and regulations.
I. Slope, shore, sheet, or brace excavation sidewalls greater than 5 feet in depth.
2. Provide lateral travel distance to excavation exit ladder or steps maximum 25 feet for trenches
minimum 4 feet in depth.
E. Acceptable fill material:
1. Rock or stone less than 6 inches in largest dimension as fill to within 24 inches of surface of
proposed subgrade when mixed with suitable material.
2. Rock or stone less than 2 inches in largest dimension mixed with suitable material as fill
within the upper 24 inches of proposed subgrade.
F. Stockpile excavated material suitable for backfilling on -site.
G. During excavation, stockpile materials suitable for backfilling away from excavation to prevent
overloading, slides, or cave-ins.
H. Remove material encountered in excavating operations that is unsuitable for backfilling, subgrade or
foundation purposes as determined by Owner's representative. Dispose of materials off -site in an
approved manner in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
I. Hand correct unauthorized excavation at no cost to Owner. Fill over -excavated areas under structure
bearing surfaces by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom
without changing top elevation or by filling unauthorized excavation with 3000-psi concrete.
Stockpile excavated material in area designated on -site or where directed and remove excess subsoil,
not being reused, from site.
J. In the event that solid rock or other unexpected materials, over one cubic yard in volume, are
encountered, extra cost will be allowed after written approval by Owner or Owner's representative.
Quantities to be approved by Owner or Owner's representative.
K. Conform excavations for piping to limits, depths, and materials indicated on the drawings, and to
applicable codes and regulations.
L. Design and provide sheeting, shoring, or bracing at any open trench. Comply with OSHA and other
local regulations for trenching requirements.
M. Electrical conduit: lay conduit on a four inch compacted bedding of clean sand or pea gravel.
Envelope all conduits in sand or pea gravel. Continue backfilling with sand or pea gravel to a depth of
four inches above the top of the conduit. Do not use sand in conjunction with filter fabric. Voids
between conduits will not be permitted. Clean earth may be substituted for sand when the trench
contains only one conduit.
N. Potable water piping: lay piping on a four inch compacted bedding of clean compressed air and
potable water piping sand or pea gravel. Continue sand backfill to a depth of four inches above the top
of the pipe.
O. Sewer piping: lay sewer piping supported continuously on a six inch compacted bedding of gravel
sewer piping or crushed stone of which 100 percent will pass through a 1/2 inch sieve. Shape bedding
for clearance of all joints and fittings, tamped in place, and graded evenly to ensure a uniform bearing
for the full length of the pipe. Do not support piping by blocks, planks, or mounds of bedding
material.
P. Backflling trenches:
1. Place backfill from 12 inches above the pipe, in layers not to exceed eight inches in depth.
Provide granular backfill material free of stones larger than three inches in diameter, non-
corrosive, and non- organic in nature. Do not use material with cinders, building materials, waste,
or rubbish. Do not use frozen or semi -frozen backfill materials.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK TRANSIT CENTER
COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
2. Do not backfill trenches until field inspections and tests are performed and utility systems comply
with and are accepted by governing authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Backfill excavation after pipe or conduit has been installed, bedded, inspected and tested.
4. Contractor is to adjust any utility element meant to be flush with grade (clean out manholes, catch
basins, inlets, etc.) That is affected by site work or grade changes whether specifically noted on
plans or not.
2.05 COMPACTION:
A. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer of backfill as required to obtain optimum moisture
content to attain required compaction density. Cinders, ashes, organic matter, rubbish, or other
deleterious materials will not be permitted.
B. Place fill in layers not more than eight inches in loose depth. Roll areas with soils containing clay or
silt (cohesive soils) under paving and buildings with a sheeps foot roller. Compact fill with cohesive
materials to a density equal to 95 percent of standard proctor density as determined by ASTM D 698.
Determine field density for cohesive soils by the sand cone method following ASTM D 1556.
C. Roll areas with soils containing sand and gravel (cohesionless soils) under paving and buildings with
either a three -wheel ten -ton vibratory roller or seven ton tractor. Compact fill with cohesionless soils
to a density equal to 65 percent of relative density as determined by ASTM D 4254. Determine field
density for cohesionless soils by the rubber balloon method following ASTM D 2167.
2.06 SITE GRADING
A. Excavate pavement areas to line and grade indicated on drawings.
B. Stockpile excavated material suitable for backfilling on -site.
C. Remove material encountered in excavating operations that is unsuitable for backfilling and pavement
subgrade purposes as determined by Owner. Dispose of materials off -site in an approved manner in
accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Over excavate areas of pavement subgrade found consisting of unsuitable materials as determined by
soils engineer. Prepare, fill with suitable material, and compact as specified.
E. Fill areas to contours and elevations as indicated on drawings.
F. Place fill in continuous lifts as specified herein.
G. Verify that imported off -site fill and stockpiled on -site fill is tested and approved.
H. Verify that backfill areas are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and that ground surfaces are not
frozen.
I. Remove all debris from areas to be landscaped to a depth of two feet. Backfill with clean soil to a
depth within six inches of the finished grade. Backfill to six inches below top of curbs.
J. Uniformly compact backfill and grade areas to indicated slope with a tolerance of 1/4 inch above or
below indicated elevations.
K. Backfilling:
I. Verify imported fill and stockpiled fill to be reused is approved.
2. If, in the opinion of the Owner or his representative, unsatisfactory soil materials exist on the
site, remove such materials upon written approval by the Owner or his representative.
Replace all unsatisfactory soil materials with an engineered fill consisting of ordinary soil as
excavated on the site, free from debris, roots, stones larger than two inches, silt, muck or
peat capable of being compacted to the densities specified in section 02200. Where
additional fill material is required, famish soil equivalent to that obtained on the site. Install
fill material in layers not exceeding 12 inches and moistened only as required to obtain the
specified degree of compaction. Provide coarse sand or bank run gravel fill under paving
and sidewalks.
L. Verify areas to be backfilled are free of debris, snow, ice, or water, and ground surfaces are not
frozen.
2.07 SOIL STABILIZATION:
A. Mix materials in accordance with referenced state department of transportation standard specifications
or as indicated in the report of subsurface exploration for areas of application.
SECTION 00410
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned
as Principal, and as
Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado,
as OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and
truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and
assigns.
THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has
submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby
made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction
of Fort Collins Project, CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
TRANSIT CENTER; BID NO. 5700.
NOW THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or
(b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver
a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in
accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful
performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing
labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all
other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in
force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the
liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no
event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations
of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any
extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety
does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the
State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER.
7/96 Section 00410 Page 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02200 - EARTHWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
B. Carefully add water to the mix to achieve a consistent mixture without lumping yet not creates a wet
plastic consistency.
C. The addition of lime may be specified or approved to facilitate mixing fly ash with soil materials.
When specified, or directed by the testing laboratory in writing, lime shall be used to prevent fly ash
"flash set" or retard soil -fly ash reactivity occurring during final mixing.
1. Lime additive shall be uniformly blended with the fly ash on the surface for incorporation
with soil materials during first mixing operations unless other methods of application are
approved.
2. The proportion of lime additive with the fly ash will be based on laboratory testing and field
trial procedures necessary to determine proper soil modification.
3. The addition of lime will permit a reduction of the fly ash requirement on a replacement
basis as approved by the testing laboratory.
D. Obtain testing laboratory approval of the mix before proceeding with placement.
2.08 MAINTENANCE OF SUBGRADE:
A. Verify finished subgrades for conformance to elevations as indicated on drawings and for specified
conditions for subgrade:
B. Protect subgrade from excessive wheel loading during construction, including concrete trucks and
dump trucks.
C. Remove areas of finished subgrade with compaction density below specified density to depth
required. Fill removed areas and compact to specified compaction density
D. Provide surface of subgrade after compaction hard, uniform, smooth, stable, and true to grade and
cross-section.
2.09 FINISH GRADING:
A. Grade areas other than paved areas and building pad areas to finish grade elevations or contours as
indicated on drawings including the following:
1. Excavated areas.
2. Filled and transition areas.
3. Landscaped areas.
B. Provide engineering and field staking necessary for verification of lines, grades, and elevations.
C. Provide finish graded areas uniform and smooth, free from rocks, debris, or irregular surface changes
with maximum tolerance of 0.10 foot in 50 feet above or below established finish subgrade elevation.
Provide graded surfaces sloping uniformly between indicated elevations.
D. Provide drainage ditches graded with uniform slope to allow drainage without ponding, minimizing
potential for erosion.
E. Protection
A. Protect building subgrade pad and building related earthwork from damage by construction
operations and erosion.
B. Prohibit vehicles from entering building subgrade pad area. Vehicles not permitted.
C. Scarify surface, reshape, and compact areas damaged by construction operations or weather
erosion.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS S COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02612 - ASPHALT PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C.
DESCRIPTION:
A. All work under this section is subject to the contract documents.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, layout and supervision necessary to complete all asphalt paving.
C. Refer to drawings, schedules and details for type and location of asphalt work required.
D. Coordinate with other trades.
E. Asphalt provider shall be a registered and approved paving mix manufacturer with the Department of
Transportation and Highways of the state in which the project is located.
F. All references herein to State Highway specifications indicate the State Highway or Department of
Transportation of the state in which the project is located.
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Owner may hire independent testing firm to perform thickness tests.
B. Thickness and tolerances for smoothness shall be as specified in section 3.01 of this document.
C. Paving Contractor will provide to the Owner verification of the quantity and quality of the specified
material in the form of trip tickets, and mix certifications.
D. Provide copy of manufacturer's design mix formula to Owner.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Base aggregate: provide clean, hard, durable crushed limestone or crushed air-cooled blast furnace
slag having at least 95 percent passing a 1 1/2 inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a no.
200 sieve or conforming to State DOT requirements. Furnish aggregate weighing not less than 90
pounds per cubic foot for limestone and for crushed slag when shaken to refusal.
B. Coarse aggregate: sound; angular crushed stone; crushed gravel; complying with ASTM D 692.
C. Fine aggregate: sharp -edged natural sand or sand prepared form stone; gravel or combinations
thereof; complying with ASTM D 1073.
D. Mineral filler: rock or slag dust, hydraulic cement, or other inert material complying with ASTM D
242.
E. Bituminous material: asphalt cement, performance grade pg 64-22 and conforming to local state
highway specifications; ASTM D 3381 for viscosity -graded material; ASTM D 946 for penetration -
graded material.
F. Tack coat: emulsified asphalt SS-1, ASTM D 977, uniformly diluted 50% with potable water,
conforming to local state highway specifications. Apply immediately after cleaning surface with
compressed air or blowers.
G. Asphaltic concrete: mixture of coarse and fine aggregate, mineral filler and asphaltic cement
combined in such proportions that the composition by weight of the finished mix shall be according to
state highway specifications within the following range or as directed by Owner:
Sieve Total passing % By Weight Binder Course Surface Course (Mixture B) (Mixture C, D, or E)
2"
100
1" 100--
3/4"
82-100
100 1/2" 50-82 90-100
3/8"
66-100 No.4 24-50 24-65
No.8
16-36
16-48 No.16 10-25 10-32
No.30
9-33
9-33 No.50 4-12 4-15
No. 100 3-9
3-10 No. 200 3-9 3-9 asphaltic cement 2-6
H.
Mix and weigh all material in a standard modem plant, regularly producing asphaltic concrete.
2.02
INITIAL SEAL COAT
A.
Contractor shall include in this work the application of the initial seal coat no sooner than 6 months,
and no later than 12 months after installation of asphalt wear course.
2-1
..n,.�..� ara�irn.A I wns CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORAD ESTATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02612 -ASPHALT PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
B. Initial seal coat shall be fass - dri polymeric coating (Maintenance, Inc., Wooster, OH. 800 - 892 -
6701). A combination of coal tar, polymer chemistry and reinforcing geotextile fibers applied at a rate
of 90 square feet per gallon per coat. The coating shall be UL classified for slip resistance insuring
nonskid capability when dry and when flooded with water or oil. Coating shall be weather, gas, oil,
chemical and abrasion resistant. Two coats applied separately. The Contractor must submit
certification by the manufacturer that the material was purchased and applied according to the
manufacturer's specification. Seal all cracks in asphalt prior to applying seal coat.
C. Do not permit vehicular traffic of any kind on paving until it has cooled and hardened, and in no case
less than six hours after final rolling of bituminous materials. Provide temporary barricades to keep
traffic from completed pavement. Maintain in place for a minimum of three days after completion of
paving work.
D. Coordinate application so that maximum drying time is 24 hours. Do not sealcoat when ambient air or
ground temperature is below 45 degrees F.
2.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install asphalt paving to the thicknesses shown in the details.
B. Parking lot, driveways:
1. After all site utilities have been installed and the backfill is properly consolidated, the
Contractor shall fine grade and roll the subgrade, and install the course to the compressed
thickness as outlined above.
C. Base course:
1. Spread course aggregate with a self-propelled spreading machine capable of placing the
aggregate true to grade upon the prepared subgrade. When vibratory equipment is used, the
maximum compacted depth of a single layer shall not exceed 6 inches. When vibratory
compaction equipment is not used, the maximum compacted thickness of one layer shall not
exceed 3 inches.
2. Broom and roll surface until sand or screenings cannot be forced into the voids.
3. Compact base course in accordance with the state highway specifications.
4. Base course shall be installed in two layers of equal thickness.
D. Asphaltic concrete binder course and surface course:
I. Asphalt mixture shall be laid only when the prepared subgrade or underlying course is dry
and when weather conditions are suitable.
2. No mixture shall be spread when the air temperature is below 40 degrees F. or when there is
frost on the ground.
3. Provide a uniform finish surface free from ruts or irregularities in contour, and true to the
established grade to present a smooth riding.
E. Compaction:
1. Compact mixture while still hot, by rolling with self-propelled tandem roller.
2. Compacted course shall be free of all irregularities and shall conform to the grade and
dimensions given elsewhere in these specifications.
3. Wearing surface course shall show an even and smooth surface with aggregate and fines
uniformly distributed.
4. After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on pavement until it has cooled and
hardened.
F. Substitutions:
I . Suitable base of the specified thickness obtained by other method is acceptable if submitted
to and approved by Owner.
2. Suitable asphaltic concrete wearing surface of different specification is acceptable if
submitted and approved by Owner.
G. Cutting and patching
1. Saw -cut edge of existing paving where new paving is to abut, in a true, straight line, to
expose an even, vertical surface for full course thickness.
2. Contact surfaces shall be clean and free of sand, dirt, and other deleterious material.
3. Apply tack coat.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02612 -ASPHALT PAVING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
4. Carefully make joint to ensure continuous bond between new and existing paving.
1.06 PAVEMENT MARKING
A. Paint accessibility symbols and traffic markings conforming with AASHTO requirements, latest
edition. Coordinate exact locations with Owner.
B. Material:
1. 2 coats alkyd traffic paint marking paint "ultra -hide traffic paint" as manufactured by ICI
paints (Glidden) or "promar alkyd traffic marking paint" as manufactured by Sherwin
Williams.
2. Color: white parking stripes, yellow no parking zones and blue handicapped stalls unless
otherwise required on drawings or by local jurisdiction.
C. Clean pavement surface of loose material and dirt. Apply when temperatures are above 40 degrees F.
D. Contractor's work shall include re -striping paving after the initial seal coat is applied per Section 2.02
above.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02619 SITE CONCRETE rnnvco_ri Aev s - -
1. DESCRIPTION:
A. All work under this section is subject to the contract documents.
B. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, layout and supervision necessary to complete all concrete
work.
C. Refer to drawings, schedules and details for kind, type and location of concrete work required.
b. Coordinate with other trades.
E. Concrete work shall be governed by the following American concrete institute (ACI) standards:
1. ACI 301, "specifications for structural concrete"
2. ACI 117, "standard specifications for tolerances for concrete construction and materials"
3. ACI 305R, "hot weather concreting'
4. AACI306.1, "specifications for cold weather concreting'
1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Submit a written description of the concrete mix design to be used for the work to Owner at least ten
working days, prior to first concrete placement. Indicate mixing method, air content, slump,
admixtures to be used, 28-day compressive strength, and proportions of concrete, water and
aggregate. Mix design should comply with requirement of section 3.03 of this specification. Do not
begin concrete placement until Owner has reviewed mixes.
B. The Owner may engage an independent testing agency to sample concrete according to ASTM c 172
and to perform tests according to the following ASTM and ACI standards.
Compressive strength ASTM C 31 and C 39
Unit Weight ASTM C 138
Air Content ASTM C 173 and C 231
Slump ASTM C 143
Concrete Evaluation ACI 301 Chapter 17
Concrete rejection ACI 301 concrete rejection
C. Notify Owner at least 24 hours before concrete pour.
D. Contractor shall prepare one concrete cylinder from each truck for each continuous concrete pour in
excess of 15 cubic yards volume. Cylinders shall be permanently labeled to indicate installation
location and date, and shall be stored on site. Owner may choose to submit these cylinders to a testing
laboratory.
E. Provide to the Owner, upon request, copies of all concrete delivery tickets documenting the following
information:
1. Date and time dispatched, time of arrival, and time of placement.
2. Amount of concrete.
3. Weight and type of concrete aggregate.
4. Water content and water added at job site (if any).
5. Type and amount of admixtures (if any).
F. Cold weather requirements
I . Mix design, handling and placement of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 306r except as
indicated in this specification.
2. If air temperature at the time of installation is below 40 degree F, concrete may be placed if the
following conditions are met:
A. The subbase is not frozen, and it has been protected using insulating blankets so that its
temperature is not below 32 degrees F.
B. Concrete temperature at time of delivery shall not be less than 55 degrees F. f in a moist
condition for a minimum of seven days after placement following.
C. Maintain concrete above 50 ° the recommendations of ACI 308-92.
D. Use either:
1) ASTM CC150 Type III (high early strength) concrete.
or
2) ASTM C 150, Type I concrete with non -chloride accelerating admixture conforming to
the requirement of ASTM C 494 Type C or E.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02619-SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
E. Use of chloride containing mixtures will constitute grounds for removal and replacement of
concrete at no cost to Owner.
F. Concrete shall not be poured if air temperature at the time of placement is below 25 degrees
F.
G. Hot weather requirements
1. Mix design, handling and placement of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 305r except as
indicated in this specification.
2. If air temperature at the time of installation is above 90 degrees F, concrete may be placed if the
following conditions are met:
A. Dampen forms and subgrade prior to placing concrete.
B. Concrete delivery temperature must not exceed 90 degrees F.
C. Cover freshly placed concrete with white plastic sheeting or damp burlap between the
placement and finishing steps.
D. Use a set retarding admixture conforming to the requirement of ASTM C 494, Type B or D.
E. Place concrete as soon as possible after mixing: avoid placing delays. Avoid placing
concrete during hottest hours of the day.
F. Apply curing/sealing compound immediately after finishing concrete surface.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Portland cement
1. ASTM C150, Type I except as noted in cold weather requirements above.
2. Type III high early strength cement at Contractor's option except in hot weather placement.
B. Aggregate
1. Conform to ASTM c33.
2. Aggregates shall not contain deleterious materials or materials that cause popouts such as chert,
flint, coal, lignite, clay or other friable materials in excess of those allowed in table 3 of ASTM c
33.
3. Coarse aggregates: provide coarse aggregates conforming to ASTM c 33 consisting of crushed
stone or washed gravel having a clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated particles free from
injurious amounts of soft or flaky pieces, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances.
Provide coarse aggregate with a maximum of 1-1/2 inches, five percent is to pass a No. 4 sieve.
4. Fine aggregates: provide fine aggregates conforming to ASTM c 33 consisting of natural sand
having clean, hard, strong, durable, uncoated grains, free of injurious amounts of dust, lumps,
soft or flaky particles, shale, alkali, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. Provide fine
aggregates with a minimum of nine percent passing through a No. 100 sieve. In addition not
more than 45 percent is to be retained between any two consecutive sieves.
C. Water shall be clean, potable, free of oil, acids, salts, or other deleterious matter and complying with
ASTM c94
D. Steel reinforcing
1. Free from flaking rust, scale and dirt.
2. ASTM A615, grade 60, deformed
3. Wire fabric: cold drawn ASTM Al85
4. Wire fabric shall be in flat sheets and shall be designated as shown on drawings.
5. Synthetic fiber: fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete
complying with ASTM C 1116, Type III, 1/2 inch to 1 inch long. Not required in foundations if
approved by Owner.
E. Admixtures
1. Admixtures containing more than 0.10% calcium chloride are not permitted.
2. All concrete subject to freeze/thaw cycles shall use an air entraining admixture conforming to
ASTM c 260. Air entrained concrete is not required for subgrade foundations or for interior slabs.
Air entrained concrete is required in pavement and sidewalks.
3. Other admixtures shall not be used except by prior approval and agreement with Owner.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02619 —SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C.
F. Curing/Sealing compound
I. Use a non -yellowing gasoline resistant curing/sealing compound, meeting ASTM c 309, Type I.
2. Do not apply sealer to concrete slabs that will eventually be covered by floor tile.
3. NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT
SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW
SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.
4. Approved products:
A. Euclid Super Diamond Clear Vox
B. Masterbuilders Cure & Seal 30
C. Sonnebom URE N Seal 30%
H. Joint materials:
1. Expansion and isolation joint material shall comply with ASTM D 1751.
2. Install in pavement saw -cut or formed control joints, elastomeric joint sealant as follows:
A. Comply with ASTM c 920, Type S (single component).
B. Comply with ASTM c 920, Grade P (self leveling). .
C. Class 25, fuel resistant.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 FORM WORK:
A. Form work shall conform to ACI 347r.
B. Set forms straight, plumb and true to lines and dimensions per ACI 301 and 347r.
C. Provide adequate bracing for forms to withstand all loads.
D. Exterior and interior concrete surfaces shall be equivalent to plywood form finish, with normal wood
grain showing, unless otherwise noted.
E. Clean forms and treat with releasing agent prior to installation.
3.02 REINFORCEMENT:
A. Locate and tie all metal reinforcement and accessories in forms as indicated in drawings. Clean
reinforcement of loose rust, earth, ice and other foreign materials.
B. Install reinforcing steel in accordance with ACI 315.
C. Lap splices as required by design and service requirements, TO" minimum,
D. Locate and support reinforcement with bar support to maintain minimum concrete cover.
E. Do not use lifting chairs for installation of welded wire fabric. Use lifting hook to raise wire fabric
into position in sidewalk or slab immediately after concrete is poured in place.
3.03 CONCRETE MIX PROPORTIONS:
A. Water cement ratio: maximum of 0.45
B. Compressive strength: 4000 psi average 28-day compressive strength, for slabs, 3500 psi for
foundations.
C. Slump: 3"-5" at point of placement.
D. Air Entrainment: 4% to 6%. in exterior exposed concrete. Cement: 564 lbs/cy (6 bag mix).
E. No water may be added at the site to improve concrete workability. Use water reducing admixture
conforming to ATSM C494 at the mix plant.
3.04 MIXING:
A. Use only ready mixed concrete. Mix and place concrete following ACI 318 "building code
requirements for reinforced concrete".
B. Concrete shall conform to ASTM c94.
C. Plant is to provide delivery ticket for each truck stating mix proportions, air entrainment, intended
slump, design compressive strength and brand name of any admixtures and time of mixing.
D. Trucks not meeting the criteria in sections 3.3 and 3.4 above shall be rejected at no cost to the Owner.
02619-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2-SITEWORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION.02619 -SITE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
3.05 PLACEMENT AND JOINTS:
A. Place concrete within 90 minutes of mixing time shown on ticket.
1. Do not place any concrete if the subgrade has standing water or is muddy.
2. Deposit concrete into the final position at the specified slumps without segregation by rehandling
or flowing. Deposit concrete at a rate that concrete remains plastic and flowable into the spaces
between the reinforcing bars. Do not deposit partially hardened concrete or concrete that has been
contaminated by foreign materials. Do not re -temper concrete.
3. Schedule concreting that once started remains a continuous operation until the particular section
or panel has been completed. Do not deposit fresh concrete on concrete that has hardened
sufficiently to cause formation of seams orplanes of weakness with the section or panel. Provide
construction joints as indicated.
B. Thoroughly compact concrete by means of mechanical vibrators supervised by experienced personnel.
Provide sufficient vibration intensity to cause flow or settlement around reinforcement, embedded
items, and comers of the forms; but not long enough to cause segregation of the mix. Supplement
mechanical vibration by hand spading in comers and angles of the forms and along form surfaces
while the concrete is plastic to ensure even dense surfaces free from aggregate pockets or
honeycombs.
C. Concrete and reinforcement shall be placed to the thickness, dimensions and extent shown on plans.
D. Provide expansion joints at locations indicated on plans.
E. Provide preformed joint filler at abutment of foundation and sidewalks, at 20'-0" o.c. in sidewalks,
around steel island forms and bollards, and as indicated on the plans.
F. Saw -cut control joints to a minimum depth of 3/4-inch to control cracking at spacing not to exceed 20
ft. and not less than 10 ft. control joints shall be installed no sooner than 4 hours and no later than 12
hours after placement.
G. Install joint sealant in all control joints, isolation joints and expansion joints. Remove all debris and
laitance in sawcut joints using compressed air prior to installing sealant.
H. Use tooled control joints on all sidewalks, 5/8-inch minimum depth. Tooled joints with 3/4-inch
minimum depth may be used in lieu of sawcut joints in general paving areas provided that joint
sealant is installed.
I. Provide a smooth finish at all exposed surfaces. Construct corners with a one -inch chamfer.
J. Provide construction joints at the end of each day's concreting operations, or when concreting is
interrupted for a period of 30 minutes or more. Construct joints with a keyway by use of a well-oiled
wood strip with beveled edges, or a metal keyway strip. Locate so the strength and appearance of the
structure is not impaired.
3.06 CURING
A. Protect concrete from rapid drying and keep in a moist condition for at least 7 days after placing with
a curing compound as specified above.
B. Cure floor slabs with a non -residual curing compound.
C. NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL
RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH
SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.
D. Vehicular traffic shall be kept off of curing concrete for at least 7 days.
E. Except for saw cutting of control joints, foot traffic should be kept off of concrete for at least 2 days.
F. Cure concrete in accordance with hot and cold weather provisions given in Section 1.01 of this
specification.
3.07 FINISHING
A. Exterior sidewalks: transverse broom finish.
B. Pavement: broom finish.
END OF SECTION
02619-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK
TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02750 - INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE
COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
I GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Integrally colored concrete paving.
B. Related Sections:
1. Site Concrete: Section 02619
2. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Section 03300
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute:
1.
ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2.
ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting.
3.
ACI 306 - Cold Weather Concreting.
4.
ACI 316 - Recommendations for Construction of Concrete Pavements and Bases.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials:
1.
ASTM C309 - Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
2.
ASTM C979 - Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data and manufacturer's instructions for:
1. Color additives.
2. Curing compounds.
3. Patterning tools.
B. Samples:
1. Samples for Color Selection: Submit color additive manufacturer's sample chip set;
indicate color additive numbers and required dosage rates. Samples indicate general
color and may vary from concrete finished in field according to Specifications.
2. Samples for Color Verification:
a. Submit sample chips of specified colors indicating color additive numbers and
required dosage rates. Samples indicate general color and may vary from
concrete finished in field according to Specifications.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 316.
B. Conform to ACI 305 during hot weather.
C. Conform to ACI 306 during cold weather.
D. Obtain each material from same source and maintain high degree of consistency in workmanship
throughout Project.
E. Installer Qualifications: Concrete work shall be performed by firm with five years experience with
work of similar scope and quality.
F. Colored Concrete Field Samples:
1. Provide under provisions of Section 01000.
2. At location on Project selected by Architect, place and finish 4 x 4 feet (1.2 x 1.2 m)
area. Demonstrate methods of obtaining consistent visual appearance, including
materials, workmanship, and curing method to be used throughout Project.
3. Retain samples of cements, sands, aggregates and color additives used in mock-up for
comparison with materials used in remaining Work.
4. Accepted field sample provides visual standard for work of Section.
5. Accepted field sample may remain as part of Work.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Color Additives: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Deliver color additives in original,
unopened packaging. Store in dry conditions.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Colored Concrete Environmental Requirements:
1. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to wind and hot sun before curing materials
are applied.
02750 - t
Z - OSLZO
•alalOuoO a1IS `619ZO uoPoaSuo sluamannbal Ilginj Pue sajoa :NOIJ.OHdSNI WE
slaUelds uiog somjins pagsuag womfpu loamold t,
•.a1alOuoo
Bmot,ld jo aquunpt, m pouam aq 1plgs suoigsno puss pus suuoj pooh -popsodop sl alaimoo
,fuu aaojoq suol;t,nt,oxo pus suuoj Pip mog panocuai oq Ilt,gs sugap pus 1a1um papunodml •0
'lalum Bulput,lS
moaj aalj pus dump Aluuo3lun oq lists apua8gnS •uollrpuoo Xioloujsllus u m paumulum aq nsgs
pus suogt,aado aaglo 10 ogjuu Aq pogimslp oq lou llugs suolgsno puss ag,L :uouuludaad opulBgnS •g
sa>l s apuls pus OUT
1 jo steam fq
poureunsm pus pagsggslsa aq llsgs small alaaouoo 1oj smogs sapua8 pus soml ags :loaluo0 opu10 d
NOLLd2IddH2Id WE
NOLLIIOHXH £
•x/m
m sl'ualum snogguamao jo mgSlam jo womod Ol paaoxa IOU llt,gs anlllppu 10103jo alul aBt,soQ g
-loallgoly Aq paloolas
su aoloo 1oj pannbal su amllppu 10100 pus alt,8018810 'puns 'muamaO apinold :1OIoO 91310UOD d
SX0100 d.LHWON00 907
-plug m lalum Bmppt, Aq x1m aadmalaa lot oQ .g
•palsl8almsip anuq 'porn jl 's8sq smlua8alulslp puu aanmxlm lnog8noagl posaadslp dluuojnln aau
sanglppu loloo 1pun xryg -SUOpoluzsm s,aaanlot,jnuum gllm aout,plOaos m x[yg :S3AII!pp d 10IOO N
SHXIIN £07
•alalauoa
paloloa gOmt,m 0110100 m apinoad •006LO uollooS ul pogloods adA4 aq [legs slap;as imol• :sluelsaS D
•laanlauJnUBW Xq popuounuooal su 'maogs auajXupa C[od :ug13 opold s
:assala-d z
•mallud puoq summtu'.slool Bmdums odil-aauno anlooO :slool I
:sluualuW put, slooj• BmdumS-uaout,d •H
,saoloO slnu(l.iq
palnmOt,jnuum put, papuaurlaoOal su alaaauoa paloloa golum of palup II [u0s 1oloO ao [BPS ag WOO
1t,a[O OOOI-A1 aplAold alaaouoo paloloa gllm asn aoj langoujnuum aAP?PPs aoloo xq panoaddu aq
PUB 60£O DVLSV gplm fldmoo llt,gs punodmoo SuunO :alalouoO paaoloO 1oj punodmoO BuunO •d
SHRIOSSHOOV ZO'Z
•samUxlmpu opuolgo mnloluo asn lot oQ :sallgxlmpV O
•smdums ulaut,d ioj laanmot,jnuoW Xq pannbaa ss lapels sad :alu8aa88d loolOS •g
•alsum alls qoI azlulmtm of s8t,q BuRRISO mslp L,fpt,ag-x!W paanssamaad
m sanplppe aoloo gsnunj `oils le xlm of pappu oq of aw so ulppu aoloo jl :2UT oud £
'6L60 W LSV IPIm 8111.i[dmoo pus alalouoo Olin smxim 1oj pass000ad
Al[uloads sluaulsid [ulamm palt,guaouoo `aid uleluoo llegs saAPlppe 1o[oO u
:sluuOjvw Z
-pamollu poN :suonnlpsgnS q
•m00'S10IoOSIAt,p'mmm lomalm 10 'm03'SjO10STARP Ojm
[It,m-3'8b84-95£-008 auogd `.sloloO sutG 6q palnmOeunuum sloloO s[AuQ T
:1alnmoejnut,W •1
:amalouOD paloloa ,f[It,lsamul 10j sanglPPV ao[OO 'y
S 1vi-dH,Lvw H.LHZIONOO IO'Z
SJ,OflGowCl z
-aslmoslp 1Pun 8mgolsq molg saunm xOn luolslsuoo apcAold of alaaauoa jo ,GaA11ap alnpogoS •g
.8ulzaa4 pus aanmslom moat alalouoo
gsalj loaloall •smog yZ mgum mssoaloj sl 1904 ao 'moss 'ulel jl alalauoa 8mould plonV •z
'0'd'S3IVIDOSSV'$ N21V10-L13A000 313190N00 032 565 AllVIA931NI- OWN N011035
1131N30 lISNVHI - N2IOM 311E - Z NOISIAIO
A11Sa3AINg 31VIS 00VM0100 @ SNIl103 iNOd d0 A110 N011V31=1103dS 1VOINHO31
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands
and seals this day of , 20 , and such of them as are
corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these
presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth
above.
PRINCIPAL
Name•
Address:
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
By:
(SEAL)
M
Title:
SURETY
(SEAL)
7/96 Section 00410 Page 3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 02750 - INTEGRALLY COLORED CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
3.03 INSTALLATION:
A. Formwork: Forms shall be built to the shapes and dimensions of the concrete, set to lines and
grades, braced and secured to withstand the placing of the concrete and maintain their shapes and
positions.
B. Expansion Joints: Expansion joint filler strips shall be spaced as shown or not over 40 feet o.c.
and around all fixed objects within or abutting concrete. Concrete edges at expansion joints shall
be neatly tooled. Hold expansion material down 1/2", fill with joint sealer. Expansion joint filler
strips shall be 1/2" thick unless otherwise detailed on the drawings.
C. Control Joints: Formed, sawed, or tooled groove in the concrete to create a weakened plane and
regulate the location of cracking shall be placed as shown on the drawings and/or at a maximum
spacing at 10 feet o.c.
D. Reinforcing Steel: Shall be installed in locations. shown on the drawings.
E. Concrete: Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid
segregation due to rehandling or flowing. The placing of concrete shall be carved on at such a
rate that the concrete is at all times plastic and flows readily into the spaces between the
reinforcement, inserts, forms, etc.
F. Do not add water to concrete at job site, fog or spray surface with water, or put into pumps or onto
tools or brooms.
G. Do not apply Davis Colors or color additives meant for integral coloring to surface of concrete.
3.04 FIELD TESTING:
A. Concrete shall be field tested by an independent testing agency as called for in Section 02619, Site
Concrete.
3.05 FINISHING OF COLORED CONCRETE
1. Patterned Stamped: Apply pattern in accordance with tool manufacturer's instructions.
Touch-up pattern and finish edges with hand tools as necessary.
2. Cookie Cutter -Type Tools: Use release film.
3.06 CURING
A. Colored Concrete: Apply curing compound for colored concrete in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. Apply curing compound at consistent time for each pour to maintain
close color consistency.
3.07 TOLERANCES
A. Minor variations in appearance of colored concrete, which are similar to natural variations in color
and appearance of uncolored concrete, are acceptable.
3.08 FORM REMOVAL: Forms shall remain in place at least 12 hours after the concrete has been placed and
then may be removed without injuring the concrete. Bars or heavy tools shall not be used against
the concrete in removing forms. Any concrete found defective after form removal shall be
satisfactorily repaired promptly by the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
02750 - 3
SECTION 02810
IRRIGATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
Furnish all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, tools, and transportation, and perform all
operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the
irrigation system, and guarantee/warranty as shown on the drawings, the installation details, and
as specified herein. Items of work specifically included are:
A. Procurement of all applicable licenses, permits, and fees.
B. Coordination of Utility Locates ("Call Before you Dig").
C. Maintenance period.
1.2 WORK NOT INCLUDED
A. Installation of irrigation controller.
1.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN
A. The Landscape Contractor shall provide, as part of the bid, a preliminary landscape
sprinkler design.
1. No contract shall be awarded until a preliminary irrigation design has been
submitted, reviewed, and approved by CSU Landscape Architect and CSU
Grounds Department personnel.
2. Final irrigation design shall be in substantial compliance with the preliminary
irrigation design submitted as part of the bid response.
The new irrigation layout must be designed by an irrigation professional with at least 3-5
years experience with comparable systems.
1. The irrigation designer must be familiar with the CSU irrigation system including:
controllers, valves, heads, piping, operating standards, and all other materials.
C. The new sprinkler system shall include, but not be limited to: valves, wiring, piping, pop-
up spray and geared rotor heads.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Deliver four (4) copies of all submittals to the Owner's Representative within 15 days from
the date of Notice to Proceed.
Materials List: Include pipe, fittings, mainline components, water emission components,
control system components. Quantities of materials need not be included.
C. Manufacturers' Data: Submit manufacturers' catalog cuts, specifications, and operating
instructions for equipment shown on the materials list.
D. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings called for in the installation details. Show
products required for proper installation, their relative locations, and critical dimensions.
Note modifications to the installation detail.
02810-1
Irrigation
1.5 RULES AND REGULATIONS
A. Work and materials shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the National Electric
Code, the Uniform Plumbing Code as published by the Western Plumbing Officials
Association, and applicable laws and regulations of the governing authorities.
B. When the contract documents call for materials or construction of a better quality or
larger size than required by the above -mentioned rules and regulations, provide the
quality and size required by the contract documents.
C. If quantities are provided either in these specifications or on the drawings, these
quantities are provided for information only. It is the Contractor's responsibility to
determine the actual quantities of all material, equipment, and supplies required by the
project and to complete an independent estimate of quantities and wastage.
1.6 TESTING
A. Notify the Owner's Representative three days in advance of testing.
B. Pipelines jointed with threaded connections may be subjected to a pressure test at any
time after partial completion of backfill. Pipelines jointed with solvent -welded PVC joints
shall be allowed to cure at least 24 hours before testing.
C. Subsections of mainline pipe may be tested independently, subject to the review of the
Owner's Representative.
D. Furnish clean, clear water, pumps, labor, fittings, and equipment necessary to conduct
tests or retests.
E. Hydrostatic Pressure Test:
1. Subject mainline pipe to a hydrostatic pressure equal to the anticipated operating
pressure of 75 PSI for two hours. Test with mainline components installed.
2. Backfill to prevent pipe from moving under pressure. Expose couplings and
fittings.
3. Leakage will be detected by visual inspection. Replace defective pipe, fitting,
joint, valve, or appurtenance. Repeat the test until the pipe passes test.
4. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited.
F. Operational Test:
1. Activate each remote control valve in sequence from controller. The Owner's
Representative will visually observe operation, water application patterns, and
leakage.
2. Replace defective remote control valve, solenoid, wiring, or appurtenance to
correct operational deficiencies.
3. Replace, adjust, or move water emission devices to correct operational or
coverage deficiencies.
4. Replace defective pipe, fitting, joint, valve, sprinkler, or appurtenance to correct
leakage problems. Cement or caulking to seal leaks is prohibited.
5. Repeat test(s) until each lateral passes all tests. Repeat tests, replace
components, and correct deficiencies at no additional cost to the Owner.
G. Control System Grounding:
Test for proper grounding of control system per manufacturer's recommendations.
Test results must meet or exceed manufacturer's guidelines for acceptance.
02810-2
Irrigation
1.7 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW
The purpose of on -site reviews by the Owner's Representative is to periodically observe the work
in progress, the Contractor's interpretation of the construction documents, and to address
questions with regard to the installation.
A. Scheduled reviews such as those for irrigation system layout or testing must be
scheduled with the Owners Representative as required by these specifications.
B. Impromptu reviews may occur at any time during the project.
C. A review will occur at the completion of the irrigation system installation and Project
Record (As -Built) Drawing submittal.
1.8 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY AND REPLACEMENT
The purpose of this guarantee/warranty is to insure that the Owner receives irrigation materials of
prime quality, installed and maintained in a thorough and careful manner.
A. For a period of one year from commencement of the formal maintenance period,
guarantee/warranty irrigation materials, equipment, and workmanship against defects.
Fill and repair depressions. Restore landscape or structural features damaged by the
settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repair damage to the premises caused
by a defective item. Make repairs within seven days of notification from the Owner's
Representative.
B. Contract documents govern replacements identically as with new work. Make
replacements at no additional cost to the contract price.
C. Guarantee/warranty applies to originally installed materials and equipment and
replacements made during the guarantee/warranty period.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 QUALITY
A. Use materials which are new and without flaws or defects of any type, and which are the
best of their class and kind.
2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Acceptable equipment manufacturers are as indicated on the drawings. Alternative
equipment must be approved by the Engineer prior to bidding. The Contractor is
responsible for making any changes to the design to accommodate alternative
equipment.
B. Pipe sizes referenced in the construction documents are minimum sizes, and may be
increased at the option of the Contractor.
2.3 SLEEVING
A. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation pipe or wiring
bundle.
02810-3
Irrigation
B. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with
solvent welded joints.
C. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded
joints.
Sleeving Diameter: Equal to twice that of the pipe or wiring bundle unless otherwise
indicated on the drawings.
2.4 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Mainline Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the
requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784,
with an integral belled end.
2. Use Class 200, SDR-21, rated at 200 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and
tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241. Use PVC pipe rated at higher
pressures than Class 200 in the case of small nominal diameters which are not
manufactured in Class 200.
3. Use gasketted fittings for mainline pipe of 3" diameter or larger.
B. Lateral Pipe and Fittings
1. Use rigid, unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1120, 1220 National Sanitation
Foundation (NSF) approved pipe, extruded from material meeting the
requirements of Cell Classification 12454-A or 12454-B, ASTM Standard D1784,
with an integral belled end suitable for solvent welding.
2. Use Class 160, SDR-26, rated at 160 PSI, conforming to the dimensions and
tolerances established by ASTM Standard D2241.
3. Use solvent weld pipe for lateral pipe. Use Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent
weld fittings conforming to ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784 for PVC pipe.
Use primer approved by the pipe manufacturer. Solvent cement to conform to
ASTM Standard D2564, of a type approved by the pipe manufacturer.
C. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
1. Assemblies calling for threaded pipe connections shall utilize PVC Schedule 80
nipples and PVC Schedule 40 threaded fittings.
2. Joint Sealant: Use only Teflon -type tape or Teflon based paste pipe joint sealant
on plastic threads. Use nonhardening, nontoxic pipe joint sealant formulated for
use on water -carrying pipes on metal threaded connections.
2.5 MAINLINE COMPONENTS
A. Isolation Gate Valve Assembly: As presented in the installation details. Install a
separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch gravel for each assembly.
B. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Double swing joint arrangement as presented in the
installation details.
2.6 SPRINKLER AND BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS
A. Sprinkler Heads are to be sole source - Hunter. No substitutions are permitted without
written approval by the University Representative.
02810-4
Irrigation
B. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler and Bubbler Laterals: As presented
in the installation details. Use wire connectors and waterproofing sealant to join control
wires to solenoid valves. Use standard Christy I.D. tags with hot -stamped black letters
on a yellow background. Install a separate valve box over a 3-inch depth of 3/4-inch
gravel for each assembly.
C. Sprinkler Assembly: As presented in the drawings and installation details.
2.7 CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Control Wire:
1. Use American Wire Gauge (AWG) No. 14 solid copper, Type OF or PE cable, UL
approved for direct underground burial from the controller unit to each remote
control valve.
2. Color: Use white for common ground wire. Use easily distinguished colors for
other control wires. Spare control wires shall be of a color different from that of
the active control wire. Wire color shall be continuous over its entire length.
3. Splices: Use wire connector with waterproof sealant. Wire connector to be of
plastic construction consisting of two (2) pieces, one piece which snap locks into
the other. A copper crimp sleeve to be provided with connector.
4. Warning Tape: Inert plastic film highly resistant to alkalis, acids, or other
destructive chemical components likely to be encountered in soils. Three inches
wide, colored yellow, and imprinted with "CAUTION": BURIED ELECTRIC LINE
BELOW."
B. Existing Control Wire:
1. It is assumed that existing 24 VAC control wire between existing controller and
solenoid valves is in workable condition. Any concerns are to be brought to the
attention of the Owner's Representative prior to installation of the replacement
controller.
2.8 OTHER COMPONENTS
A. Tools and Spare Parts: Provide operating keys, servicing tools, spare parts and other
items indicated in the General Notes of the drawings.
Other Materials: Provide other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or
installation details which are part of the irrigation system, even though such items may
not have been referenced in these specifications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS
A. Site Inspections:
1. Verify construction site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this
section. Report irregularities to the Owner's Representative prior to beginning
work.
2. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions.
Utility Locates ("Call Before You Dig"):
1. Arrange for and coordinate with local authorities the location of all underground
utilities.
2. Repair any underground utilities damaged during construction. Make repairs al
no additional cost to the contract price.
02810-5
Irrigation
C. Irrigation System Layout Review: Irrigation system layout review will occur after the
staking has been completed. Notify the Owner's Representative one week in advance of
review. Modifications will be identified by the Owner's Representative at this review.
3.2 LAYOUT OF WORK
A. Stake out the irrigation system. Items staked included: sprinklers, pipe, control valves,
quick coupling valves and isolation valves.
B. Install all mainline pipe and mainline components inside of project property lines.
3.3 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLING
A. Excavate to permit the pipes to be laid at the intended elevations and to permit work
space for installing connections and fittings.
B. Minimum cover (distance from top of pipe or control wire to finish grade):
1. 18-inch over mainline pipe and over electrical conduit.
2. 20-inch over control wire.
3. 12-inch over lateral pipe to sprinklers and bubblers.
C. Maintain at least 15-feet clearance from the centerline of any tree.
D. PVC lateral pipes may be pulled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device specifically
manufactured for pipe pulling. Minimum burial depths equals minimum cover listed
above.
E. Backfill only after lines have been reviewed and tested.
F. Excavated material is generally satisfactory for backfill. Backfill shall be free from
rubbish, vegetable matter, frozen materials, and stones larger than 2-inches in maximum
dimension. Remove material not suitable for backfill. Backfill placed next to pipe shall be
free of sharp objects which may damage the pipe.
G. Backfill unsleeved pipe in either of the following manners:
1. Backfill and puddle the lower half of the trench. Allow to dry 24 hours. Backfill
the remainder of the trench in 6-inch layers. Compact to density of surrounding
soil.
2. Backfill the trench by depositing the backfill material equally on both sides of the
pipe in 6-inch layers and compacting to the density of surrounding soil.
H. Enclose pipe and wiring beneath roadways, walks, curbs, and other hardscape surfaces
within sleeves. Minimum compaction of backfill for sleeves shall be 95% Standard
Proctor Density, ASTM D698-78. Use of water for compaction around sleeves,
"puddling" will not be permitted.
I. Dress backfilled areas to original grade. Incorporate excess backfill into existing site
grades.
J. Where utilities conflict with irrigation trenching and pipe work, contact the Owner's
Representative for trench depth adjustments.
3.4 SLEEVING AND BORING
A. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased pipe or wiring to remain at the
specified burial depth.
02810-6
Irrigation
B. Extend sleeve ends twelve inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. Cover pipe
ends and mark with stakes.
C. Bore for sleeves under obstructions which cannot be removed. Employ equipment and
methods designed for horizontal boring.
3.5 ASSEMBLING PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. General:
1. Keep pipe free from dirt and pipe scale. Cut pipe ends square and debur. Clean
pipe ends.
2. Keep ends of assembled pipe capped. Remove caps only when necessary to
continue assembly.
3. Trenches may be curved to change direction or avoid obstructions within the
limits of the curvature of the pipe. Minimum radius of curvature and offset per 20
foot length of pipe by pipe size are shown in the following table. All curvature
results from the bending of the pipe lengths. No deflection will be allowed at a
pipe joint.
SIZE
RADIUS
OFFSET PER 20' LENGTH
11/2"
25'
7'-8'
2"
25'
T-8'
21/2"
100,
1'-11"
3"
100,
1'-11"
B. Mainline Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in a manner recommended by
the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water
in pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
3. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted.
C. Lateral Pipe and Fittings:
1. Use only strap -type friction, wrenches for threaded plastic pipe.
2. PVC Solvent Weld Pipe:
a. Use primer and solvent cement. Join pipe in the manner recommended
by the manufacturer and in accordance with accepted industry practices.
b. Cure for 30 minutes before handling and 24 hours before allowing water
in the pipe.
C. Snake pipe from side to side within the trench.
3. Fittings: The use of cross type fittings is not permitted.
D. Specialized Pipe and Fittings:
1. PVC Threaded Connections:
a. Use only factory -formed threads. Field -cut threads are not permitted.
b. Use only Teflon -type tape or Teflon based paste.
C. When connection is plastic -to -metal, the plastic component shall have
male threads and the metal component shall have female threads.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF MAINLINE COMPONENTS
A. Quick Coupling Valve Assembly: Install where indicated on the drawings.
02810-7
Irrigation
3.7 INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER AND BUBBLER IRRIGATION COMPONENTS:
A. Remote Control Valve (RCV) Assembly for Sprinkler and Bubbler Laterals:
1. Flush mainline before installation of RCV assembly.
2. Install where indicated on the drawings. Wire connectors and waterproof sealant
shall be used to connect control wires to remote control valve wires. Install
connectors and sealant per the manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Install only one RCV within a valve box. Locate valve box at least 12-inches from
and align with nearby walls or edges of paved areas. Group RCV assemblies
together where practical. Arrange grouped valve boxes in rectangular patterns.
Allow at least 12-inches between valve boxes.
4. Adjust RCV to regulate the downstream operating pressure.
5. Attach ID tag with controller station number to control wiring.
B. Sprinkler Assembly:
1. Flush lateral pipe before installing sprinkler assembly.
2. Install per the installation details at locations shown on the drawings.
3. Locate rotary sprinklers 6-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or edges of paved
areas.
4. Locate spray sprinklers 3-inches from adjacent walls, fences, or paved areas.
5. Install sprinklers perpendicular to the finish grade.
6. Supply appropriate nozzle or adjust arc of coverage of each sprinkler for best
performance, and to avoid overspray.
7. Adjust the radium of throw of each sprinkler for best performance, and to avoid
overspray.
3.8 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Control Wire:
1. Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench. Bundle with pipe
wrapping tape spaced at 10-foot intervals. Do not tape wires together where
contained within sleeving or conduit.
2. Control wiring may be chiseled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device
specifically manufactured for pipe pulling and wire installation. Appropriate chisel
must be used so that wire is fed into a chute on the chisel, and wire is not subject
to pulling tension. Minimum burial depth must equal minimum cover previously
listed.
3. Provide a 24-inch excess length of wire in an 8-inch diameter loop at each 90
degree change of direction, at both ends of sleeves, and at 100-foot intervals
along runs of wiring. Do not tie wiring loop. Coil 24-inch length of wire within
each remote control valve box.
4. Install common ground wire and one control wire for each remote control valve.
Multiple valves on a single control wire are not permitted.
5. If a control wire must be spliced, make splice with wire connectors and
waterproof sealant, installed per the manufacturer's instructions. Locate splice in
a valve box which contains an irrigation valve assembly, or in a separate 10-inch
round valve box.
a. Use same procedure for connection to valves as for in -line splices.
6. Unless noted on plans, install wire parallel with and below PVC mainline pipe.
7. Protect wire not installed with PVC mainline pipe with a continuous run of
warning tape placed in the backfill six inches above the wiring.
02810-8
Irrigation
3.9 INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS
A. Tools and Spare Parts:
1. Prior to the Review at completion of construction, supply to the Owner operating
keys, servicing tools, spare parts, and any other items indicated in the General
Notes on the drawings.
B. Other Materials:
1. Install other materials or equipment shown on the drawings or installation details
which are part of the irrigation system, even though such items may not have
been referenced in these specifications.
3.10 PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS
A. The Contractor is responsible for documenting changes to the design. Maintain on -site
and separate from documents used for construction, one complete set of contract
documents as Project Documents. Keep documents current. Do not permanently cover
work until as -built information is recorded.
B. Record pipe and wiring network alterations. Record work which is installed differently
than shown on the construction drawings. Record accurate reference dimensions,
measured from at least two permanent reference points, of each irrigation system valve,
each controller or control unit, each sleeve end, each stub -out for future pipe or wiring
connections, and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box.
C. Prior to construction completion, obtain from the Owner's Representative a reproducible
mylar copy of the drawings. Mylars or CAD data files compatible with AutoCAD software,
can be purchased from the Engineer. Cost of mylar reproducible drawings is $25 per
sheet and the cost of AutoCAD data files on diskette is $25 per file. Using technical
drafting pen or CAD, duplicate information contained on the project drawings maintained
on site. Label each sheet "Record Drawing".
D. Turn over the "Record Drawings' to the Owner's Representative. Completion of the
Record Drawings will be a prerequisite for the Review at the completion of the irrigation
system installation.
3.11 MAINTENANCE
A. Winterize the irrigation system in the fall following completion and star -up the irrigation
system the following spring. Repair any damage caused in improper winterization at no
additional cost to the Owner. Coordinate the winterization and start-up with the
landscape maintenance personnel.
B. Upon completion of construction and review by the Owner's Representative, maintain
irrigation system for a duration of 30 calendar days. Make periodic examinations and
adjustments to irrigation system components so as to achieve the most desirable
application of water.
C. Following completion of the Contractor's maintenance period, the Owner will be
responsible for maintaining the system in working order during the remainder of the
guarantee/warranty period, for performing necessary minor maintenance, for trimming
around sprinklers, for protecting against vandalism, and for preventing damage after the
landscape maintenance operation.
02810-9
Irrigation
SECTION 00420
STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS
Ali questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and
comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may
be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional
information he desires.
1. Name of Bidder:
2. Permanent main office address:
3. When organized:
4. If a corporation, where incorporated:
5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your
present firm or trade name?
6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and
the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.)
7. General character of Work performed by your company:
8. Have you ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you?
If so, where and why?
9. Have your ever defaulted on a contract?
If so, where and why?
10. Are you debarred by any government agency?
If yes list agency name.
7/96 Section 00420 Page 1
3.12 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of work, remove from the site all machinery, tools, excess materials,
and rubbish.
END OF SECTION
02810-10
Irrigation
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
(CSU BUILDING CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS MANUAL)
APPENDIX A
A. Sole Source Products:
1. Central Control Units — Motorola MIR 5000 Irrigation Central.
2. Satellite Control Unit — Motorola MIR 5000 wall mount Feld unit.
3. Sprinkler Heads - Hunter.
4. Remote Control Solenoid Valves — Rainbird PESB "Scrubber".
B. Central Control Units:
1. Shall include IBM-PC personal computer, printer, computer operating system, diskettes, base
station, base station antenna, transmission line, base station antenna support, repeater
antenna and other appurtenance required to communicate with the satellite control units or
stations.
C. Satellite Control Units:
1. Shall be wall mount Feld units complete with radio interface, radio, DB hard hat antenna, or
other appurtenance required to communicate with the central control unit or monitoring
equipment. Satellite control unit shall be sized as shown on the drawings.
D. Remote Solenoid Control Valves:
1. Remote control valves (RCV) shall be installed according to Detail L-5 Remote Solenoid
Control Valve in Appendix A.
2. All existing and new RCVS shall have valve boxes installed according to Appendix A - Detail L-
5. Boxes shall have a minimum of 2 inches between bottom of box lid and highest part of
valve. Boxes shall also have a minimum of 2 inches between bottom of box and piping. Valve
boxes shall be set with lids within one half inch of compacted and settled finish grade. Boxes
shall have ajminimum of 4 to 6 bricks to support bottom side of box. Ground shall be hand
tamped underneath valve boxes.
3. All RCVs shall be of same brand as sole sourced above.
4. Whenever possible, existing galvanized fittings shall be removed and replaced with PVC.
5. Each RCV zone shall be flushed with sprinkler heads removed.
Sprinkler Heads:
1. Shall include models with 12 different size nozzles per head, gear driven and sealed in oil, two
year replacement warranty with up to 5 years on some parts, strip proof gears, vandalism
resistant, dirty water screen, small surface area, and fully interchangeable.
2. Sprinkler heads shall be a minimum of 3 inches from any walk, building, or surface. Top of
heads shall be placed exactly at finished grade except sprinkler heads next to walks shall be
placed flush with top of sidewalk or curb.
3. Sprinklers shall be firmly tamped under and around so as to be exactly straight up and down.
4. Sprinklers shall have 8 to 12 inches of swing pipe, but not to exceed 24 inches.
5. Refer to Appendix A - Detail L-1 - Sprinkler Head Piping in Appendix A for further information.
F. General Design Information:
1. Irrigation systems shall be installed according to latest standards of the Association of
Landscape Contractors of Colorado (ALCC).
2. Lawn irrigation is considered a utility. The system is fed from College Lake located against the
foothills in West Campus. Irrigation water is untreated water and people should be warned not
to drink from -sprinklers. In extreme circumstances, where the system does not reach a
specific area of campus, a variance may be requested from Facilities Management to use
domestic water.
3. During the growing season turf is watered 14 hours per day, depending on weekly schedule.
In the future this utility may be tied to the energy management, system computer located at
Facilities Management. Until that time, system clocks must be installed in various locations
around campus. The overall system is fed from College Lake with untreated water and it's
design and materials will be coordinated with Facilities Management -Grounds Services
through the University Representative.
4. The specific design of the sprinkler system will be done by the A/E and reviewed by Facilities
Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative.
5. The construction will include provisions for pressure checks and inspection of open trenches
by Facilities Management -Grounds Services personnel.
6. Irrigation piping may contain asbestos. Contractors shall be notified prior to construction if
asbestos piping exists.
7. All underground utility piping shall also conform to the requirements of Section 02600 B -
Nonmetallic Utility Lines.
G. Execution:
1. Irrigation control system layout will be reviewed by Facilities Management -Grounds Services
through the University Representative after the layout is completed. Notify the University
Representative three days in advance of review. Modifications may be identified at this
review.
2. The contractor should be informed that bending or kinking of poly pipe weakens the pipe,
eventually causing leaks. Therefore, all kinked pipe must be replaced.
3. Verify locations of underground utilities including the existing irrigation system components.
4. Backfilling of new trenches shall be puddled in landscaped areas. Backfilling under pavement
shall be with non -shrinkable backfill.
H. Salvage:
1. Existing irrigation controllers, sprinklers and valves shall be turned over to Owner unless
otherwise instructed.
System Damage:
1. The University Representative must contact Facilities Management -Grounds Services
immediately if there is any damage to main line or wiring.
2. In the event of main line damage, the Contractor and Facilities Management -Grounds
Services must ensure immediate repair.
3. In the event of damage to poly lines or sprinklers, Facilities Management -Grounds Services
should be contacted through the University Representative to repair damage promptly and in
the proper sequence. If asbestos irrigation pipe is damaged, Contractor shall stop work and
notify University Representative.
Immediately upon cutting through the irrigation line, the contractor shall cut and tape both
ends such that dirt and debris cannot get into the lines.
Backfill and tamp, or puddle up to the level of irrigation line that is to be repaired and notify
Facilities Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative. After repair
has been completed by Facilities Management -Grounds Services, backfill to grade but do not
tamp directly on top of irrigation line.
Electrical Control System:
1. Control system requires electrical power supply. Coordinate work with the electrical engineer.
The electrical control wire design shall be in accordance with the NEC.
2. Provide location in the grounds closet (if provided), the mechanical room, or other services
area space for the lawn sprinkler control cabinet. Provide electrical service (110V) at this
location with conduit large enough to contain the valve control wires to the outside.
3. Facilities Management -Grounds Services through the University Representative will determine
whether replacement of the control wire from a satellite controller and to a solenoid valve shall
be replaced when an existing irrigation system is to be extended.
4. Test for leaks to ground per manufacturer's recommendations. Test results must meet or
exceed manufacturer's guidelines for acceptance.
5. Defective wires, underground splices or appurtenance will be replaced. Tests will be repeated
after replacement and approved by the University Representative.
6. Electrical conduit shall be PVC Schedule 40 conforming to ASTM Standard D1785. Fittings
shall be Schedule 40, Type 1, PVC solvent weld fittings, ASTM Standards D2466 and D1784.
7. Control wires shall be prenumbered or labeled with indelible nonfading ink, made of
permanent, nonfading material.
Wire from satellite controller unit to each remote control valve for new construction shall be
AWG No. 14 solid copper, Type OF cable, UL approved for direct underground burial or multi -
strand type OF irrigation cable no smaller than 18 gauge.
All wiring sizing must conform to the manufacturers recommendations on voltage losses of
solenoid valves being used and must not exceed these specifications.
Wires shall have same color over its entire length. Use white for common ground wire.
Crimper solder splices and seal with waterproof sealant. Wire connectors shall be made of
plastic construction consisting of two pieces: one piece which snap locks into the other. A
copper crimp sleeve should also be provided with a connector. All wiring splices that are
direct buried must be done with "3M" D by wire splice kits.
8. Warning tape shall be buried six inches deep on top of control wiring. The tape shall be inert
plastic film highly resistant to alkalis, acids, or other destructive chemical components likely to
be encountered in soils. The tape shall be three inches wide, colored yellow and imprinted
with "CAUTION: BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW."
9. The locations of the control units on the drawings will be approximate. The Facilities
Management -Grounds Department will determine the exact site locations at the system layout
review. The manufacturer's representative will test for positive radio communication prior to
the installation of the satellite controllers.
10. Lightning protection shall be provided with a copper -clad grounding rod driven into the soil 8
feet deep. A single rod may be used for grouped control units. Connect controller to
grounding rod with AWG No. 10 solid conductor copper wire. Secure wire to grounding rod
with brass or bronze clamp. If rod is buried adjacent to the controller enclosure, locate the
connection in a separate valve box.
11. Attach wire markers to the ends of control wires inside the controller unit housing. Label wires
with an identification number which consists of the name and station number of the existing
controller to which the control wire had been previously connected.
12. Bundle control wires where two or more are in the same trench at a minimum of 10 foot
intervals.
13 Control wiring may be pulled into the soil utilizing a vibratory plow device specifically
manufactured for pipe pulling. Minimum burial depth equals 12 inches.
14. Provide a 24 inch excess length of wire in an 8 inch diameter loop at each 90 degree change
of direction, at both ends of sleeves and at 100 foot intervals along continuous runs of wiring.
Do not tie wiring loop. Coil 24 inch length of wire within each remote control valve box.
15. Install only one control valve on each control wire.
K. Sleeving:
1. Install separate sleeve beneath paved areas to route each run of irrigation wiring bundle.
2. All sleeves under pavement must be bedded in sand with a minimum of 6 inches above and
below the sleeve.
3. Sleeving material beneath pedestrian pavements shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent
welded joints.
4. Sleeving beneath drives and streets shall be PVC Class 200 pipe with solvent welded joints.
5. Sleeving diameter shall be a minimum of twice that of the pipe and wiring bundle which ever is
greater. Sleeves for wiring shall have a minimum diameter of 2 inches.
6. Only one irrigation pipe shall be installed per sleeve.
7. Install sleeving at a depth which permits the encased wiring to remain at the specified burial
depth.
8. Extend sleeve ends six inches beyond the edge of the paved surface. During construction,
cover sleeve ends and mark with stakes. Mark concrete with a chiseled "X" at sleeve end
locations.
9. Bore through obstructions which cannot be removed rather than alter the route. Employ
equipment and methods designed for horizontal boring.
10. Cut and patch roadways which must be crossed. Replacement asphalt and subgrade shall
match existing conditions. All sleeves under pavement shall be embedded in sand with a 6
inch cover under and above sleeve.
L. Piping:
1. Lateral branch lines can be either PVC Class 200 or polypipe rated at 100 psig NSF for 3/4
and 1 inch sizes. Larger branch lines and main trunk lines shall be PVC pipe class 200 or
greater. All poly pipe of 1-114 inches and larger must be 80 psig NSF grade.
2. All poly pipe fittings must be plastic barbed, designed specifically for underground irrigation
practices. PVC fittings shall be schedule 40, with solvent weld on all sizes 3 inches and
smaller and tight fittings on all sizes 3 inches and larger. Ring tight fittings shall have
appropriate thrust blocking.
3. All 2 inch insert fittings must be double clamped; smaller poly pipe must be single clamped
with screw or pinch clamps.
4. All pressurized pipe shall be located between 14 inches and 18 inches deep.
5. All non -pressurized poly or PVC pipe shall be located between 8 to 12 inches deep.
6. Pressurized and non -pressurized pipe underneath roads shall be a minimum of 18 inches
deep.
7. Any changes to new or existing piping shall be mapped and documented indicating size, type
and location of pipe.
8. Thrust blocks shall be provided on all pressurized pipe 2 inches and larger using "sacrete"
remixed concrete. Consult Uniform Plumbing Code for size and location of thrust blocks.
Base selection on 60 psig static system pressure.
M. Tools and Spare Parts:
1. Contractor shall provide proprietary tools, test equipment and other parts necessary to service
system. Spare parts should be provided for critical components.
N. Record Drawings:
1. Record all alterations with accurate reference dimensions, measured from at least two
permanent reference points, for each controller or control unit, each sleeve end, each stub -out
for future wiring connections, and other irrigation components enclosed within a valve box.
O. Warranty:
1. The system shall have a one year warranty. The warranty shall include but not be limited to fill
and repair depressions, restoration of landscape or structural features damaged by the
settlement of irrigation trenches or excavations. Repairs shall be made within seven days of
notification from the University Representative.
2. The sprinkler system will have a one year warranty including blow out and turn on. This work
will be done by Facilities Management -Grounds Services with the contractor present for
observation and instruction.
DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK ' "r Fwm I "W"UNQ ° �VLUKAUU STATE UNIVERSITY
SECTION 02870 - SITE FURNISHINGS TRANSIT CENTER
COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY: This Section covers furnishing and installation of plaza furniture and related accessories:
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Site Concrete: Section 02619. -
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. For all items
1. Manufacturer's literature
2. Color charts
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS: Contractor shall famish and install all products as herein specified or approved equal:
A. Items:
1. Custom Bollards as specified on the drawings.
2. Trash receptacles: Victor Stanley, Inc., S-45, 45-gallon capacity, with S-1 Steel Dome
Lid and 10-inch diameter Stainless Steel Ashtray as manufactured by Victor Stanley,
Inc., color by Architect.
3. Bicycle Racks: Cora Expo 7510, Hunter Green to match existing.
2.02 COLORS - Architect to select finish colors.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 Install per details on drawings or as per manufacturer's instructions. Placement should be verified by
Landscape Architect, prior to installation.
END OF SECTION
02870-1
SECTION 02900
LANDSCAPE PLANTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE OF WORK:
A. Furnish and Install:
1. Screened Organic Topsoil, Organic Compost.
2. Plant material.
3. Fine grading of areas to be planted.
4. Bluegrass sod.
5. Mulching of plant material.
1.2 RELATED WORK:
A. Earthwork: Section 02300; Landscape Irrigation System: Section 02810.
B. Related work specified under other sections: Consult all other Sections, determine the
extent and character of related work, and properly coordinate work specified herein with
that specified elsewhere to produce a finished, workmanlike installation.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Qualifications of workers: Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times
during execution of this portion of the work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the
type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall
direct all work performed under this Section.
B. Standards:
1. Quality and size shall conform with the standards for number one grade nursery
stock as adopted by the American Association of Nurserymen (AAN).
2. All plants shall be true to name and one of each lot shall be tagged with the
name and size of the plants in accordance with AAN standards. In all cases,
botanical names shall take precedence over common names.
1.4 PROTECTION:
A. Protect all existing development on site and on adjacent properties including existing
trees, buildings, equipment, underground utilities, walls, fences, sidewalks, paving, curbs,
etc. Heavy equipment should not be allowed to compact the soil over the root zone of
existing trees. Any existing site development damaged by willful or negligent acts of the
Contractor or any of his employees shall be replaced or repaired at no expense to the
Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative before project
acceptance is given.
1.5 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submittals shall be directed to the Landscape Architect and shall be approved before
affected work commences.
1. Submit a list of plant material with quantity and source of materials to be
installed. Any substitutions for items described in the Drawings or these
Specifications must be approved in advance by the Landscape Architect.
02900-1
Landscape Planting
2. Submit samples of the following to the Landscape Architect prior to delivery to
the site:
a. Shredded Wood Mulch, Topsoil, Compost:
3. Prior to final walk-through submit copies of drawings indicating actual
construction. Identify field changes made by change order, and label each sheet
"As -Built Drawing".
1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE:
A. Deliver all plants to the site with labels intact for inspection.
B. Protect all plant material from damage during transport and before, during, and after
installation.
C. In the event of damage or rejection, make all repairs and replacements necessary to the
approval of the Landscape Architect, and at no additional cost to the owner.
1.7 INSPECTIONS:
A. Site Inspection. Contractor shall perform the following:
1. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of this section. Report
irregularities to the Project Manager prior to beginning work.
2. Verify utility locations prior to excavations.
3. Verify that rough grading has been completed.
4. Beginning work of this section implies acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Plant Material Inspections:
1. The Landscape Architect or Grounds Maintenance Representative will inspect
and approve plant material before planting. Inspection of materials may be
sequenced by major planting areas to accommodate efficient planting operations.
Plants for inspection must be in a single location preferably on the project site.
All rejected materials must be removed from the site, replaced, and reinspected
before planting. If the supplier is a local nursery tagged plants may be inspected
at the nursery. Photographs of the plant materials to be obtained from non -local
sources may be submitted to the Landscape Architect for preliminary inspection.
This preliminary inspection is subject to final approval of plants at the job site.
2. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, there is probable cause to suspect
root damage, root binding, or disease conditions in the container stock plants, the
Landscape Contractor may be requested to remove the container for inspection
before planting.
C. Staking Inspection:
1. The Landscape Architect will inspect the staked locations of all trees and shrubs
before digging for installation.
D. Punch List Inspection:
1. A punch list inspection will be performed at the completion of all planting and site
work under this contract, to identify any areas of deficiency in work. Give at least
three days notice to the Landscape Architect to schedule punch list inspection.
2. At the time of the punch list inspection, the Landscape Contractor shall have
planting areas free of weeds and other debris, and neatly cultivated. Plant
basins shall be in good repair. Irrigation systems shall be fully operational with
heads properly adjusted. Walkways, curbs, and roads shall be cleared of soil and
debris. The inspection shall not occur until the site is in finished condition.
02900-2
Landscape Planting
11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating
the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location
and type of construction.
12. List your major equipment available for this contract.
13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this
project:
14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization,
including officers:
15. Credit available: $
16. Bank reference:
17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish
any other information that may be required by the OWNER?
18. Are you licensed as a General CONTRACTOR?
If yes, in what city, county and state? What
class, license and numbers?
19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract?
If yes, what percent of total contract?
and to whom?
20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time?
If yes,
DETAIL
7/96 Section 00420 Page 2
3. Deficiencies, if any, will be identified by the Owner and/or the Landscape
Architect and identified in the form of a list submitted by the Landscape Architect
to the Contractor.
Final Inspection:.
1. When the Contractor has corrected all identified deficiencies, he shall schedule a
final inspection with the Landscape Architect. Approval of planting and site work
will not be given until all deficiencies have been corrected.
2. When the Landscape Architect determines that all work has been performed in
compliance with the contract documents and that all plant materials are in
satisfactory growing condition, the project manager will give written notice of
completion of the planting and site work portion of the contract.
F. Maintenance Period Inspection:
1. At the end of the maintenance period described herein (Part 3.8), and prior to
transfer of maintenance responsibility to the Owner, the Landscape Architect
shall inspect the job site for satisfactory conditions and evidence of proper
maintenance.
2. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, all conditions of the maintenance
period have been met, the Landscape Architect will give final acceptance of
contracted work.
1.8 GUARANTEE AND REPLACEMENT:
A. The purpose of this guarantee is to insure that the Owner receives plant materials of
prime quality, planted and maintained in a thorough and careful manner.
1. Guarantee all plant materials for a period of one calendar year from the day
which notice of final acceptance is given by the Landscape Architect.
2. This guarantee will not be enforced should a plant die due to circumstances
beyond the control of the Contractor. However, during the guarantee period, the
Contractor shall check the planting to insure it is being properly maintained. He
shall notify the Owner in writing if any deficiencies are noticed.
3. Replace landscape materials and trees when they are no longer in a satisfactory
condition as determined by the Owner's Representative for the duration of the
guarantee period.
4. All replacements shall be of the same kind and size as originally specified and
shall be installed as described in the contract documents. All replacements shall
carry the same guarantee from the time they are replaced. Repairs and
replacements shall be made at no expense to the Owner.
PART 2 MATERIALS
2.1 SITE PROTECTION MATERIALS:
A. Fencing: Four foot red/orange plastic construction fencing.
Stakes: Metal T-posts, 5 to 7 foot long.
C. Plywood: 3/4" x 4' x 8' sheets.
2.2 PLANT MATERIAL:
A. Trees: A complete list of plants, including a schedule of quantities, sizes and other
requirements is shown on the Landscape Plan. If discrepancies occur between
quantities of plants indicated in the plant list and as indicted on the plan, the quantities on
the plan shall govern.
02900-3
Landscape Planting
B. Substitutions: No substitutions shall be accepted, except with permission from the
Landscape Architect.
C. Source: All plant material shall be Colorado grown, Colorado fielded, or Northern grown;
USDA hardiness zones 1 to 5.
D. Quality: Plant material shall be a first-class representative of its species; healthy,
vigorous, well -branched, and well proportioned with respect to height and width
relationships. Inspect to assure that all plants are free from disease, injury, insects, and
weed roots; and conform to the requirements of the American Standard for Nursery
Stock, ANSI 260.1. All plants are subject to inspection. Submit materials list with
quantity and source of all plant materials.
E. Size and Type: Minimum sizes of plant materials are specified in the Plant List. Plants of
the same type to be planted together shall be matched in form. Plants larger than those
specified in the plant list may be used when acceptable to the Landscape Architect, and if
the roots or rootball have been increased in proportion to the size of the plant.
F. Digging, wrapping and handling:
1. Plants shall be dug and prepared for shipment in a manner that will not cause
damage to branches, shape, and future development after planting.
2. Balled and burlapped plants shall be nursery grown stock adequately balled with
firm, natural balls, of soil in sizes and ratios conforming to the Colorado Nursery
Act. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with non -treated burlap, secured with wire or
jute. Broken balls will not be accepted.
3. Container grown plants shall have been nursery grown in containers and shall
have sufficient roots to hold the entire soil mass together after container removal
without being root -bound.
4. Plant Protection: Plants shall be handled during transportation to job site so as
to prevent any damage from wind or vibration. Plants should never be thrown or
bounced off a truck or loader to the ground. Plants shall be handled so that roots
are adequately protected at all times from drying out and from other injury.
Protect balls of balled plants which cannot be planted within twelve hours of
delivery with soil and other suitable material. Where possible, store plants in the
shade. Keep all plant roots moist before, during, and after planting.
2.3 PLANT INSTALLATION MATERIALS:
A. Guying, Staking and Wrapping Material:
1. Tree Stakes: 6 foot long metal T-posts.
2. Guy Anchors: Chance or Duck -Bill anchor, or satisfactory substitute.
3. Guying and Staking Wire: Galvanized iron or steel 12 - 14 gauge wire.
4. Guy Straps: 2-inch minimum width, 12 inch long nylon webbing.
5. Tree Wrap: 4 inch wide commercial tree wrap.
2.4 SOIL AMENDMENTS, FERTILIZERS, MULCHES:
A. Topsoil: Screened organic topsoil (70% topsoil, 30% organic blends) free of subsoil,
roots, grass, weeds, large stone, and foreign matter.
B. Backfill Mix: Backfill mixture to be 2/3 topsoil, 1/3 well rotted manure or equal organic
compost.
C. Soil Amendment: Screened organic compost, peat moss or well rotted manure at a
minimum rate of 3 cubic yards per 1,000 square feet.
02900-4
Landscape Planting
D. Fertilizer
1. Trees: Fertilizer for trees and shrubs is not required.
2. Sodding: Fertilizer for grass shall be commercial type of uniform composition,
18-46-0 guaranteed analysis, applied at the manufacturer's suggested rate of
application!
E. Mulching Material: "Choice Red Cedar". Suggested source: Hageman Earth Cycle,
970-221-7173.
1. Wood Mulch: Submit a sample to the Campus Landscape Architect for approval
prior to installation. Do not use landscape fabric under wood mulch areas.
2.5 SOD MIX:
A. Bluegrass Sod: Sod shall be a blend of 4 (four) varieties of improved hybrid turf -type
Kentucky Bluegrass. Sod shall be weed and pest free, with no more than 1 % of other
grasses. Sod shall be a minimum of 3/4 inch thick; and cut not more than one day prior
to planting.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Inspection: Grades have been established under work of another Section to within 1 ",
plus or minus, of required finish grade.
B. Dimensions: All scale dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with any work,
check and verify all dimensions and quantities. Notify Landscape Architect of any
discrepancy between drawings and/or specifications and actual conditions.
C. Coordination: Coordinate work with other trades to insure proper sequencing of
construction.
3.2 SITE PROTECTION:
A. Tree protection: Prior to construction/excavation, all existing trees shall have a fence
erected that protects the area within the dripline of the tree. The dripline is defined as the
area on the ground covered by the spread of branches.
B. No equipment or materials shall be parked or stored within the dripline of any tree.
C. Trenching should not be done within the dripline of a tree. If a trench cannot be routed
around a tree, tunnel under it. Trenching and tunneling must be approved by Facilities
Management Grounds Department. Trenching of more than 50% of the supporting roots
will render the tree unstable.
D. When trenching occurs in an area containing tree roots, any severed roots must be cut
smoothly with flush cuts, and backfilled as soon as possible.
Stock piling of excavated soil may not be placed within the dripline of existing trees.
3.3 SITE PREPARATION:
A. Grade conditions: Rough grading of the project site shall be conducted by a grading
contractor. The landscape contractor shall receive the site grading according to the
02900-5
Landscape Planting
following tolerances:
1. At Curbs, Walks, and Driveways:
a. Sodded areas: uniformly 2 inches below top of pavement.
b. Seeded areas: uniformly 1 inch below top of pavement.
B. If the Contractor finds the site grading not in accordance with the tolerances, he shall
contact the project manager and not proceed with any work until tolerances are met.
C. Any ground compacted by equipment or construction parking must be ripped if outside of
tree root zones.
D. Maintain approved grades while rounding out abrupt changes in slope, and allow for no
standing water in the landscape or on adjacent pavement areas as a result of soil
preparation. Perform a drainage test utilizing the irrigation system.
3.4 SOIL PREPARATION:
A. Prepare all turf areas and shrub beds as follows:
1. Till existing topsoil to a minimum depth of eight inches.
2. Remove all rubble, stones, and extraneous material over 11/2 inches in diameter
from the site.
3. Spread soil amendments and incorporate into the top four inches of soil by
rototilling until a uniform mixture is obtained. Apply amendments at a minimum
rate of three cubic yards per 1,000 square feet.
3.5 TREE PLANTING:
A. Details: Details for tree plantings are located on the Landscape Plan.
B. Layout: Plants shall be located as shown on the plan except where obstructions
overhead or below ground are encountered or where changes have been made in
construction. No planting holes shall be dug until the proposed locations have been
staked on the ground by the Contractor, and until such locations have been approved by
the Landscape Architect.
C. Plant Pits:
1. Dig planting pits to at least 18 inches larger than ball diameter for all trees.
2. Where unsatisfactory subgrade material exists, increase the size of the planting
pits by one third the diameter and add six inches of depth.
3. Roughen sides of the pit to remove any compacting or glazing. Loosen soil at
bottom of pit to a minimum dept of six inches. Mix loosened soil with specified
backfill.
D. Backfill Material: Planting pits shall be backfilled with the following mix:
1. 2/3 Topsoil by volume.
2. 113 peat moss, organic compost, or well rotted manure by volume.
E. PLANTING:
1. Remove stock from container. Do not break the root ball.
2. Place backfill mix into planting pit to depth such that the top of the root ball when
planted, will be 2" above finish grade.
3. Untie and remove burlap from top two-thirds of root ball on balled and burlapped
material. Remove top two -third of wire basket and remove twine from around tree
trunks. Remove containers and fiber pots from all container grown plants. If
container stock is pot bound, score roots 1/8 inch deep, every two to three inches
around the circumference.
02900-6
Landscape Planting
4. Backfill using backfill material. Avoid heavy tamping. Use end of shovel handle
to remove large air pockets. Water thoroughly to settle soil around root ball and
eliminate all air pockets. Water after all backfill has been put into hole. Do not
work wet soil.
5. In irrigated areas do not provide a basin to hold water. In non -irrigated areas,
build a dish around the edge of the root ball to form a basin for holding water. Fill
basin with water, after it has been thoroughly absorbed, repeat. Check that
watering basins on slopes catch and hold water adequately to avoid erosion.
6. Remove all twine and plant labels secured around trunk after planting is
completed.
7. Remove all surplus soil immediately following the act of planting.
8. Stake and guy trees in a vertical position. Stake deciduous and evergreen trees
immediately after planting. Drive metal t-posts outside of planting pit until flanges
are just below grade. Do not stake or guy trees too rigidly. Allow for some
natural sway. Remove stakes after one growing season.
9. Apply tree wrap to thin barked trees such as maples. Wrap approximately
November 1, and remove approximately April 1.
F. Watering:
1. Thoroughly water each tree immediately following planting.
G. Mulching: Apply wood mulch around plant material to a depth of three to four inches. A
3-foot diameter circle of mulch will be maintained around trees.
3.6 LAYING SOD:
A. All turf areas disturbed by construction operations are to be sodded.
B_ After soil preparation, roll the area to an evenly compacted, firm soil bed.
C. Keep soil moist during laying of sod.
D. Lay sod smoothly, edge to edge, with staggered joints. Butt edges tightly.
E. Begin sodding at bottom of slopes; pin to slope if necessary.
F. Water sod lightly as laying progresses to prevent drying.
G. Roll sod diagonally with a light roller, leveling irregularities and sealing joints.
Top of sod shall be slightly below paved edges on the downhill side and flush on the
uphill side.
Hold sod back from all tree trunks in lawn area in a 3-foot diameter circle.
3.7 PROJECT RECORD (AS -BUILT) DRAWINGS:
A. Maintain one complete set of contract documents on -site. Keep documents current.
Record any changes in location, quantity and species of plant material. Submit corrected
drawings to the Project Manager prior to punch list inspection.
3.8 MAINTENANCE:
A. Continuously maintain all plantings included in the Contract from the beginning of
Contract work and during the progress of work.
02900-7
Landscape Planting
The Owner will assume the responsibility of maintenance including watering, fertilizing,
weeding, etc., upon completion. The Contractor shall periodically inspect the project
during the guarantee period (see Part 1, 1.09 Guarantee and Replacement) and
immediately notify the Landscape Architect and Owner of any irregularities or deficiencies
which will affect the guarantee.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for resetting of any plants to an upright position or to
proper grade, and for the removal and replacement of any dead plant material.
3.9 CHECK LIST OF REQUIRED APPROVALS:
This check list is provided to assist the Contractor in securing all required approvals as outlined in
this section. The Contractor shall submit a completed copy of this check list to the Project
Manager as part of final approval.
Submittals: Approved By: Date:
Plant Material List
Wood Mulch
As -Built Drawings
Inspections:
Plant Material
Staked Location
Punch List
Final Inspection
Maintenance Period Inspection
END OF SECTION
02900-8
Landscape Planting
SECTION 02950
LANDSCAPE PROTECTION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL SITE PROTECTION
A. Protect all existing development on site and on adjacent properties including existing
trees and shrubs, turf, soil, buildings, equipment, underground utilities, walls, fences,
sidewalks, paving, curbs, etc. that are not noted for removal. Trees are easily rendered
hazardous by uncontrolled construction work around them. Any existing site development
damaged by willful or negligent acts of the Contractor or any of his employees shall be
replaced or repaired at no expense to the Owner and in a manner satisfactory to the
Owner's Representative before project acceptance is given.
1.2 SITE PROTECTION MATERIALS
A. Fencing: Four foot orange plastic construction fencing.
B. Stakes: Metal T-posts, 5 to 7 foot long.
C. Plywood: 3/4" x 4' x 8' sheets.
1.3 SITE PROTECTION EXECUTION
A. Tree protection: Prior to construction/excavation, all existing trees shall have a fence ,
erected that protects the area within the dripline of the tree. The dripline is defined as the
area on the ground covered by the spread of branches. All existing shrubs shall have a
fence erected along the outside perimeter of the shrub beds to protect the plants within.
B. Construction staging should take place in paved areas. If staging takes place within
green space a fence shall be erected around the boundary of the staging area, outside
the dripline of all trees and shrub bed areas. Contact CSU Grounds Department irrigation
personnel to arrange for any necessary sprinkler zone shutoff at least 48 hours prior to
construction work.
C. No vehicles, equipment or materials shall be parked or stored within the dripline of any
tree or shrub bed areas that are to be protected in place.
D. No stock piling of excavated soil may take place within the dripline of existing trees or
shrub bed areas that are to be protected in place.
E. Do not attach any signs to trees.
F. If there is limited space on the site, and passage beside a tree is necessary, a bridge is to
be constructed over the root zone. Protect trunks of trees with 2"x4" boards tied vertically
around trunk.
G. When raising or lowering the grade around an existing tree, a dry well or retaining wall is
required.
Landscape Protection
02950-1
H. Trenching should not be done within the dripline of a tree. See Table 1 below for
guidelines. If a trench cannot be routed around a tree, tunnel under it. Facilities
Management Grounds Department prior to construction must approve any trenching and
tunneling. Trenching of more than 50% of the supporting roots will render the tree -
unstable.
When trenching occurs in an area containing tree roots, any severed roots must be cut
smoothly with flush cuts and backfilled as soon as possible.
TABLE 1:
TREE SIZE
(Diameter in inches)
less than 3"
3" through 8"
8.1"through 14"
14.1"through 20"
20.1" through 30"
30.1"through 40"
MINIMUM UNDISTURBED
RADIUS (from trunk face)
3 feet
6 feet
8 feet
10 feet
15 feet
20 feet
END OF SECTION
MINIMUM DEPTH OF
TUNNEUBORE
3 feet
3 feet
4 feet
4 feet
5 feet
5 feet
Landscape Protection
02950-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE TRANSIT, CENTER
SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein.
I GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: Furnish all plant, labor, materials, appliances, and equipment necessary to fabricate and install the
applicable concrete formwork as required by the drawings and/or specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Earthwork: Refer to Section 02200.
B. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619.
C. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200.
D. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Refer to Section 03300.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. American Concrete Institute: ACI-347, Recommended Practices for Concrete Formwork.
1.04 INSPECTION: Materials and workmanship not in conformity with the drawings or provisions of this
specification may be rejected to any time when faults are found prior to or during the progress of the job.
Faulty items shall be repaired or removed at the Contractor's expense prior to continuation of work.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIALS:
A. Forms: Wood, fiber or metal forms subject to Architect's approval. Wood forms for exposed
concrete surfaces shall be constructed of 3/4" plywood conforming to U.S. Product Standard PS-1
B-B Concrete Form,Class 1, exterior grade. Forms for footings and foundations not exposed to view
may be of undressed lumber or via stabilized earth forms.
B. Shores: Shores temporarily supporting concrete during construction may be patented shores of
approved design and manufacture, or maybe built upon the job. Shores shall be of adequate strength
and properly braced to safely support imposed loads.
C. Form Oil: Non -staining, paraffin -base oil having a specific gravity of between 0.8 and 0.9.
D. Form Ties: Bolts, rods, or patented devices having a minimum tensil strength of 3,000 pounds,
adjustable in length, free of lugs which would leave a hole larger than 7/8" in diameter, or depressions
back of exposed surface. Ties shall be constructed so that when forms are removed, there will be no
metal remaining within one inch of finished concrete surface.
E. Expansion Joint Fillers: Premolded mastic strips of fibrous cellular nature, asphalt impregnated,
conforming to ASTM D 1751.
F. Carton Forms: Fiberboard "void boxes" as made by Savway Carton Forts, Inc. Forms shall support
a minimum load of 350 lbs./sq.ft. thickness as detailed. (Carton forms shall be used if shown on the
drawings.)
3 EXECUTION
3.01 FORMWORK INSTALLATION:
A. Constructions and Erection:
1. Forms shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity so that when properly supported, they will
not deflect under weight or pressure of wet concrete or other incidental loads.
2. Build forms to conform to shapes, lines, and dimensions of detailed members of concrete
construction. Set forms to line and grade, and brace and secure so as to withstand placing of
concrete and maintain shape and position. Forms shall be sufficiently tight, and substantially
assembled so as to facilitate their removal without damage to concrete.
3. Construct forms with care to produce concrete surfaces without unsightly or objectionable
form marks in exposed concrete surfaces.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
4. Thoroughly clean surfaces of form lumber and remove nails before reuse. Do not reuse
damaged or worn form liners for exposed Architectural finished. Coat contact surfaces of
forms prior to placing metal reinforcement with non -staining form oil.
5. Immediately before placing concrete, clean forms of debris. Leave forms in place until
concrete has sufficient strength to safely carry its own load and such additional loads as may
be placed on it during construction. Immediately after removal of forms, remove form ties,
wires and other defects, and immediately patch.
6. An experienced workman shall be available during concrete placing to inspect formwork and
support of same and to strengthen or rebuild any portions that show signs of distress. (Note:
This part of the specification applies equally to stabilized earth forms, i.e., no form work
required.)
7. The Contractor shall notify the Architect 48 hours in advance before placing concrete for
examination as specified in paragraph 1.04 of this section.
B. Inserts and Accessories: Make provisions for required installation of accessories, bolts, hangers,
sleeves and inserts cast in concrete, as required by Drawings and other trades. Place expansion joints
where detailed and required.
3.02 REMOVAL OF FORMS AND SHORING:
A. Do not disturb forms until concrete has hardened sufficiently to permit removal with safety. Do not
remove shoring until members have acquired sufficient strength to support their own weight and load.
B. Members subject to additional loads during construction shall be adequately shored to support both
member and construction loads in a manner that will protect member from damage. Forms and shores
for beam bottoms and slabs may be removed whenever cylinder tests indicate concrete has attained
75% of its required compressive strength. Side forms may be removed after 36 hours.
C. The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for any damage to the structure due to premature
removal of forms.
END OF SECTION
21. What are the limits of your public liability? DETAIL
t company?
22. What are your company's bonding limitations?
23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or
corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in
verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's
Qualifications.
Dated at this day of
Name of Bidder
By:
Title:
State of
County of
20
being duly sworn deposes and says that he is
of and that
(name of organization)
the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are
true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of
20
Notary Public
My commission expires
7/96 Section 00420 Page 3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS 8 COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: Furnish all plant, labor, materials, appliances, and equipment necessary to fabricate -and install the
applicable concrete reinforcement as indicated on the drawings and/or specified herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619.
B. Concrete Formwork: Refer to Section 03100.
C. Cast -In -Place Concrete: Refer to Section 03300.
1.03 SUBMITTALS: Submit shop drawings in accordance with GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section 01000.
Drawing shall indicate complete reinforcing for each concrete member including, but not limited to, materials,
sizes, bends, dimensions, and placing details.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. American Society or Testing and Materials:
1. ASTM A-185, Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
2. ASTM A-615, Deformed Billet -Steel Bar for Concrete Reinforcement.
B. American Concrete Institute:
1. ACI 315, Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures.
2. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:
A. Stack reinforcing steel in tiers and mark so that each length, size, shape and locations can be readily
determined. Exercise care to maintain reinforcement free of dirt, mud, paint or rust.
B. Store from materials and accessories on dunnage and undercover with protective sheeting.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Metal Reinforcement: Reinforcement shall meet requirements of ASTM A615 for new billet steel,
domestic Manufacture, Grade 60, except as otherwise noted.
B. Wire Mesh: ASTM A 185. Yield strength (fy) equal to 60,000 psi unless measured at 0.35 percent
strain.
C. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide spacers, chairs ties and other devices necessary for properly
placing, spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place, as specified in ACI 315 for
reinforcement of cast -in -place structural members.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 REINFORCING INSTALLATION:
A. Place reinforcing steel of sizes, shapes, lengths, spacing and other dimensions shown in accordance
with approved shop drawings. Before placing, thoroughly clean reinforcement of any coatings which
might reduce bonding. Heating of reinforcement shall not be permitted. Bars with kinks or bends not
shown on approved drawings shall not be used. Reinforcement shall not be spliced at points of
maximum stress. Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered, and splices shall provide a minimum
overlap of 30-bar diameters unless specifically noted otherwise on Drawings.
B. Accurately place reinforcement and securely saddle tie at intersections with No. 16 gauge black annealed
wire, or suitable clips. Rigidly secure reinforcement in place during concrete placing by means of spacers,
chairs or other suitable supports of adequate strength. Concrete coverage for reinforcing steel shall be as
specified in ACI 318-77 Section 7.7, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINSB COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE - TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES R.C.
C. The lapping of wire fabric shall be as specified in ACI 318-77 Section 12.8, unless otherwise noted on
the drawings.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 03300 -CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE TRANSIT
& ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein.
I GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Any and all conditions which occur and are not covered by the drawing and/or specifications, such as:
openings, joints, connections, details of reinforcement, etc., or problems encountered during forming
and/or placing shall be immediately brought to the attention of the Architect. No further work shall
be done in these areas until approved by the Architect. Should corrective measures be necessitated, a
written proposal shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. No corrective measures, with the
exception of temporary emergency measures, shall be employed without the prior written approval of
the Architect.
B. Work included generally consists of furnishing all necessary labor, materials, equipment and
appliances to install and finish all cast -in -place concrete work in accordance with this section of the
specifications and applicable drawings. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the
following:
I. Reinforced concrete; including foundation structure, slabs on grade and other concrete work
indicated on the drawings.
2. Placing of all anchor bolts, anchors, inserts, sleeves, and ties supplied by other trades and/or
specified under this section. Cooperate with and coordinate with other trades, as necessary
to assure proper placement and location of all such items. Give ample notification to all
responsible trades for such items, prior to time of installation.
3. Place all reinforcing steel and anchorages as indicated or required.
4. Place all expansion joints and control joints as indicated or required.
5. Shop drawings of reinforcing steel in accordance with ACI-315.
6. Material samples for testing.
7. Certified mill reports of cement and reinforcing steel shall be submitted, upon Architects
request.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE'
A. Concrete Formwork: Refer to Section 03100
B. Concrete Reinforcing: Refer to Section 03200.
C. Concrete Sealing: Refer to Section 03375.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Concrete Design: The concrete materials supplier shall submit design mixes for each of the types of
concrete based on specified strengths and materials. Design methods shall be in accordance with
"Building Code Requirements of Reinforced Concrete" (ACI 318-77).
B. Shop Drawings: Submit drawings in accordance with GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Section
01000. Indicate complete reinforcing for each concrete member including materials, sizes, bends,
dimensions, and placing details.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A. "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings", ACI 301, of the American Concrete Institute
(ACI).
B. "Recommended Practices for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete", ACI 304.
C. "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures", ACI 315.
D. 'Building Code Reinforcement for Reinforced Concrete", ACI 318.77.
E. "Standard Specifications for Ready -Mix Concrete", ASTM C 94-74A, of the American Society of
Testing and Materials, (ASTM).
F. "Standard Specifications for Portland Cement", ASTM C 150.
G. "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates", ASTM C 33.
H. "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars", CRSI 63, of the Concrete Reinforcing
Steel Institute (CRSI).
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
I. "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature", CRSI 65.
J. Preparation of test specimens and testing:
1. ASTM C-31, Making and Curing Concrete -Test Specimens in the Field.
2. ASTM C-39, Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.
3. ASTM C-42, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.
4. ASTM C-173, Test for Air Content of Concrete - Pressure Method.
5. ASTM C-231, Test for Air Content of Concrete - Volumetric.
6. ASTM C-192, Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.
7. ASTM C-143, Method of Slump Test for Consistency of Portland Cement.
1.05 QUALITY AND CONTROL OF CONCRETE:
A. Concrete shall be the product of a Ready -Mix plant and shall be composed of cement, aggregate and
water with a dispersion and air -entraining additive in proportions to develop the designated strengths
and to satisfy the requirements of durability and other specified qualities. The Ready -Mix Concrete
shall conform to specifications set forth in ASTM C 94-74A.
B. At least 15 days before commencing any concrete operations, the Contractor shall submit to the
testing laboratory the proportions of the concrete ingredients he proposes to use as a design mix. The
testing Laboratory, in turn, shall submit to the Architect the following data: Concrete Classes; mix
designs, including cement brand, proportions of aggregates by weight, slump, water -cement ratio and
percentage of air.
1.06 TESTING:
A. The Contractor shall engage and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory approved by
the Architect.
B. Test reports shall include reports of concrete compressive yield, air content and slump test. Duplicate
copies of the test reports are to be sent directly to the Architect.
C. If test fail, the Contractor shall pay for the cost of corrective measures required to satisfy the Architect
and the Owner.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL: All materials shall be carefully selected of uniform quality meeting the requirements of the
specifications and subject to the approval of the Architect.
2.02 CONCRETE MATERIALS:
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150-76a, Type 1 or 111.
B. Fine Aggregate: Clean, hard, durable, uncoated natural sand free from silt, loam, clay and iron
particles, meeting requirements of ASTM C-33.
C. Coarse Aggregate: Hard durable uncoated crushed stone or natural gravel meeting requirements of
ASTM C-33. Maximum size aggregate and graduation shall be in accordance with Size No. 467 in
Table I 1 of ASTM C-33 or Size No. 67 in Table 11 or ASTM C-33.
D. Water shall be clean, potable, fresh and free from oil, acid, salt, alkali, sewage, organic matter and
other deleterious substance.
E. Expansion Joint filler, exterior and interior,as governed by ASTM D 994, "Prefomred Expansion Joint
Filler for Concrete."
2.03 CURING:
A. Curing Compound: Clear Bond as made by GUARDIAN CHEMICAL CO., Acri-Seal as made by
TOCH BROS., Dress and Seal made by L & M CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS, or approved equal.
Curing Compound shall be in conformance with ASTM C-309, "Liquid Membrane - Forming
Compounds for Curing Concrete."
B. Compound Type: Curing compound shall be the type over which vinyl floor tile may be laid. (NO
CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
- CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER
DIVISION 3
SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS,
SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.)
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE:
A. Do not place concrete until foundations, forms, reinforcing steel, pipes, conduits, sleeves, hangers,
anchors, inserts, dampproofing, and other work required to be built into concrete has been inspected
and approved by the Architect. Notify Architect at least 2 working days prior to completion of all
work required to be built into concrete and ready for inspection.
B. Complete preparatory work by noon of the day previous to scheduled pours to allow time for adequate
inspections and correction of any unsatisfactory work prior to placing concrete.
C. Remove rubbish from formwork immediately prior to placing concrete.
3.02 PLACING CONCRETE:
A. Convey and place concrete in such a manner that there will be no separation of ingredients. No
concrete shall be used which has attained its initial set. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers with
each layer thoroughly incorporated with previous layers. Do not place concrete on previously
deposited concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or cold joints.
B. Do not permit concrete to drop freely greater than 3 foot distances. Where longer drops are necessary,
use a chute, tremie, or other approved conveyance to assist concrete placement without separation.
Do not pour concrete directly into piers or other excavations where water is standing. Thoroughly
compact concrete by mechanical vibration during placing and work around reinforcing, embedded
items, and into corners of forms. Concrete shall be mixed and placed only when temperature is at
least 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising, unless suitable means are provided for maintaining a
temperature of at least 50 degrees for a period of seven (7) days after placing. Methods of heating and
protecting concrete shall be subject to Architect's approval. Do not place concrete, under any
circumstances, except in the presence of the Architect.
C. Construction Joints: Unless otherwise shown on Drawings, each footing pier, column, beam, wall and
slab shall be considered as a single unit of operation and concrete shall be placed continuously in
order that such unit shall be monolithic in construction. If construction joints are absolutely
unavoidable, locate joints at or near midpoints of spans. Additional construction joints shall not be
made under any circumstances without written approval of Architect. Construction joints shall be
plumb and level. Provide appropriate keys in construction joints, whether horizontal or vertical.
Construction joints in exposed concrete work shall occur at planned joints or rustications as approved
by Architect.
D. Expansion Joint Fillers: Place premolded expansion joint fillers at locations as detailed. Refer to
Drawings for required joint dimensions and locations.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. Field Control: The Architect or his representative shall control addition of water to concrete at project
site and length of time concrete is allowed to remain in mixer.
B. Slump: At beginning of each concrete "pour", or from each mixer truck (at discretion of Architect),
test for slump shall be performed in accordance with "Method of Slump Test for Consistency of
Portland Cement" (ASTM C-143) unless waived by Architect. If slump is greater than that specified,
concrete shall be rejected. Slump shall not exceed 4" for cast -in -place concrete or 5" for concrete
slabs on grade.
C. Test Cylinders: During progress of work, test cylinders shall be made and tested for each different
mix placed in any one day. For 10 cubic yards, 3 compression test cylinders will be made by Testing
Laboratory of samples taken during pour. Make test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C-31-66
and test in accordance with ASTM C-39-66: one at 7 days, and two at 28 days. Make additional sets
of 3 cylinders for concrete placements from 50 yards to 100 yards, and a third set for placements
exceeding 100 yards.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS 8 COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
D. Test for determination of air content shall be made for approximately every third set of cylinders in
compliance with ASTM C-231 and ASTM C-173.
3.04 BUILDING SURFACE FINISHES:
A. Preparation: As soon as forms are removed, remove undesired fins and other projections, level
offsets, and repair voids or damaged places with mortar of same composition as used in mix. Apply
rubbed finish as specified below to exposed cast -in -place concrete surfaces.
B. Rubbed Finish: Rubbed finish shall consist of rubbing surfaces with a carborundum stone, clean
water, and neat portland cement to a uniformly smooth surface, entirely free of pits, holes, or form
marks.
3.05 FLOOR FINISHES:
A. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, floor finishes shall be monolithic; that is, finished at time of
pouring of slab.
B. Smooth Trowel Finish: Concrete slabs which are to receive tile and carpet, as well as exposed
concrete floors, shall be smooth trowel finished. Surfaces shall be screeded to proper elevation,
jitterbugged or tamped, then floated with metal or wood floats. After concrete has sufficiently set to
support weight, mechanical floats shall be used for finish leveling. After water sheen has disappeared
from surfaces, trowel with steel trowel to smooth surface free from blemishes and trowel marks. Final
troweling shall be done after concrete is so hard that no mortar accumulates on trowel and a ringing
sound is produced as trowels are drawn over surfaces. Finish floors shall be level with 1/8" when
tested with a 10 ft. straight edge.
C. Sub -Floor Maintenance: Prior to installation of finish floor coverings, remove dirt, oil, grease, paint,
and other foreign matter from surfaces. Inspect for holes, cracks and other abrasions and fill such
defects with latex floor leveling compound. Disc -sand high spots and abrasions.
3.09 CURING:
A. Preparation: Slab surfaces to be sealed shall be free of dirt, oil, grease, and other foreign matter, and
shall be dry.
B. Curing: Protect concrete surfaces against frost and rapid drying and keep moist for at least 6 days
after placing. During this period, maintain concrete above 70 degrees for a least 3 days or above 50
degrees Fahrenheit for at least 5 days. (NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE
USED ON SURFACES THAT SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT
DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.)
C. Curing Compound Application: Concrete slabs shall be cured with curing compound. Begin curing
concrete as soon as concrete surfaces begin to take initial set after finishing. Spray compound on
surfaces using two coats, applying second at right angle to first, at rate of400 s.f. per gallon. Restrict
traffic on surfaces during cure to prevent "tracking off' of protective film.
END OF SECTION
03300-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY DIVISION 3 • CONCRETE
SECTION 03375 - CONCRETE SEALING TRANSIT CENTER
COOVERLLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the sealing of all concrete surfaces, unless otherwise called for on the Drawings,
for a complete and proper installation.
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE: Use of adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and
experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the
methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section.
1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Protect the materials of this Section before, during, and after installation, and protect the work and
materials of all other trades.
B. In the event of damage, immediately make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Architect
and at no additional cost to the Owner.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SEALER: Furnish "Ashford Formula" manufactured by Curecrete Chemical Company, Orem, Utah 84057.
(NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON FLOOR SLABS THAT SHALL
RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS
STAINED CONCRETE.)
3 EXECUTION
3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS: Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be
performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until
unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Preparation:
1. On freshly finished concrete surfaces, no additional surface preparation will be required.
2. On areas where forms are recently removed, remove all form oil and breaking compound
residue to assure penetration of the product into surface.
3. On existing concrete, vertical surfaces, and masonry surfaces:
a. Sweep all areas to be treated, using a fine bristle broom, or hose off with water and
let dry to remove all surface dust and dirt.
b. Free the surface from all contaminants which inhibit penetration of the product into
the pores of the material to be treated.
C. Remove all curing, sealing, and coating agents by use of chemical or mechanical
means as required.
d. If acid is used to remove surface coatings, flush the surface with water sufficiently
to remove all acid and acid residues.
4. When applying near windows, mask the glass.
5. Avoid contact with plant life, glass, aluminum, and other finished surfaces. Where contact
occurs, immediately wipe with a damp cloth or flush with water.
6. Avoid contact with asphaltic concrete.
B. APPLICATION:
1. On freshly finished surfaces, spray the product with a low pressure sprayer immediately
following the finishing operation.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 03375 -CONCRETE SEALING TRANSIT
& ASSOCIATES P.C.
a. To assure proper curing, apply the product to the entire surface as soon as the
surface is firm enough to walk on, and before checking and temperature cracking
begins.
b. Keep the entire surface wet for 30 minutes by spraying the dry spots immediately.
C. As the product begins to dry into the surface and becomes slippery underfoot,
lightly sprinkle the surface with water to aid penetration and to bring alkali to the
surface.
d. As the product again begins to dry into the surface and becomes slippery underfoot,
flush the surface with water and squeegee the surface totally dry, removing all
excess product and alkali or other impurities brought to the surface.
2. On broom finished surfaces, no flushing is required but squeegee or broom the excess
product from the surface after 30 to 40 minutes.
3. On cured concrete surfaces, saturate the surface with the specified product.
a. If dry spots appear, broom excess material onto the dry -spots or respray them
immediately.
b. Keep the entire surface wet with the product for 30 minutes.
C. If, after 30 to 40 minutes, the majority of the product is still on the surface, wait
until the surface becomes slippery underfoot and then flush the entire surface with
clear water and squeegee completely dry. If no water is available, squeegee the
excess product from the surface after 30 minutes so that the surface is completely
dry.
4. NO CURING COMPOUND OR SEALERS SHALL BE USED ON SURFACES THAT
SHALL RECEIVE ANY SPECIAL FLOOR COVERING THAT DOES NOT ALLOW
SUCH SEALERS, SUCH AS STAINED CONCRETE.
END OF SECTION
03375-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 4 MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 04100-MORTAR ___..__ _..__
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby
made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: Provide all materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals necessary for the completion of
this section of work.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Masonry Accessories: Refer to Section 04150.
B. Sandstone: Refer to Section 04470.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A. ASTM C- 91, Masonry Cement
B. ASTM C-144, Aggregate for Masonry Mortar
C. ASTM C-150, Portland Cement
D. ASTM C-207, Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.
E. ASTM C-270, Mortar for Unit Masonry
F. ASTM C-4.76, Standard Specification for Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry.
1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: Store mortar materials on dunnage, in a dry watertight enclosure.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MASONRY MORTAR
A. Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C-150, Type 1, natural color.
B. Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C-207, Type S.
C. Sand shall conform to ASTM C-144.
D. Water shall be clean and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkalides, or organic matter
(potable).
E. Masonry cement shall conform to ASTM C-91, Type II, non -staining.
2.02 GROUT
A. All grout shall be, transit -mixed or job -mixed, in accordance with Standard Specification for
Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry, ASTM C-476 and shall consist of one part portland
cement, 2-1/2 parts sand and two parts pea gravel, and adequate water to produce a concrete of
approximately ten (10) inches slump, and shall have a minimum ultimate compressive strength of
2,500 p.s.i. in 28 days.
2.03 MIXES:
A. Mortar Mix: Type S. Mortar, conforming to ASTM C-270 and consisting of I part portland
cement, 1 part line putty and 6 parts sand by volume, or 1 part masonry cement and 3 parts sand
by volume. Incorporate waterproofing admixture in mortar for exterior walls.
B. Mixing Mortar: Mix cementitious material and aggregate for a minimum of 5 minutes in a
mechanical batch mixer. Add water in amounts compatible with convenience in using mortar. If
mortar begins to stiffen from evaporation or absorption or a part of mixing water, retemper by
adding to water and remix. Use mortar within 2 1/2 hours of initial mixing; do not use mortar
after it has begun to set.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION: Apply mortar and grout in accordance with Sandstone, Section 04470.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 04150 - MASONRY ACCESSORIES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby
made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: Provide all materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals required for the completion of the
section of work.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619.
B. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100
C. Sandstone: Refer to Section 04470
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A. ASTM A-82, Cold -drawn Steel Wire.
B. ASTM A-116, Zinc -coated (Galvanized) Wire.
C. ASTM A-153, Zinc -coating (Hot -dip) or Iron and Steel Hardware.
D. ASTM A-615, Deformed Billet - Steel Bars.
1.04 STORAGE OF MATERIALS: Store reinforcement and accessory items in a protected area.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A. Horizontal joint reinforcement for clay masonry unit cavity wall shall be prefabricated welded
wire truss tab (adjustable hook and eye) design units, with 9 ga. galvanized deformed longitudinal
wires, 9 ga. galvanized cross rods and rectangular tabs, and 9 ga. rectangular pintle section hook.
Wire shall conform to ASTM A-82. Out -to -out spacing of longitudinal wires shall be two inches
less than nominal thickness of concrete masonry width of wall. Contractor shall have the option
to use welded wire truss fixed rectangular tab design units (without tab drips) where there is no
offset coursing required.
B. Hardware cloth shall be 1/4" mesh x 23 ga. galvanized steel wire.
C. Weephole material shall be 3/8" diameter cotton rope.
2.02 MASONRY MOVEMENT CONTROL PRODUCTS: Rapid Control Joint as manufactured by
DUR-O-WAL, Inc., or approved equal, shall be of sizes and shapes as shown on the drawings. Joint
material shall be used with standard sash blocks. Rubber shall be extruded conforming to ASTM D-2000
2AA-805 with a Durometer hardness of 80 when tested with ASTM D-2240.
2.03 OTHER MATERIALS: All other accessories, not specifically described but required for a complete and
proper installation of unit masonry, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to approval of the
Architect.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Joint Reinforcement: Install joint reinforcement for all masonry walls at 16" o.c., vertically laid in
the mortar bed with full width laps at splices and at comers to assure continuity. Reinforcement
shall extend to, but not through, control joints.
B. Ties (general): Brick Ties shall be sized so that they are embedded in a minimum of 2" in the
mortar joint; however, they shall not be closer than 3/4" of the finished face of the stone.
SECTION 00430
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS
List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and ail subcontractors
performing over 300 of the contract. List any Disadvantaged Business Enterprises
(DBE) participation.
ITEM
7/96 Section 00430 Page 1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNNERSITY
DIVISION 4 • MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 04150— MASONRY ACCESSORIES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES,PC
E. Weep Holes: Provide weep holes in veneer of cavity walls in base course by omitting mortar at
head joint at 24" o.c.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER.
SECTION 04465 - GRANITE - COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: Provide all materials, labor, equipment, services and incidentals required for the completion of the
section of work.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619
B. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A. ASTM C241 - Abrasion Resistance of Stone Subjected to Foot Traffic.
B. ASTM C 1028 - Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the
Horizontal Dynamometer Pull -Meter Method.
C. National Building Granite Quarries Association (NBGQA) Specifications for Architectural
Granite.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. SINGLE SOURCE:
1. Single Source Responsibility for Stone: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and
variety of stone from a single quarry. The quarry shall provide material of a consistent
quality in appearance and physical properties, and include the capacity to cut and finish
material without delaying the progress of the work.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Finished granite shall be carefully packed and loaded for shipment using all reasonable care and
customary precautions against damage. in transit. No material which may cause staining or
discoloration shall be used for blocking or packing.
B. Upon receipt at the site or storage yard, the granite shall be stacked on timber or platforms at least
4 inches above the ground. Extreme care shall be taken to prevent staining or discoloration during
storage. ,If storage is to be for a prolonged period, polyethylene or other suitable plastic fihn
shall be placed between wood and finished surfaces of completely dry stone. Polyethylene or
other suitable plastic film shall be used as an overall protective covering. Lewis holes shall be
plugged during freezing weather to prevent the accumulation of water. Salt shall not be used for
melting of ice formed in Lewis holes or on pieces, or for any purpose involving contact with the
granite.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. For the purpose of bidding and to establish the standard of quality and aesthetic goal expected on
this project, all materials pertaining to granite are those furnished by Cold Spring Granite
Company, Cold Spring, Minnesota.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. GENERAL: All granite shall be of standard granite, free of cracks, seams, or starts which may
impair the structural integrity or function. Inherent color variations, characteristic of the quarry
from which it is obtained, will be acceptable. Color and surface finish shall be in accordance with
samples approved by the Architect.
B. SCHEDULE: All granite shall be 12"xl2" tiles as supplied by Cold Spring Granite Company,
Cold Spring, Minnesota. The extent of the granite shall be as indicated on the Drawings. The
finished surface shall be polished unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or in the fmish
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER.
SECTION 04465 - GRANITE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
schedule. Each color of granite shall come from a single quarry, with sufficient reserves to satisfy
the requirements of the project, and the granite supplier shall have the capabilities to cut and finish
the stone without delaying the project.
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. ANCHORS: All anchors or anchoring devices coming in contact with the granite, shall be Type
302 or 304 stainless steel in accordance with ASTM A167 or Extruded Aluminum in accordance
with ASTM B 221, alloy and temper as required, minimum strength and durability properties of
6063-T6. Wire anchors not acceptable for exterior use. For specific application information,
refer to Section 1.09.A.2.
B. SETTING BUTTONS: Lead or resilient plastic setting pads, nonstaining to the granite, sized to
suit joint thickness and bed depths shall be used.
C. STEEL PLATES: ASTM A36.
D. STEEL TUBING: Cold formed ASTM A500.
E. REINFORCING WIRE MESH FOR PAVING: Galvanized wire fabric 2 inches x 2 inches 16
gauge or 0.0624 inch diameter complying with ASTM A185 and ASTM A82. For small mesh
with light traffic, 18 gauge galvanized hexagonal mesh (chicken wire) shall be acceptable.
F. PLASTIC TUBING FOR WEEPS: Medium density polyethylene, outside diameter of 1/4 inch
and of a length required to extend between exterior face of stone and cavity behind.
2.04 MORTARS
A. GENERAL: All methods of measuring, mixing, and handling of mortars shall be in strict
compliance with ASTM C270 —STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR MORTAR FOR UNIT
MASONRY. Use accurate measuring devices to mix mortar ingredients by volume. Mix colored
mortars separately and thoroughly clean vessels and mixing equipment between different colored
batches to avoid color contamination from each other. Maximum pot life and retempering shall
be as indicated in ASTM C270. Mortar joints shall be raked to a depth of no less than the joint
width. Joints shall be pointed after initial cure of setting mortars. When "thumbprint hard",
pointing shall be tooled to a concave profile using a striking tool with a diameter of 1 1/2 times
the joint width.
B. MIXES:
1. Mortar setting bed for Exterior Paving shall be Type S per ASTM C270.
Setting Bed for Exterior Paving shall be made up of one part Portland cement to three
parts washed sand. Add only enough water to dampen mixture.
2. Pointing mortar for Exterior Paving joints shall be Type N per ASTM C270.
2.05 FABRICATION
A. GENERAL: Fabricate all granite in sizes and shapes required as indicated on the Drawings and
on approved shop drawings. All granite shall comply with "Specification for Architectural
Granite" as recommended by the National Building Granite Quarries Association.
B. TOLERANCES: All granite shall be of the specified thickness and within a tolerance of plus or
minus 1/8 inch of the nominal thickness shown. For thicknesses greater than 2 inches the
variation tolerance may be plus or minus 1/4 inch of the nominal thickness. Overall face size may
vary plus or minus 1/16
inch in both height and width, including being out of square to that tolerance.
C. JOINTS: Joints of stone shall be square and true and at approximately 90 degrees to the face. For
exterior facing, joints shall be 3/8 inch wide unless otherwise noted.
D. ARRISES: All arrises shall be slightly blunted to remove the sharp edge and to reduce
chipping of the finished edge.
04465-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY -
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER.
SECTION 04465 - GRANITE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
2.06 QUALITY CONTROL
A. GENERAL: Establish and maintain a quality control system to ensure that all materials supplied
in this section meet or exceed the specified requirements.
3. EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. SURFACE CONDITIONS:
1. Prior to installing granite, examine the existing surface that is to receive the cut stone and
verify it is in accordance with the specifications and as indicated on the Drawings. Do
not proceed until defective surfaces are brought into compliance.
2. Verify measurements and tolerances and report in writing to the Contractor, conditions
that are not correct. This includes water tightness of sub -surface, installation of
anchoring accessories, and other mechanical devices required to be installed prior to the
installation of the cut stonework.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Prior to setting cut stone, clean all surfaces to remove accumulated dirt and stains. Clean
thoroughly by scrubbing with non-metallic brushes followed by a drenching with clean water.
Use only mild detergents that do not contain caustic fillers.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. QUALITY
1. Proceed with the installation of the stonework using skilled mechanics capable of proper
handling of the setting of the stone and able to field cut where necessary with sharp and
true edges.
2. Set stone in compliance with the approved shop drawings. Set with anchors, supports,
and fasteners, as indicated, to properly secure the stone accurately in the places indicated
on the approved shop drawings. Joints shall be uniform in appearance and edges and
faces aligned to tolerances indicated.
B. TOLERANCES
1. For variations from level on lintels, sills, parapets, and other horizontal lines, do not
exceed 1/2 inch in any bay or 20 feet maximum, or 3/4 inch in 40 feet or more.
3.04 ADJUSTING
A. Repair or replace stonework found to be not within the range of the approved mock up in
appearance or application including broken, stained or chipped stonework, or stonework not
properly fitted.
3.05 CLEANING
A. As soon as possible after installation, clean all finished stonework with a mild detergent using a
fiber brush. After cleaning, rinse with clean water. Do not use acid or other caustic materials.
When cleaning is completed, remove temporary protection installed during construction.
3.07 PROTECTION
A. At the end of each day's work, cover top of walls with a nonstaining waterproof covering. Protect
partially finished work when not being worked on.
04465-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY - TRANSIT CENTER.
SECTION 04465 - GRANITE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES R.C.
B. Protect sills, ledges, and other projections from mortar or other droppings during the process of
the work.
C. Provide work covers where needed.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
SECTION 04470-SANDSTONE TRANSIT CENTER
COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and installation of sandstone units complete, including:
A. Flagstone Veneer.
B. Thin Veneer Sandstone.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Site Concrete: Refer to Section 02619.
B. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100.
C. Masonry Accessories: Refer to Section 04150.
D. Sealants: Section 07900
1.03 SUBMITTALS: Furnish the following for Architect's approval:
A. Full size samples (4 units).
1.04 MOCK-UPS: Furnish the following for Architect's approval:
A. Visual Mock-up: A full sized mock-up of the approved flagstone in the approved finishes shall be
erected at a site agreed to by the Architect, Contractor, and the Fabricator. The size
and extent of the mock-up shall be in accordance with the Architect's design intent and as
indicated in the Architect's drawings. When mock-up is approved, it shall become the standard
for the project. Unless otherwise specified, the cost of the visual mock-up shall be included in the
cost of the flagstone. The purpose of the visual mock-up shall be to evaluate erection procedure,
evaluate the comparability of adjacent materials, evaluate caulking and mortar colors and textures,
and to provide an overall aesthetic standard for the project.
1.05 MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE: Guard against soiling, mutilation, or chipping while handling
and storing. Store in a manner that all units rest entirely clear of the ground.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SANDSTONE (NATIVE STONE)
A. Sandstone conforming to ASTM C 616 Class II, quartzitic sandstone:
1. Color range as selected by Architect and approved by the Owner to match existing at site.
2. Rough face finish.
3. Thickness: 4".
4. Size: Varies.
2.02 THIN VENEER SANDSTONE
A. Robinson Rock "Thinveneer" stone as supplied by Robinson Brick, Denver, Colorado, to match
appearance of existing flagstone as approved by Architect and Owner, or written approved equal
(refer to Alternate #3 in Bid Appendix A).
1. Stone shall be a mix of Canyon Wall "Regatta", "Rosa", "Sierra", and Mountain Summit
"Aspen Bark" as required to achieve an acceptable match to existing flagstone.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION: Set trim units by experienced craftsmen; set full stones plumb and true and with square
edges and uniform staggered joints. Joints to be caulked with silicone rubber sealant.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 04470 -SANDSTONE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
A. Set using Tile Council of America method W223, Organic Adhesive Method.
3.02 CLEANING: The face of sandstone units is to be kept clean at all times.
3.03 PROTECTION: Protect all sandstone work from damage of every description untilbuildingis completed.
Damaged or soiled stone shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS COOVER-CLARK& ASSOCIATES P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this Section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the fabrication, delivery and installation of all items of miscellaneous metal
complete, including:
A. Steel frames for roof openings.
B. Miscellaneous steel for lintels
C. Miscellaneous steel framing as indicated on the Drawings for the support of the work of other
trades.
D. Anchorage portions for items of work included in this section.
E. Shop painting and field touch-up painting.
F. Specialty Signage
G. Specialty metal trusses.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE:
A. Structural Steel - Refer to Section 05100.
1.03 SHOP DRAWINGS: Required for all miscellaneous metal items, the Contractor shall submit detailed shop
and installation drawings for review by the Architect, in accordance with General Requirements, Section
01000.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Unfinished Bolts and Nuts: Shall conform to ASTM A307, regular hexagon -bolt types.
B. Steel: Shall conform to ASTM A36
C. Washers: Shall conform to American Standard B27.2, type B
D. Anchors: Provide all sleeves, inserts and bolts required in conjunction with items of work
included under this section and under other trades where necessary for securing work in place.
Sizes, kinds and spacing of bolts and/or anchors not indicated or specified shall be as directed.
E. Welding Electrodes: As recommended by the American Welding Society.
F. Paint: For shop coat and field touch up of ferrous metals shall conform to the requirements of
FS-TT-P-636C.
G. Anchor Bolts and Anchors: Properly located and built into connecting work. Bolts and anchors
shall be preset methods to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately.
H. Iron Castings: Soft gray iron conforming to ASTM A48.
1. Steel Framing for Support Miscellaneous Items: Furnish and install all steel shapes where shown
and/or required for the support of other items of work. Framings shall be as detailed on Drawings.
Prior to fabrication, verify dimensions with fabricator of items to be supported.
J. Clip Angles: Provide clip angles as detailed. Weld in place or punch steel members and bolt to
masonry and concrete as required or shown.
2.02 FABRICATION:
A. Verify all measurements and make all field measurements necessary before fabrication.
B. Provide all materials and parts necessary to complete each item, even though such work is not
definitely shown or specified.
C. Miscellaneous bolts and anchors, supports, braces, and connections necessary for completion of the
miscellaneous metal work shall be provided. The necessary rebates, lugs and brackets shall be
provided so that the work can be assembled in a neat and substantial manner. Fastenings shall be
concealed where practicable. Thickness of metal and details of assembly and supports shall give
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 5 - METALS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 05500 - MISCELLANEOUS METALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
ample strength and stiffness. Where dissimilar metals are in contact, the surfaces shall be
protected with a coat of bituminous paint to prevent galvanic or corrosive action.
D. Items to be galvanized shall be hot -dip processed after fabrication. Galvanizing shall be in
accordance with ASTM Al23, Al63, or A386, as applicable.
E. Materials shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Assembled
pieces shall be taken apart, if necessary, for the removal of burrs and shavings produced by the
reaming operation. Parts not completely assembled in the shop shall be shipped secured by bolts,
insofar as is practicable.
2.03 SHOP PAINTING:
A. Finish painting of miscellaneous metal is included in Section 09900. Shop prime coat shall be as
specified herein.
B. Shop preparation: Chemicals, oils, weld spatter or other contaminates shall be removed by
washing with appropriate solvents of water.
C. Shop painting: All items included in this section (both exposed and un-exposed surfaces) shall
receive one coat of shop paint - 2.0 mils thick (dry film), plus or minus 0.2 mils. Paint shall be
applied by spray (no rollers, brushing or sipping will be permitted. Final surfaces of prime coat
shall be free of holidays, sags, runs, blisters, scratches, etc.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Install items in locations indicated on approved shop drawings. Splices and field connections
shall be made with bolts or welding.
B. Welding to or on structural steel shall be in accordance with the Code for Welding in Building
Construction of the American Welding Society.
C. Exposed fastenings shall be compatible materials, shall generally match in color and finish, and
shall harmonize with the material to which fastenings are applied.
D. Where dissimilar materials are in contact, the surfaces shall be coated with bituminous paint to
prevent galvanic or corrosive action.
3.02 FIELD ASSEMBLY: After assembly, the various members shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before
being fastened.
3.03 FIELD PAINTING: After erection, field connections, including welds, bolts, and all abraded places on the
shop paint, shall be painted with same material specified for shop coat.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOP - COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are hereby made a part of this section as fully
as if repeated herein.
1.02 SUMMARY: This section covers the preparing of surfaces to receive fire proofing, protection of adjacent
surfaces, spray fireproofing on steel beam and columns to provide I hour rated fireproofing and clean up.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: The applicator of firestop is to be licensed by manufacturer of firestop materials,
and is to provide in writing names of previous comparable type and size applications successfully completed on
time.
1.04 TESTING AGENCY: Inspection and testing is to be carried out to ensure that applied thickness and density
meet fire rating requirements and to verify installation meets reviewed test reports. Testing is to be paid for by
the Contractor. Correct unacceptable work and pay for further testing if required to prove acceptability. Patch
test areas as required to re-establish fire proofing integrity.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS:
A. UL Fire Hazard Classification.
B. ASTM E84 Test for Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.06 SUBMITTALS: Furnish the following for the Architect's approval:
A. Manufacturer's recommendations for fixing and application of firestop.
B. Two copies of certified test results of each of the following:
1. Fire test reports of firestop application to substrate materials similar to conditions expected
on project.
2. Reports of reputable independent testing agencies, of product proposed for use, which
indicates conformance with ASTM E814, ASTM E84, and UL-1479.
1.07 EXISTING CONDITIONS: Ensure structure and surfaces to which firestop is applied are not enclosed and are
open to view as much as is practical until application is reviewed.
1.08 WARRANTY: Provide certificate stating that firestop has been completed in full accordance with requirements to
provide necessary fire resistance ratings. Provide warranty stating that firestop will remain free from cracks and
checking for a minimum of 2 years from date of Substantial Completion, and that failure to provide such
performance will constitute reinstallation or repair to the satisfaction of the Owner at no additional cost.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: Nelson CLK Firestop Sealant by Hevi-Duty/ Nelson Products, Tulsa,
Oklahoma, or approved equal.
2.02 MATERIALS: One part firestop sealant with silicone rubber base, non -sag and self leveling.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION:
A. Clean substrate of dirt, dust grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which might affect bond.
B. Remove all incompatible materials which affect bond by scraping, brushing or scrubbing.
SECTION 00500
AGREEMENT FORMS
00510Notice of Award
00520 Agreement
00530Notice to Proceed
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07270 - FIRESTOP COOVER-CLARK 8 TRANSIT CENTERASSOCIATES, P.C.
C. Verify bond requirements and compatibility of surfaces to receive firestop materials.
3.02 APPLICATION:
A. Apply firestop in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Apply firestop in sufficient thickness to achieve rating.
C. Apply firestop over substrate with a standard caulking gun, building up to required thickness with as
many passes as necessary to cover.
3.03 CLEAN UP: Remove excess and overcaulk droppings and debris. Remove firestop from materials and
surfaces not specifically required to be firestopped.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 07900 - CAULKING AND SEALANT COOVER CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.0
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and installation of sealants complete, including:
A. Sealant for all translucent panels and connections at bus shelters.
B. Sealant for paving joints.
C. Caulking for general exterior use.
1.02 SUBMITTALS: Submit the following to Architect for approval:
A. Color Charts
B. Product literature.
1.03 FINAL SELECTION APPROVAL: Actual selected samples shall be installed over a section of the areas
to be used for comparison of material colors for final approval. In the event the actual installed sample
does not meet the approval of the Architect, the Architect reserves the right to have the Contractor remove
the caulking and install another selection at no additional cost to the Owner.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Sealants: Generally for all exteriorjoints and interiorjoints subject to movement: Shall be a
non -straining one component, rubber base compound conforming to Federal Specification
TT-S-00230b, Class B, colors as selected by Architect.
1. GRACE Construction Homflex One Component Sealant.
2. Sika Corporation, Sikaflex —2c NS
3. Products Research & Chemical Corp., PRC Rubber Calk 5000.
B. Caulking: To be used generally for interior joints without movement. Colors shall be as selected
by the Architect.
1. TREMCO Caulking Compound
2. DAO, Inc., Architectural Grade Caulk
C. Primers: As recommended by sealant manufacturer and shall have been tested for staining and
durability on samples of the surfaces to be sealed.
D. Backup Material: Shall be non -absorbent, non -staining, and shall be compatible with the sealant
used. Tube or rod stock when used shall be rolled into the joint cavity.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 DIMENSIONS OF JOINTS
A. Exterior and Interior Joints with Sealant: Depth ofjoints shall be equal to 1/2 the width with a
minimum depth of 1/4".
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION:
A. Concrete and masonry surfaces in contact with compound shall be dry, clean, sound, and well
brushed and wiped dust free. Back-up material shall be used in all joints and shall be inserted in
joint cavities to required depths.
B. Steel surfaces: Shall be scraped with wire -brush to remove loose mill scale. Dirt, oil, or grease
shall be removed by solvent cleaning and surfaces shall be wiped with lintless paper towels.
C. Aluminum surfaces: Shall be cleaned of temporary protective coatings. When masking tape is
used for a protective cover, the tape shall be removed just prior to applying the sealant. Solvents
used to remove protective coatings shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the aluminum
work, and shall be non -staining.
3.03 APPLICATION:
A. Sealant compound shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's directions.
07900-t
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 07900 - CAULKING AND SEALANT COOVER-CLARK 8 ASSOCIATES P.0
B. Sealant shall be installed in joints as shown on the plans, using a gun with proper size nozzles to
fit the various joint widths.
C. Surfaces of all material adjoining caulked joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of any smears of
compound.
D. Compound shall be applied properly to insure effective bond to masonry, wood, metal, and other
building materials and to form resilient, weatherproof, permanent joints.
END OF SECTION
07900-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
The General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions and Division I, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing of materials, equipment and labor required for the complete
installation of exterior glass and glazing.
1.02 LABELS: All glass shall be properly labeled as to manufacturer and type.
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: Shelters & Booths, refer to Section 13046.
1.04 SUBMITTALS: Furnish the following for the Architect's approval:
A. Manufacturer's literature
B. Shop drawings.
C. Sample of glass to be used.
D. Certification that glass meets the standards specified herein.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Exterior glass:
1. Exterior float glass shall be '/<" thick Lexan, tinted.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 GLAZING:
A. Tempered glass shall be installed in all locations indicated on the drawings, and in all hazardous
locations as defined by the Consumer Product Safety Commission Standard 16 CFR 1201.
B. Install glass in accordance with the drawings, and recommendations of the Flat Glass Marketing
Association Glazing Manual, latest edition.
C. All lites over 6 square feet shall be set upon 2 neoprene setting blocks, set at the 1/4 points.
Lengths of the setting blocks shall be such as to limit the load from the glass to 15 p.s.i., but not
less than 4 in length.
D. Frames shall be spot puttied before setting stops to prevent glass rattling.
3.02 CLEANING: After completion of the glazing, clean all glass, remove all decals, markings, dirt and excess
glazing compound.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS 8 COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES ` - TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 09310-CERAMIC TILE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and installation of ceramic tile complete, including:
A. Ceramic Tile at Display Panels
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: e
A. Mortar: Refer to Section 04100
B. Misc. Metals: Refer to Section 05500
C. Caulking and Sealant: Refer to Section 07900
D. Shelters & Booths: Refer to Section 13046.
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit manufacturer's full range of colors for Architect's selection. Obtain Architect's approval and
color selection before delivering any products to the job site.
B. Submit tile manufacturer's maintenance guides for Owner's use in maintaining all ceramic tile work
here specified.
C. Submit grout color chart for Architect's selection of grout in each area.
1.04 EXTRA STOCK: Supply extra 2% of each tile used in clean marked cartons for Owner's emergency use.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CERAMIC TILE:
A. - Ceramic Tile shall be Florida Tile Confetti Series, 6 inch x 6 inch, or written approved equal, up to
four colors selected by Architect.
2.02 SETTING MATERIALS:
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150 Type I.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C-206 or C-207 Type S.
C. Sand: ASTM C-144.
D. Water: Clean and potable.
E. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1.
F. Latex Mortars: ANSI A118.4.
G. Dry Set Mortars: ANSI A 118:1.
H. Grout: L & M CERAMIC MOSAIC GROUT, acid resistant type, color as selected by Architect.
2.03 SEALANT: White, fungicidal one -part silicone rubber, meeting Federal Specification TT-001542, Class A or
B (COM-NBS).
3 EXECUTION
3.01 ACCEPTABILITY OF SURFACES:
A. Before tiling, be sure variations of surfaces to be tiled fall within maximum variations of 1/4" x 8'0".
Report all unacceptable surfaces to the Architect, and do not tile such surfaces until they are leveled
enough to meet above requirements.
B. Before tiling, be sure surfaces to be tiled are free of curing membranes, oil, grease, wax and dust.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES - TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 09310-CERAMIC TILE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
3.02 SETTING METHODS:
A. Installation of Ceramic Tile:
1. Use standard TCA Method for setting ceramic tile over tile backer board.
3.03 GROUTING:
A. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions.
B. Remove all grout haze, observing both tile and grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of
acid and chemical cleaners.
C. Rinse tilework thoroughly with clean water, before and after chemical cleaners.
3.04 PROTECTION FROM CONSTRUCTION DIRT:
A. Apply to all clean, completed tile walls, floor, and ceilings, a protective coat of neutral cleaner
solution, 1 part cleaner to 1 part water.
B. Just before final acceptance of tilework, remove paper and rinse protective coat of neutral cleaner
from all tile surfaces.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION D9900 - PAINT COOVER CLARK S ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby
made a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and application of all materials as required to complete all
painting and finishing of surfaces, complete. The following list of items to be finished under this section,
in general, are:
A. Painting of all exterior exposed ferrous and galvanized surfaces, including items of miscellaneous
ferrous metals, exposed piping and equipment in conjunction with electrical work, and concrete
stain.
1.02 ITEMS RELATED WITH PAINTING INCLUDED IN OTHER SECTIONS:
A. Prime coat on structural steel and miscellaneous metal.
B. Prime coat on metal doors and pressed steel frames.
1.03 ITEMS AND AREAS NOT REQUIRING PAINTING AS PART OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION:
A. Exterior site concrete surfaces, unless noted otherwise.
B. Concealed structural steel.
C. Aluminum and brass.
D. Factory finished items (except prime coat only).
1.04 COLORS AND SAMPLES: Colors shall be determined by Architect. Colors shall be standard colors,
intermixes or let -downs, and the Contractor shall mix colors as required to match approved samples. The
Contractor shall prepare and finish in triplicate, on chips approximately 8" x 10" in size, dry specimens for
the approval of the Architect. In all instances, specimens shall be on the same type of material as that on
which it is to be used.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS: The painting formulas are based on the products of Benjamin Moore. Other
manufacturers are Sherwin Williams, Pratt & Lambert, Glidden, PPG Paint Co., and Devoe Paint Co., or
those approved by the Architect.
2.02 PAINTING SCHEDULE: The following paint formulations are based on products of Benjamin Moore &
Company, Kemiko, and Surtec, Inc. and are intended to establish type and quality which will be required
on various materials. The surfaces listed in the painting schedule shall receive the surface preparation,
paints and number of coats prescribed. Install all products per manufacturer's printed instructions. Piping
shall not be painted until the piping has been tested and approved. Federal Specifications listed are
included as generic standards for coatings intended for use.
1. Exposed exterior metals:
1" coat: IronClad Alkyd Low Lustre Benjamin Moore #163 or equal.
2°d coat: #185 Moorecraft Super Spec Low Lustre or equal.
3`d coat: Same as second coat
2. Exposed exterior metals - metallic:'
1" coat: M33/M34 Polyamide Epoxy Metal Primer
2"d coat: M74/M75 Alithatic Urethane Gloss Enamel
3rd coat: Same as second coat
CITY OF FORT COLLINS
BID PROPOSAL
BID #5
BID OPENING: SALE OF LOUDEN
AND NORTH LOUDEN IRRIGATION WATER
May 2, 2002, 3:00 p.m. (our clock)
WE HEREBY ENTER OUR BID FOR THE CITY OF FORT COLLINS'
REQUIREMENTS FOR SALE OF LOUDEN AND NORTH LOUDEN IRRIGATION
WATER PER THE BID INVITATION:
The City of Fort Collins, CLRS Department, is requesting bids to sell a portion of their
Louden and North Louden irrigation water. Four and three fourth (4 %) shares will be
sold to the highest bidder(s). This water can be purchased in individual shares or all
shares. The City reserves the right to award in the best interest of the City.
If no acceptable bid is received the bid will remain open until an acceptable bid is
received or the offer to sell is withdrawn.
The offer to sell the Louden and North Louden irrigation water may be withdrawn at any
time at the discretion of the City.
For Technical questions, please call Virgil Taylor, Project Manager at 970-221-6365.
For Purchasing questions, please call John Stephen, CPPB, Senior Buyer, at 970-221-
6775
BID SCHEDULE
I will purchase shares at $ per share for Total
FIRM NAME
Are you a Corporation, Partnership, DBA, LLC, or PC
SIGNATURE
ADDRESS
PHONE/FAX #
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 09900 - PAINT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
3. Stained Concrete Surfaces, submit colors for selection by Architect','
1" coat: 50% Kemiko Stone Tone Stain, 50% water
2°" coat: 50% Kemiko Stone Tone Stain, 50% water
3rd coat: Surtec, Inc. CL-630 waterproofing mixed with Surtec, Inc. Slowtrack anti -slip additive
per manufacturer's printed instructions
4' coat: Surtec, Inc. CL-630 waterproofing'
5`s coat: (if recommended by manufacturer depending on results of previous coats): Surtec, Inc.
CL-630 waterproofing
Contact Kevin Hunt with Benjamin Moore for application information: (303) 520-0012
'Contact Joan Ader for Kemiko Concrete Products, (303) 816-7022. Apply in accordance with
manufacturer's printed instruction. Protect concrete floor areas to be stained until final
acceptance. Soiling of unstained concrete surfaces will affect performance of stain, protect
surfaces during construction operations.
'Contact Kurt Grannis for Surtec, Inc. products, (510) 582-7800.
'Brush surface with floor or straw broom after 3rd coat is completely dried. If a significant amount
of loose material is removed, add Surtec, Inc. Slowtrack anti -slip additive per manufacturer's
printed instructions.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF SURFACES: Hardware, hardware accessories, machined
surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in contact with painted surfaces and not to be painted
shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected prior to surface preparation and painting operations.
Surfaces to be painted shall be clean before applying paint or surface treatments.
3.02 PAINT APPLICATION: The finished surface shall be free from runs, air bubbles, drops, ridges, waves,
laps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture, and finish. The hiding shall be complete, and each coat
shall be so applied to produce film of uniform thickness. Special attention shall be given to insure that all
surfaces including edges, corners, crevices, welds, and rivets receive a fihn thickness equivalent to that of
adjacent painted surfaces. Adjacent areas and installation shall be protected by the use of drop cloths or
other approved precautionary measures. Sufficient time shall elapse between successive coats to permit
proper drying.
3.04 CLEANING: Cloths and cotton waste that might constitute a fire hazard shall be placed in closed metal
containers or destroyed at the end of each day. Upon completion of the work, staging, scaffolding, and
containers shall be removed from the site. Paint spots, oil or stains upon adjacent surfaces shall be
removed and the entire job left clean and acceptable.
END OF SECTION
DIVISION 10- SPECIALTIES """"""' """"`•""'"AIC Un1VCKJ1rY
SECTION 10130 - VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS TRANSIT CENTER
COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and installing of Tackable Display Panels as shown on the
drawings, including all components for a complete installation.
1.02 WARRANTIES: Materials, labor and equipment shall be warranted to be free of defects for a period of one (1)
year from date of project acceptance by Owner.
1.03 SUBMITTALS: Furnish manufacturer's literature, color charts, and drawings showing sizes and details for
Architect's approval.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 VINYL IMPTREGNATED CORK: 48" Roll product as manufactured by AARCO Products, Inc. Color(s)
shall be selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard colors.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 Vinyl impregnated cork shall be installed at the locations shown on the drawings.
3.02 Installation shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements and recommendations.
3.03 Product shall be completely free of dirt, adhesive, and other foreign matter. Product shall be protected from
damage prior to, during, and after installation.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00510
NOTICE OF AWARD
Date:
PROJECT: CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER; BID
NO. 5700
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER")
You are hereby notified that your Bid dated , 20_ for the above
project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been
awarded an Agreement for CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
TRANSIT CENTER; BID NO. 5700.
The Price of your Agreement is
Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings)
accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered
separately or otherwise made available to you immediately.
You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days
of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by 20
1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the
Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract
Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page.
2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds)
as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article
5.1) and Supplementary Conditions.
Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle
OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare
your Bid Security forfeited.
Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to
you one (1) fully -signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents
attached.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
M
Tit
9/12/01 Section 00510 Page 1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 10 -SPECIALTIES TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 10400 - IDENTIFYING DEVICES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
The General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein. -
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY:
A. Section includes:
1. Identifying devices.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
A. Exterior Panel Signs: Provide new exterior signs to accomplish the following functions (exact
wording, color, style and other options to be selected by Architect):
I. Code required signage.
2. Emergency and life safety signage.
3. Miscellaneous signage.
4. Wayfinding Signage
1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Product Data:
1. Submit manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of sign
required.
B. Samples:
1. Submit samples of each sign form and material showing finishes, colors, surface textures
and qualities of manufacture and design of each sign component including graphics.
a. Submit full-size sample unit. Acceptable units maybe installed as part of the work.
C. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit shop drawings for fabrication, color and erection of identifying devices. Include
plans, elevations, and large scale details of sign working and lettering layout. Show
anchorages and accessory items. Furnish location template drawings for items supported
or anchored to permanent construction.
a. Furnish full-size spacing templates for individual structure -mounted letters and
numbers.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Manufacturer:
1. For each sign form and graphic image process indicated furnish products of a single
manufacturer with a minimum of 3 years successful experience in the types of signs
required.
B. Standards:
1. Provide life safety signage in compliance with applicable building codes and ADA
requirements. Signage shall meet requirements of UBC Section 1103.2.4.1.
2. Fabricate signs to meet ANSI A117.1 and the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
(UFAS).
3. All site signage and pavement markings shall meet AASHTO standards, latest edition.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Sign Materials:
1. Provide the following materials as manufactured by Best Mfg. Sign Systems, Kroy Sign
Systems, or approved substitute:
a. General Signage, including Raised Lettering and Braille Signage: ADA Integral.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS 8. COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 10400 -IDENTIFYING DEVICES COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
b. Site Signage
Accessories:
1. Mounting: Provide mounting accessories according to manufacturer—s written
recommendations for each type of mounting surface involved.
2.02 FABRICATION OF PANEL SIGNS:
A. General:
1. Fabricate signs to comply with requirements of referenced standards, as indicated below, or
as specifically approved.
2. Produce smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed
conditions within a tolerance of+/-1/16" measured diagonally from comer to comer.
B. Unframed Signs:
1. Fabricate unframed signs with edges mechanically and smoothly finished with square cut
edges and radiused corners.
a. Size: 6" x 6
b. Provide in type style as selected by Architect.
C. Provide 1.125" letter height for area identification, centered on a 2" base line with standard braille
lettering centered at the lower part of the sign face.
1. Provide raised copy and braille lettering in copy thickness not less than 0.03125" thick.
D. Provide International symbol for handicapped access on signage designated for those areas accessible
for the handicapped as required by UFAS.
E. Pictograms, if used, shall be accompanied with the equivalent written description placed below the
pictogram.
2.03 FACTORY FINISHES:
A. Colors and Surface Textures: Provide colors as selected by Architect.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Install sign units level, plumb and at height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other
defects of appearance.
B. Signs:
1. Wall -Mounted Units: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces according to manufactures
written recommendations.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT CITY OF TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 11000 - SECURITY EQUIPMENT COOVER-CL4RK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
The General Conditions, any Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing and installation of the project security system, complete.
1.02 WARRANTIES: Materials, labor and equipment shall be warranted to be free of defects for a period of one (1)
year from date of project acceptance by owner.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ENTRY SECURITY SYSTEM: Shall be Delta Scientific SG1420 Security Gate as supplied by Delta
Scientific Corporation, Valencia, California, or written approved equal.
2.02 EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROL ACCESS SYSTEM AT ENTRY GATE:
A. Security gate shall be Delta Scientific SG1420 with double reduction feature, or written approved
equal.
B. Gate arm shall be Delta Scientific SG 1420-11, 16 foot wood gate arm, white with black safety tape.
C. Heater package shall be Delta Scientific AG812-35 basic heater package, 60W.
D. Tape switch shall be Delta Scientific 2533-31.
E. Tape switch connectors shall be Delta Scientific 2533-32, 102A/B.
F. Manual crank shall be Delta Scientific SG 1420-26.
G. Radio receiver shall be Delta Scientific MPL-03, with antenna, standard unit, 310 MHz.
H. Transmitters shall be Delta Scientific MPL-04, two button. Provide eight (8) transmitters total.
1. Provide Delta Scientific 3546-3NP 120V Digital detector power resumption safety unit at each gate.
J. Detector harness shall be Delta Scientific 00O2-11, 11 pin.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION: Install all equipment in place with all necessary electrical hookups. Contractor shall also
provide all miscellaneous attachment devices required for complete installation.
3.02 ADJUSTMENTS: After all equipment has been placed and hooked -up, Contractor shall make any adjustments
required to put system and equipment in working order.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 13046 -SHELTERS & BOOTHS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
The General Conditions, and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1, General Requirements are hereby made
a part of this section as fully as if repeated herein.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK:
1. Furnish and install prefabricated shelter(s). Shelter(s) are to be constructed and installed in
accordance with specifications contained under 2. PRODUCTS and 3. EXECUTION. All parts,
components, and materials used in the manufacturing with a minimum 5 years experience in
manufacturing pre-engineered buildings. No matching of materials from different suppliers will be
allowed. All structures shall be provided by a single manufacturer.
1. Identifying devices.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Concrete. General Contractor shall block out openings in concrete slab at each column and/orrefer to
style of base connection detail chosen.
B. Paint. Refer to paint specifications for finish coat.
1.03 REFERENCES
ASTM A 500-501: Specifications for Structural Tubing.
ASTM A 446, GRADE A: Specifications for Steel Sheet.
ASTM A 36: Specifications for Structural Steel.
ASTM A 307: Specifications for Unfinished Bolts and Nuts.
ASTM A 48-83: Specifications for Gray Iron Castings.
1.04 SYSTEM DESIGN
A. Design of Shelter System shall be in accordance with applicable Building Codes and certified by a
Registered Engineer. Footing designs will require a Soils Sample provided by the Owner.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years experience in the manufacture and supply of pre-
engineered steel shelter systems. Manufacturer shall be active members of The American Institute of
Steel Construction. Manufacturer shall have demonstrated experience in AISC certified Category I
and Il construction. Manufacturer shall have a Certified Welding Inspector on staff.
B. Installation shall be in accordance with manufacturers shop drawings and directions.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data and samples.
B. Submit color chart for roof and, when necessary, submit color chart for steel structure.
C. Submit sample of cast iron collars and fittings.
1.07 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials to site undamaged. Store and protect materials onsite so that they will not be
damaged. Materials will be placed prior to erection so that water will drain and not accumulate.
B. Contractor and/or Owner is responsible for providing adequate space for unloading and storage.
Contractor and/or Owner must provide good access to the site and conditions adequate for off-
loading and erection by crane.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. Provide one year warranty that shelter structure and roof will not fail structurally due to defects in
materials or design.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 13046 - SHELTERS & BOOTHS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
1.09 ENGINEERING DATA
A. Wind load: Shelter(s) shall withstand a wind load of up to 90 mph.
B. Snow load: Shelter(s) shall support a snow load of 30 lbs. Psf.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. SKYLARK SHELTER SYSTEMS, manufactured by Central Denver IronWorks, Inc., Denver,
Colorado, 80216 (303) 433-3180 fax 433-3002.
B. Any equal alternates must be approved in writing by Architect 10 days before the bid date.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Columns, Beams, and Purlins shall meet ASTM Specification A 500. All other structural steel shall
conform to ASTM Specification A 36. All structural steel shall be primed and/or finish coated as
specified under SECTION D: PAINTING. Bolts, unless otherwise specified, shall conform to ASTM
Specification A 307. Field connections shall be bolted except at purling. Bolt heads shall be hidden
from view where necessary. Purlins are to fit into pre -fabricated saddles.
B. Rafters shall run continuous over the columns and extend uninterrupted 18" beyond the centerline of
the columns. They shall attach, using a bolted connection, to a continuous outside fascia tube with a
minimum thickness of 3". The dimensions of the fascia tube shall be a minimum 10" x 2" and will be
reviewed and approved by The Owner. No bolts shall be visible at this connection.
C. The inclusion of wood, aluminum flashing, light gauge framing and sheet metal judged to be
excessive by the Owner's Representative shall not be allowed.
D. All welds at column collars and other exposed welds shall be ground and sanded smooth.
No onsite welding will be allowed
E. Column Collars shall be Cast Iron or steel and conform to ASTM Specifications A 48-83.
F. Roof system shall be provided, complete with flashing, trim, and fasteners as required Roofing panels
shall be fabricated from 20 gauge galvanized steel sheet.
G. Roof system shall be composed ofpolycarbonate panels 5/8" thick by Polygal with complete integral
clip, batten and fastening system by the game manufacturer. Extruded aluminum trim member shall
be painted the color chosen by Architect.
3. EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall verify that shelter is installed straight and true. All structural welds on the shelter
shall be inspected by a Certified Welding Inspector paid for by The Manufacturer.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. " Install shelter(s) in accordance with manufacturer=s drawings and specifications.
3.03 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum variation from plan and drawings at embedded base plate: 3/16" radial variation from
centerline of column.
B. Maximum offset from true alignment between adjacent members butting or in line: None.
3.04 CLEAN UP
A. Installer shall clean up site and remove excess materials.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIV 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - SECTION 13046 -SHELTERS 8 BOOTHS TRANSITCENTER
ARK x e¢cnriwroc
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Contractor shall protect finished installation from damage due to other trades or accidents.
4 PAINTING
4.01 STEEL FRAME
A. Primer Paint: Devoe Paints Hi -Solids Alkyd Metal Primer or equal
B. Finish Coat: Devoe Paints catalyzed aliphatic -urethane system or equal
C. Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces consistent with SSPC SP 10 near -White Blast.
4.02 DENVER ROOF SYSTEM
A. Galvanize.
B. Apply conversion coat.
C. Primer Paint: Devoe Paints Hi -Solids Alkyd Metal Primer or equal.
D. Finish Coat: Devoe Paints catalyzed aliphatic -urethane system or equal
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010 — BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
Cf19AZIaIT."
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Certain labor, materials, and equipment may be furnished under other Sections of these specifications,
by Utility Companies or by the Owner. When this is the case, the extent, source and description of
these items will be as indicated on the drawings or as described in the specifications.
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, general and special conditions, Division 1 - general requirements and other applicable
technical specifications apply to work of this Section.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Basic Electrical Requirements specifically applicable to Division 16 Sections, in addition to Division 1
- General Requirements.
B. Description: Work shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment, supplies, and materials, unless
otherwise specified, necessary for the installation of complete electrical systems as required by the
specifications and as shown on the drawings, subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. The
Work shall also include the completion of those details of electrical work not mentioned or shown
which are necessary for the successful operation of all electrical systems.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted herein, except where more stringent
requirements are listed herein or otherwise required by the Contract Documents. A listing of
applicable reference standards is contained in Division 1.
B. Latest editions of the following:
1. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical.
2. ANSI/IEEE C2 - National Electrical Safety Code.
3. NECA - Standard of Installation.
4. Other references as listed elsewhere in these specifications
1.05 DEFINITIONS
A. "Furnish" or "Provide": To supply, install and connect up complete and ready for safe and regular
operation of particular work unless specifically otherwise noted.
"Install": To erect, mount and connect complete with related accessories.
C. "Supply": To purchase, procure, acquire and deliver complete with related accessories.
D. "Work": Labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories, and other items required for
proper and complete installation.
16010-1
I LUMNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERS17Y
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
E. "Wiring": Raceway, fittings, wire, boxes and related items.
"Concealed": Embedded in masonry, concrete or other construction, installed in furred spaces, within
double partitions or hung ceilings, in trenches, in crawl spaces, or in enclosures.
G. "Exposed": Not installed underground or "concealed" as defined above.
H. "Indicated," "Shown" or "Noted": As indicated, shown or noted on drawings or specifications.
I. "Similar" or "Equal": Equal in materials, weight, size, design, construction, capacity, performance,
and efficiency of specified product.
J. "Reviewed," "Satisfactory," "Accepted," or "Directed": As reviewed, satisfactory, accepted, or
directed by or to Engineer.
K. 'Related Work" includes, but is not necessarily limited to, mentioned work associated with, or affected
by, the work specified.
L. Refer to Article 100 of the currently adopted National Electrical Code for other definitions as
applicable to this project.
1.06 WORK SEQUENCE
A. Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Division 1 where applicable.
1.07 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The drawings indicate the general arrangement of circuits and outlets, locations of switches,
panelboards and other work. Information shown on the drawings is schematic, however, recircuiting
will not be permitted without specific acceptance. Drawings and specifications are complementary
each to the other. What is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. Data presented
on these drawings is as accurate as planning can determine, but accuracy is not guaranteed and field
verification of all dimensions, locations, levels, etc., to suit field conditions is directed. Review all
Architectural, Structural and Mechanical Drawings and Specifications: adjust all work to conform to
all conditions shown therein. The Architectural drawings shall take precedence over all other
drawings.
Prior to submitting a bid, visit the site of the job and ascertain all conditions affecting the proposed
installation and adjust all work accordingly. Make provisions for these costs.
C. Discrepancies between different plans, between plans and specifications, between specifications, or
re-ulations and codes governing this installation shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer in
writing before the date of bid opening. In the event such discrepancies exist, and the Engineer is not
so notified, the adjudication of responsibility shall be solely at the discretion of the Engineer.
1.08 COORDINATION
A. Prior to fabrication or installation of any electrical work, participate in detailed coordination planning
meetings with all other building utilities system trades, under the direction of the General Contractor,
so as to completely establish routings, elevations, space requirements, and coordination of access,
16010-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010 -BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
layout, and suspension requirements in relationship to the building structure and the work of all other
trades.
1.09 SUBMITTALS (Refer to Sections 01300.
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with provisions of Division 1.
B. Prior to submission, shop drawings, material lists and catalog cuts or manufacturer's printed data shall
be thoroughly checked for compliance with contract requirements, compatibility with equipment being
furnished by the Contractor or Owner, accuracy of dimensions, coordination with work of other trades,
and conformance with sound and safe practice as to erection of installation. Each submittal shall bear
Contractor's signed statement evidencing such checking.
C. Clearly mark each shop drawing as follows for purposes of identification:
1. Shop Drawing
2. Equipment Identification Used on Contract Drawings
3. Date
4. Name of Project
5. Branch of Work
6. Engineer's Name
7. Contractor's Name
D. Clearly mark printed material, catalog cuts, pamphlets or specification sheets, and shop drawings with
the same designation shown on the contract document schedules. Identify specific item proposed,
showing catalog number, recess openings, dimensions, capacities, electrical characteristics, etc.
Submittals which are incomplete will be returned to the Contractor without review.
E. Contractor agrees that submittals processed by the Engineer are not change orders; that the purpose of
submittals is to demonstrate to the Engineer that the Contractor understands the design concept; and
that the Contractor demonstrates this understanding by indicating which equipment and material he
intends to furnish and install and by detailing the fabrication and installation methods he intends to use.
P. Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions (which he shall confirm and correlate at the job site),
fabrication processes and techniques of construction, and coordination of his work with that of other
trades. The Contractor shall check and verify all measurements and review shop drawings before
submitting them. If any deviations from the specified requirements for any item of material or
equipment exist, such deviation shall be expressly stated in writing and incorporated with the
submittal.
G. Maintain one copy of shop drawings at the project field office until completion of the project, and
make this copy available, upon request, to representatives of the Engineer and Owner.
H. No equipment or materials shall be installed or stored at thejobsite until submittals for such equipment
or materials have been given review action permitting their use.
I. Shop drawings and manufacturer's published data shall be submitted for.
1. Lighting fixtures (catalog cuts)
2. Lighting Controls
3. Wiring Devices
16010-3
CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1.10 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain a contract set of electrical drawings at the site. Neatly mark all changes, discoveries and
deviations from the original drawings. Use a color which contrasts with the prints. This shall be a
separate set of drawings, not used for construction purposes, and shall be kept up to date as the job
progresses and shall be made available for inspection by the Engineer at all times. Upon completion
of the contract, this set of record drawings shall be delivered to the Engineer. Record documents to be
provided by the Contractor shall clearly and accurately show the following:
1. Major raceway systems, size and location, for both exterior and interior; locations of control
devices; distribution and branch electrical circuitry; and fuse and circuit breaker size and
arrangements.
2. Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from prominent building lines.
3. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials
installed.
1.11 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to those editions of the following as currently adopted by the local code enforcement
authority:
1. ANSYNFPA 70.
2. ANSUIEEE C2.
3. Comply with requirements of the utility and telephone companies furnishing service to this
installation.
4. Other requirements as listed elsewhere in these specifications.
B. Obtain electrical permits, plan review, and inspections from authority having jurisdiction in
accordance with Division 1.
C. The drawings and specifications take precedence when they are more stringent than codes, statutes, or
ordinances in effect. Applicable codes, ordinances, standards and statutes take precedence when they
are more stringent than, or conflict with the drawings and specifications.
PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Materials and Equipment: Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the use
intended, except where more stringent requirements are indicated by the Contract Documents.
B. Compatibility with Available Space: Equipment layouts shown are based on use of equipment as
specified. If the Contractor chooses equipment available from any other manufacturer listed as an
acceptable manufacturer, or offers equipment under the provision for substitutions, the Contractor
shall be solely responsible for first ascertaining that the offered equipment can be installed in the space
16010-4
SECTION 00520
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the
year of 20_ and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the
City.
The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and
(hereinafter called CONTRACTOR)
OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1. WORK
CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract
Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be
the whole or only a part is defined as the excavation and demolition, import
fill, grading, new utilities and modification to existing utilities, site
furnishing, landscape, concrete, stone masonry, structural steel, metals, custom -
fabricated bus shelters, special site equipment, site electrical systems and
lighting, and is generally described in Section 01010.
ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER
The Project has been designed by Coover-Clark & Associates, P.C., who is
hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities
and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES
3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within 91 days after the date
when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General Conditions and
completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the
General Conditions within 106 days after the date when the Contract Times
commence to run.
3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of
the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the
Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus
any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General
Conditions.
They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in
a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed
on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR
agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall
pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
available with ample clearances for maintenance. Include coordination drawings, as specified herein,
when required.
C. All equipment and materials installed shall be new, unless otherwise specified
D. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired, prior to final acceptance, in a manner
acceptable to the Engineer or Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner.
E. All electrical materials shall be acceptable for installation only if labeled or listed by a nationally
recognized testing laboratory and if accepted by local authorities.
F. All major equipment components shall have the manufacturer's name, address, model number, and
serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location.
2.02 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible.
Store sensitive products in weather -tight enclosures; maintain within temperature and humidity ranges
required by manufacturer's instructions.
For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground. Cover products
subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation.
C. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are
undamaged, and are maintained under required conditions.
2.03 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Any product meeting those
standards.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit
a request for substitution for any manufacturer not specifically named.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers without a Provision for Substitutions:
Products of named manufacturers meeting specifications; no options, no substitutions allowed.
2.04 PRODUCTS LIST
A. Within 30 days after date of Owner -Contractor Agreement, submit complete list of major products
required for submittal under these specifications, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model
number of each product.
2.05 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Refer to DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Substitutions.
2.06 GUARANTEE
A. The entire electrical system installed under this Contract shall be left in proper working order.
Replace, at no additional cost to the Owner, any work, materials, or equipment which evidences
I CCHNICAL 5FLCIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
defects in design, construction, or workmanship within two years, or as specifically noted elsewhere in
these specifications, from date of final acceptance.
0AMS1110031,
3.01 WORKMANSHIP
A. Install work using procedures defined in NECA Standard of Installation.
Workmanship shall conform to highest industry standards for each trade involved in erection of the
work.
C. Contractor's personnel and subcontractors selected to perform the work shall be well versed and skilled
in the trades involved.
D. Any changes or deviations from the drawings and specifications must be accepted in writing by the
Engineer. All errors in installation shall be corrected at the expense of the Contractor. All specialties
shall be installed as detailed on the drawings. Where details or specific installation requirements are
not provided, manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed.
E. Upon completion of work, all equipment and materials shall be installed complete, thoroughly
checked, correctly adjusted, and left ready for intended use or operation. All work shall be thoroughly
cleaned and all residue shall be removed from surfaces. Exterior surfaces of all material and
equipment shall be delivered in a perfect, unblemished condition.
F. Contractor shall provide a complete installation, including all required labor, material, cartage,
insurance, permits, and taxes.
3.02 CHASES, OPENINGS, CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Carefully lay out all work in advance so as to eliminate where possible, cutting, channeling, chasing, or
drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings and roofs. Any damage to the building, structure, piping,
ducts, equipment or any defaced finish shall be repaired by skilled mechanics of the trades involved at
no additional cost to the Owner and to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. Any necessary
cutting, channeling, drilling or welding as required for the proper support, concealment, installation or
anchoring of raceways, outlets, or other electrical equipment shall be performed in a careful manner,
and as approved by the Engineer.
B. All openings made in fire -rated walls, floors, or ceilings shall be patched and made tight in a manner to
conform to the fire rating for the surface penetrated.
C. All penetrations required through completed concrete construction shall be core drilled at minimum
size required. Precautions shall be taken when drilling to prevent damage to structural concrete. The
Contractor shall obtain permission from the Engineer before proceeding with drilling.
3.03 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS
A. Coordinate electrical systems, equipment, and materials installation with other building components.
If equipment of a different size is furnished by the Contractor, the Contractor shall furnish and install
the proper motor starter, fuses, circuit breaker, disconnect switch, wire and conduit required for the
equipment furnished, at no additional cost to the Owner and shall be approved by the Owner.
16010-6
CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
3.04 PROGRESS OF WORK
A. Order the progress of electrical work to conform to the progress of the work of the other trades.
Complete the entire installation as soon as the condition of the building will permit. Any cost resulting
from defective or ill-timed work performed under this Section shall be borne by this Contractor.
3.05 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING
A. Perform all trenching and backfilling required by work performed under this Section in accordance
with the excavating and grading specifications and as herein specified.
B. Excavate trenches to the depth required for the utilities involved. The trench bottom shall be graded
true and free from stones or soft spots, bottom of trenches must be compacted.
C. After installation of electrical work, backfill, tamp, and compact to insure against the possibility of
differential settling, in conformity with Division 2 Specifications. Verify location of existing or new
utilities and, if damaged by this Contractor, replace or repair.
3.06 ELECTRICAL COMPLETION
A. Indoctrination of Operating and Maintenance Personnel: Furnish the services of a qualified
representative of the supplier of each item or system itemized below who shall instruct specific
personnel, as designated by the Owner, in the operation and maintenance of that item or system.
Instruction shall be given when the particular system is complete, and shall be of the number of
hours indicated and at the time requested by the Owner. A representative of the Contractor shall be
present for all demonstrations.
System Hours Of Instruction
Lighting Controls 2
B. Operating and Maintenance Manuals and Parts Lists: Deliver three (3) complete operating &
maintenance manuals and parts lists to the Owner at the time of the above required indoctrination.
Fully explain the contents of the manuals as part of required indoctrination and instruct the Owner's
personnel in the correct procedure in obtaining service, both during and after the guarantee period.
The operating and maintenance manuals and parts lists shall give complete information as to
whom the Owner shall contact for service and parts. Include address and phone number.
Furnish evidence that an authorized service organization regularly carries a complete stock of
repair parts for these items (or systems), and that the organization is available for service.
Service shall be furnished within 24 hours after requested.
C. Operating and Acceptance Tests: Provide all labor, instruments, and equipment for the performance of
tests as specified below and elsewhere in these specifications. Submit three copies of a typewritten test
report to the Engineer for his approval.
1. For a seven-day period after building has been placed into normal service, record the full
load current in each phase or line at the main service entrance and submit to the Engineer.
16010-7
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16010-BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
2. Perform a careful inspection of the main switchboard bus structure and cable connections to
verify that all connections are torqued to manufacturer's recommendations.
D. Clean -Up: Remove all materials, scrap, etc., relative to the electrical installation, and leave the
premises and all equipment, lamps, fixtures, etc. in a clean, orderly condition. Any costs to the Owner
for clean-up of the site will be charged against the Contractor.
E. Acceptance Demonstration: Upon completion of the work, at a time to be designated by the Engineer,
the Contractor shall demonstrate for the Owner the operation of the entire installation, including all
systems provided under this contract.
F. Final acceptance by the Owner will not occur until all operating instructions are received and Owner's
personnel have been thoroughly indoctrinated in the maintenance and operation of all equipment.
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16111 -CONDUIT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.
Metal Conduit
B.
Flexible Metal Conduit
C.
Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit
D.
Electrical Metallic Tubing
E.
Nonmetallic Conduit
F.
Fittings and Conduit Bodies
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 1 - Cutting and Patching.
B. Division 2 - Trenching: Excavation and backfill for conduit and utilities on site.
C. Division 3 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Protective envelope for underground conduit
installations.
D. Division 7 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.
E. Section 16130 - Boxes.
F. Section 16170 - Grounding and Bonding.
G. Section 16190 - Supporting Devices.
H. Section 16195 - Electrical Identification.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated.
B. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.
C. ANSUNEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and Cable
Assemblies.
D. ANSIINFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
E. NECA - "Standard of Installation'.
F. NEMA RN 1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit
and Intermediate Metal Conduit.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16111 - CONDUIT - COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
G. NEMA TC 2 - Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and EPC-80).
H. NEMA TC 3 — PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.
1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduit Size: ANSI/NFPA 70.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of Section 16010.
B. Accurately record actual routing of conduits larger than two (2) inches or larger, regardless of
location (i.e., above ceiling, below slab, etc.). Dimension from building columns.
C. Accurately record actual routing of all conduits installed in and under the slab. Dimension
from the building columns.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products under provisions of Section 16010 and Division 1.
B. Accept conduit on site. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect conduit from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing above grade. Provide
appropriate covering.
D. Protect PVC conduit from sunlight.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Verify routing and termination locations of conduit prior to rough -in.
C. Conduit routing is shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Route
as required to complete wiring system and to coordinate with the work of other trades.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Size, unless otherwise specified:
1. Homeruns:
a. 1/2-Inch above accessible ceilings.
b. 3/4-Inch above unaccessible ceilings and in concrete slab.
16111-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16111 -CONDUIT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
C. 1-Inch below grade and below slab on grade.
B. Branch Circuits after the first junction point: 1/2-Inch C unless otherwise specified.
C. Underground Installations:
1. More than 8-Feet from Foundation Wall: Use PVC Schedule 40 nonmetallic
conduit, except as otherwise noted. Bends: Use rigid steel plastic coated conduit.
2. Within 8-Feet from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel plastic coated conduit.
3. Through Slab or Extension Above Grade: Use rigid steel with PVC coating.
4. In or Under Slab on Grade: Use PVC Schedule 40 nonmetallic conduit.
5. Minimum Size: 1-Inch.
D. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Use rigid steel conduit.
E. In Slab Above Grade:
1. Use PVC Schedule 40 nonmetallic conduit, unless otherwise specified.
2. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab: 3/4-Inch or as permitted by the Structural Engineer,
based on field conditions.
F. Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit if subject to physical damage. Thickwall
nonmetallic conduit in areas not subject to physical damage and acceptable to the local
authority.
G. Dry Locations:
1. Concealed: Use electrical metallic tubing.
2. Exposed: Use rigid steel conduit if subject to damage below 8-feet, otherwise use
electrical metallic tubing.
H. Products Not Permitted:
1. Electrical non-metallic tubing (ENT).
2.02 METAL CONDUIT
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1.
B. Intermediate Metal Conduit JMQ: Rigid steel.
C. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit.
2.03 PVC COATED METAL CONDUIT
A. Description: NEMA RN 1; rigid steel conduit with external PVC coating,20 mil thick.
16111-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16111 -CONDUIT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Description: Interlocked steel construction.
B. Fittings: ANSIINEMA FB 1.
2.05 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
A. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket.
B. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1.
2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)
A. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing.
B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel, compression or set screw type.
2.07 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
A. Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 80 PVC, Schedule 40 PVC.
B. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation".
B. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
C. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation.
D. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay -in adjustable hangers, clevis
hangers, and split hangers.
E. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel,
provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits.
F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of Section 16190.
G. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary
supports
H. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
16111-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16111 - CONDUIT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
H. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires.
I. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.
Route exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls.
K. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to building
elements and walls. Install conduit to achieve maximum clearances from ceiling. Minimum
clearance shall be 6- inches.
L. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. Dimension from building columns.
M. Do not cross conduits in slab except with written approval from the Structural Engineer.
N. Routing conduits parallel in the slab is prohibited except with written approval from the
Structural Engineer.
O. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping.
Maintain 12-inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104
degrees F.
Q. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter, de -burr cut ends.
R. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely.
S. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic
conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in
fitting. Allow joint to cure for twenty (20) minutes, minimum.
T. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknuts to fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet
locations and to cast boxes.
U. Install no more than equivalent of four 90-degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies
to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use hydraulic one-shot bender to
fabricate or factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2-inch size.
V. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit system.
W. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses,
control and expansion joints.
X. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples.
Y. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16111 -CONDUIT COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
Z. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of Section 16170.
AA. Identify conduit under provisions of Section 16195.
BB. Transition from underground nonmetallic conduit to above grade metal conduit or electrical
metallic tubing shall be made in or below the slab. The transition between nonmetallic
conduit and above grade conduit shall be made with a rigid steel, plastic coated elbow.
3.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using
approved materials and methods.
B. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack
with pitch pocket. Coordinate location with roofing installation specified.
END OF SECTION
1) Substantial Completion:
Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each calendar day or fraction
thereof that expires after the ninety-one (91) calendar day period for
Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially
Complete.
2) Final Acceptance:
After Substantial Completion, One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) for each
calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the fifteen (15)
calendar day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work
is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance.
ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE
4.1. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: ($ ), $_
Dollars, in accordance with Section 00300,
attached and incorporated herein by this reference.
ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article
14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by
ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions.
5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of
the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as
recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below.
All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured
by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions
and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and
in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work.
5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be in the
amount equal to the percentage indicated below, but, in each case, less the
aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall
determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the
General Conditions. 90% of the value of Work completed until the Work has been
50% completed as determined by ENGINEER, when the retainage equals 5% of the
Contract Price, and if the character and progress of the Work have been
satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER on recommendation of ENGINEER, may
determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain
satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work
completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial
Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 90% of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably
stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in
paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application for
payment.
9/12/O1 Section 00520 Page 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION - 16123 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Building Wire and Cable.
B. Wiring Connections and Terminations
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section
16111 -
Conduit
B. Section
16130 -
Boxes
C. Section
16190 -
Supporting Devices
D. Section
16195 -
Electrical Identification
1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, general and special conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements and other applicable
technical specifications apply to work of this Section.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted herein, except where more stringent
requirements are listed herein or otherwise required by the Contract Documents. A listing of
applicable reference standards is contained in Division 1.
B. NEMA WC 3 — Rubber -Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical
Energy.
C. NEMA WC 5 — Thermoplastic -Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of
Electrical Energy.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data under the provisions of Section 16010.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify that field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Conductor sizes are based on copper.
C. Wire and cable routing shown on Drawings is appropriate unless dimensioned. Route wire and cable
as required to meet project conditions.
16123-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION - 16123 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
D. Where wire and cable routing is not shown, and destination only is indicated, determine exact routing
and lengths required.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 16010.
Determine required separation between wiring and other work.
C. Determine routing to avoid interference with other work.
PRODUCTS
2.01 BUILDING WIRE
A. Thermoplastic -Insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 5.
B. Rubber -Insulated Building Wire: NEMA WC 3.
C. Feeders and Branch Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volt, insulation. THHNfrFIWN, or
XHHW.
D. Control Circuits: Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt insulation, THHN/I'HWN, or XHHW.
2.02 REMOTE CONTROL AND SIGNAL CABLE
A. Control Cable for Class 1 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper conductor. 600 volt insulation,
rated 60 degree C, individual conductors twisted together, shielded, and covered with a PVC jacket.
Control Cable for Class 2 or Class 3 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper conductor, 300 volt
insulation, rated 60 degree C. individual conductors twisted together, shielded, and covered with a
PVC jacket UL listed.
C. Plenum Cable for Class 2 or Class 3 Remote Control and Signal Circuits: Copper conductor, 300 volt
insulation, rated 60 degree C, individual conductors twisted together, shielded, and covered with a
non-metallic jacket; UL listed for use in air handling ducts, hollow spaces used as ducts, and plenums.
D. Install all remote control and signal cables in cable tray, raceways, or supported every 4'-0" on bridal
rings.
2.03 PRODUCTS NOT PERMITTED
A. Non-metallic cable (Type NM or NM-C)
B. Metal clad cable I (Type AC or MC)
16123-2
i C�MNIcAL arecir UAI wN5 CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION- 16123 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL WIRING METHODS
A. Use no wire smaller than No. 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits, and no smaller than No. 16
AWG for control wiring.
B. Use No. 10 AWG conductor for 20 ampere, 120 volt branch circuit home runs longer than 75 feet, and
for 20 ampere, 277 volt branch circuit home runs longer than 175 feet.
C. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway or cable.
D. Splice only in accessible junction or outlet boxes.
E. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. Make temporary connections
to panelboard devices with sufficient slack conductor to facilitate reconnections required for balancing
loads between phases.
F. Damaged conductors during installation shall be replaced.
G. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.02 WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS
A. Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. Use UL listed wire pulling lubricant for pulling
No. 4 AWG and larger wires.
B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all
mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed.
C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors.
3.03 CABLE INSTALLATION
A. For flexible connection to lighting fixtures. (Flexible connection not to exceed 6-0".)
B. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors.
C. Support cable every four feet and within 12 inches of every outlet box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting.
D. Cable shall not be used in emergency circuits.
E. Cable shall not be used as flexible connection to motors, transformers or other vibrating equipment.
F. Support cables above accessible ceiling, using spring metal clips or metal cable ties to support cables
from structure. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels.
G. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage.
16123-3
i ecnnwAL JYtGIhIGAiIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION - 16123 - BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
3.04 WIRING CONNECTION AND TERMINATIONS
A. Splice only in accessible junction boxes.
B. For No. 8 AWG and smaller, use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps.
C. Use split bolt connectors for copper wire splices and taps, No. 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated
conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of conductor.
D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors.
E. Make splices, taps and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors without perceptible
temperature rise.
F. Terminate up to #10 AWG spare conductors with wire nuts. Use electrical tape for spare conductor#8
AWG and larger.
G. Terminate aluminum conductors with tin-plated, aluminum -bodied compression connectors only. Fill
with anti -oxidant compound before installing conductor.
H. Use suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adaptors for connecting aluminum
conductors to copper conductors.
I. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated
conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor.
J. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8
AWG and smaller.
K. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG
and smaller.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Division 1.
B. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection.
C. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values.
D. Perform continuity test on all power and equipment branch circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing
connections.
3.06 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE
A. Concealed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways or cable as approved herein.
If specified, cables may be used for lighting fixture connections.
B. Exposed Interior Locations: Building wire in raceways.
16123-4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION — 16123— BUILDING WIRE AND CABLE COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
C. Above Accessible Ceilings: Building wire in raceways or cable as approved herein.
D. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Building wire in raceway.
E. Exterior Locations: Building wire in raceways.
F. Underground Locations: Building wire in raceways.
3.07 WIRE AND CABLE COLOR CODING
A. Wires No. 8 AWG and smaller shall be factory color -coded. Wire No. 6 AWG and larger shall be
color -coded with color tape 6-inch length of exposed ends, and at every accessible junction box on the
branch circuit or feeder.
120/208 Volts
A = Black
B = Red
C = Blue
Neutral = White
Ground = Green
277/480 Volts
A = Brown
B = Orange
C = Yellow
Neutral = Gray
Ground = Green
B. Maintain the color coding throughout the system from panel to the last device on the branch circuit.
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Prior to energizing, all feeders from transformers, switchboards, and building service cables, are to be
tested with a 500-volt insulation megohm meter to determine insulation resistance levels to assure
requirements are fulfilled. All field test data is to be recorded and submitted. Test is to include
meggering for one minute between conductors and between each conductor and ground. Cables are to
be meggered after installation with cables disconnected at both ends. The values must be not less than
as follows:
Conductor Size
(AWG or MCM)
#16 AWG to #8 AWG
#6 AWG to #2/0 AWG
#3/0 AWG to 500 KCMIL
Resistance
(Meeohms-1.000 It
END OF SECTION
200
100
50
16123-5
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 —ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16130 — ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Wall and Ceiling Outlet Boxes
B. Pull and Junction Boxes
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, general and special conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements and other applicable
technical specifications apply to work of this Section.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 7 - Firestopping.
B. Division 8 - Access Doors: Wall and ceiling access doors.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted herein, except where more stringent
requirements are listed herein or otherwise required by the Contract Documents. A listing of
applicable reference standards is contained in Division 1.
B. ANSUNEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies.
C. ANSUNEMA OS 1 - Sheet -Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports.
D. ANSUNFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
E. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings.
B. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Install at
location required for box to serve intended purpose. Include installation within 10-feet of location
shown. Refer to Architectural Drawings.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 OUTLET BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: ANSUNEMA OS 1; galvanized steel, with 2-inch male fixture studs where
required.
B. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, cast feralloy. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer.
Provide threaded hubs.
16130-1
I ECNNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16130 - ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1; galvanized steel.
B. Sheet Metal Boxes Larger than 12-Inches in Any Dimension: Hinged enclosure.
C. Surface -Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6; flat -flanged, surface -mounted junction box.
1. Material: Galvanized cast iron.
2. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws.
2.03 PRODUCTS NOT PERMITTED
A. Through -the -wall boxes.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling,
equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements.
B. Install electrical boxes to maintain headroom and to present neat mechanical appearance.
C. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only.
D. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6-inches from ceiling
access panel or from removable recessed luminaire.
E. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and
methods under the provisions of Division 7.
F. Align adjacent wall -mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices with each
other.
G. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas.
H. Do not install flush mounting boxes back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6-inch separation.
Provide minimum 12-inches separation between back-to-back boxes in acoustic rated walls.
I. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface
finish thickness.
J. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs.
K. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness.
L. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box.
M. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires.
f[iKbs7
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16130- ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
N. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is connected to two (2) rigid metal
conduits both supported within 12-inches of box.
O. Use gang box where more than one (1) device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box.
P. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.
Q. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations.
R. Large Pull Boxes: Boxes larger than 100 cubic inches in volume or 12-inches in any dimension.
L Interior Dry Locations: Use hinged enclosure.
2. Other Locations: Use surface -mounted cast iron box.
S. Minimum junction and pull box size 4-11/16" x 4-11/16" x 2-1/4".
T. Minimum outlet box size 4" x 4" x 1-1/2".
U. Minimum telephone outlet box size 4-11/16" x 4-11/16" x 2-1/4".
3.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS
A. Coordinate installation of outlet box for products furnished under other sections.
B. Coordinate locations and sizes of required access doors with Division 8.
C. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner only. Coordinate
masonry cutting to achieve neat opening.
D. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches and
backsplashes.
E. Position outlet boxes to locate luminaires as shown on reflected ceiling plan.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust flush -mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material.
B. Install knockout closure in unused box openings.
END OF SECTION
16130-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16170 - GROUNDING AND BONDING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C.
190 111L411Y.y
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Ground Rods: Copper or copper -clad steel, 3/4-inch diameter, minimum length 10-feet.
B. Mechanical Grounding Connectors: For all grounding connections above grade.
1. Manufacturer: Bumdy Electrical
2. Material: Copper.
3. Compression Type: Irreversible.
4. UL listed under Standard UL467.
C. Wire:
1. Material: Copper.
2. Size: As indicated on the drawings. When size is not indicated, size per Article 250 of NEC
requirements.
D. Grounding Connection Accessories:
1. Electrical insulating tape, heat -shrinkable insulating tubing, welding materials, bonding
straps, as recommended by accessories manufacturers for type service required.
E. Field Welding: Exothermic welded connections are required where grounding conductors connect to
underground grounding conductors and to underground grounding electrodes, and for bonding to steel.
All underground connection shall be exothermic welded.
EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder and branch circuits. Terminate
each ground conductor to the bushing and ground lug.
B. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance
with manufacturer's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturer's
torquing requirements are not indicated, connections are to be tightened to comply with tightening
torque values specified in UL 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding.
C. Provide code -sized ground cable bonding jumpers, installed with ground clamps, across all conduit
expansion couplings and fittings.
D. Route grounding connections, conductors to ground, and grounding conductors to protective devices in
the shortest and straightest paths possible to minimize transient voltage rises.
16170-2
5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount
sufficient to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price,
less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance
with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law.
5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in
accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the
remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said
paragraph 14.13.
ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the
following representations:
6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the
Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws
and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or
furnishing of the Work.
6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and
tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are
identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the
General Conditions.
6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes
responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to
supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may
affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR
considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract
Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of
paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes.
6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or
indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground
Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the
accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations,
investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or
data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by
CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within
the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the
Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the
General Conditions.
6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations,
examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16170-GROUNDING AND BONDING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
E. Provide a corrosion -resistant finish to field connections, buried metallic bonding products, and where
factory applied protective coatings have been destroyed, where subject to corrosive action.
F. Provide an equipment grounding conductor in all non-metallic conduits.
G. Provide an equipment grounding conductor in all flexible metallic conduits.
H. Grounding conductor in feeders and branch circuits extend ground conductor to switches, receptacle,
equipment enclosures, equipment, and panels etc. and ground as required.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Upon completion of installation of electrical grounding and bonding systems, the ground resistance
shall be tested with an earth ground resistance tester in accordance with IEEE 81, "Guide for
Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System".
Where tests show resistance -to -ground is over values in Table 1 below, Contractor shall take
appropriate action to reduce resistance to the values in Table 1, by driving additional ground rods; and
then retest to demonstrate compliance. All results shall be recorded and submitted.
Table 1
Earth Ground
Resistance to
Equipment Equipment (Ohms)
Pad Mount Transformer 5
Secondary Neutrals and Other Ground 10
END OF SECTION
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
SECTION 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES AND SEALS TRANSIT CENTER
COOVER-CLARIC 1C AQCnrIATec e,
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Conduit and equipment supports.
B. Fastening hardware.
C. Wall and floor seals.
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, general and special conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements and other applicable
technical specifications apply to work of this Section.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 3 - Cast -in -Place Concrete. Concrete equipment pads.
B. Coordinate size, shape and location of concrete pads with Division 3.
C. Refer to Section 16010 for coordination requirements.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted herein, except where more stringent
requirements are listed herein or otherwise required by the Contract Documents. A listing of
applicable reference standards is contained in Section 01091.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Support systems shall be adequate for weight of equipment and conduit, including wiring, which they
carry.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIAL
A. Support Channel: Galvanized or painted steel for non -corrosive environment.
B. Hardware: Corrosion -resistant.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Fasten hanger rods, conduit clamps, and outlet and junction boxes to building structure using precast
insert system, expansion anchors, preset inserts, or beam clamps. Do not use spring steel clips and
clamps; however, caddy fasteners are accepted.
16190-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16190 — SUPPORTING DEVICES AND SEALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
B. Use toggle bolts or hollow wall fasteners in hollow masonry, plaster, or gypsum board partitions and
walls; expansion anchors or preset inserts in solid masonry walls; self -drilling anchors or expansion
anchor on concrete surfaces; sheet metal screws in sheet metal studs; and wood screws in wood
construction.
C. Do not fasten supports to piping, ductwork, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
D. Do not drill structural steel members.
E. Fabricate supports from structural steel or steel channel, rigidly welded or bolted to present a neat
appearance. Use hexagon head bolts with spring lock washers under all nuts.
F. Install all free-standing electrical equipment on a 4-inch concrete housekeeping pad.
G. Install surface -mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
H. Bridge studs top and bottom with channels to support flush -mounted cabinets and panelboards in stud
walls.
I. Where conduit penetrates fire -rated walls, concrete and/or masonry walls and floors, it shall be
sleeved. Seal opening around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound.
J. Where conduit penetrates waterproofed floors or exterior walls subject to entry of moisture, provide
pipe sleeves two sizes larger than conduit, suitably flashed or sealed where appropriate. Seal annular
space around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound.
K. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise, route through
roof jack with pitch pocket.
L. No suspended conduit or box supports shall be less than 1/4" diameter steel rod. Rod used as pedestal
support is not acceptable. The contractor shall not use tie wire or wire of any type to support conduits,
junction boxes or pull boxes.
M. No more than five (5) 1/2" conduits, three (3) 3/4" conduits or two (2) 1" conduits shall be supported
on a single 1/4" diameter steel rod.
N. All conduits shall be supported by approved hangers. Supports installed and used by other trades such
as duct hangers, pipe hangers, ceiling hangers, etc. shall not be used for conduit support. No conduit
shall be hung from air handling duct of any type. Electrical conduit systems "shall stand alone."
O. All light fixtures shall be independently supported at opposite corners from structural steel or from
trapeze supported from structural steel by electrical contractor.
Wall -mounted fixtures shall be supported from building structure with approved backing support to
prevent any damage to the wall. y
Q. Concrete anchors shall not be used to suspend heavy electrical loads such as electrical switch panels or
four -inch and larger conduits. Anchors shall be designed to support conduits and cable tray when full
fitted to maximum capacity with cables.
16190-2
I CUNNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORA60 STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16190 - SUPPORTING DEVICES AND SEALS COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
R. Locate raceways a minimum of 12 inches from flues, steam lines, hot water lines, etc.
3.02 EQUIPMENT BASES
A. Provide equipment pad bases of concrete type, construction, and finish as herein specified. Bases shall
be of dimensions indicated or, where not specifically indicated or specified, dimensions shall be 4
inches height with width and length providing 4 inches of projection of base beyond outline dimension
of supported equipment.
Concrete shall be Class 3000, prepared in conformity with ACI301, ASTM C 33, and ASTM
C 94, as applicable. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment
supplemented by hand -spading, rodding, or tamping, using equipment and procedures for
consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309. Perform consolidation so that
concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into
corners. Perform curing of concrete by moist curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing, or
by combinations thereof, as directed or approved.
2. Provide oiled wood forms for concrete placement, adequately braced to ensure straight and
vertical sides for bases. Finished bases shall provide a 3/4-inch chamfer at all exposed edges.
Except where vibration attenuating base mountings are specified, provide No. 4 dowels
(conforming to ASTM A 615, Grade 60), grouted into place, for anchorage of bases to
substrate for all applications for which imposed strains or dynamic forces produced by
equipment operation introduce the possibility of displacement of bases. Spacing of dowels
shall be not less than 24 inches o.c., with a minimum of 4 dowels for each base.
3. Bases where indicated shall be reinforced by installation of 6 x 6 No. 8 AWG welded wire
fabric conforming to ASTM A 185. Apply measures, during concrete placement, to ensure
that fabric remains vertically centered in bases.
4. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with straightedge and strikeoff. Do not disturb slab
rior to beginning finishing operations. Float finish surfaces and provide steel
surfaces p
trowel final finish.
B. For all equipment to be installed on concrete bases or other concrete construction, provide templates,
anchor bolts, and accessories as required. When installing equipment, set equipment into final position,
shim equipment bases, skids or rails for level positioning, and install non -shrink grout for uniform
support, and securely bolt into final position.
END OF SECTION
16190-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16195— ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Buried and Duct Bank Warnings
B. Electrical Power, Control and Communication Conductors and Conduit
C. Operational Instructions and Warnings
D. Danger Signs
E. Equipment/System Identification Signs
1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings, general and special conditions, Division 1 - General Requirements and other applicable
technical specifications apply to work of this Section.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 9 - Painting.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted herein, except where more stringent
requirements are listed herein or otherwise required by the Contract Documents. A listing of
applicable reference standards is contained in Division 1.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. ANSI Compliance: Applicable requirements of ANSI A13.1, 'Piping and Piping Systems".
B. FS Compliance: Applicable requirements of FS L-P-387 'Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting
(for designation plates)".
C. UL Compliance: Applicable requirements of UL Standard 969, "Marking and Labeling Systems,"
pertaining to electrical identification systems.
D. NEMA Compliance: Applicable requirements of NEMA Standard Nos. WC-1 and WC-2 pertaining to
identification of power and control conductors.
E. Comply with "OSHA" sign standards for danger, caution, warning, etc.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1.
16195-1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
B. Include schedule for all specified applications of electrical identification.
PRODUCTS
2.01 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION MATERIALS
A. General: The manufacturer's standard products of categories and types required are to be used for
each application.
Underground Type Plastic Line Marker:
Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright -colored, continuous -printed plastic tape, intended
for direct -burial service; not less than 6-inches wide x 4 mils thick. Printing is required on
tape, which most accurately indicates type of service.
2. Color: Yellow
C. Cable/Conductor Identification Bands:
For cables smaller than No. 2/0 manufacturer's standard vinyl -cloth self-adhesive
cable/conductor markers of wrap -around type, either prenumbered plastic coated type, or
write -on type with clear plastic self-adhesive cover flap are to be used and numbered to show
circuit identification.
2. For cables No. 2/0 AWG and larger, heat shrink sleeving is to be used for phase color
coding.
D. Plasticized Tags:
1. Manufacturer's standard preprinted or partially preprinted accident -prevention and
operational tags, on plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing,
approximately 3-1/4-inch x 5-5/8-inch, with brass grommets and wire fasteners, and with
appropriate preprinted wording including large -size primary wording, e.g., DANGER,
CAUTION, DO NOT OPERATE.
E. Baked Enamel Danger Signs:
Manufacturer's standard "DANGER" signs of baked enamel finish on 20-gauge steel; of
standard Red, Black and White graphics; 14-inch x 10-inch size except where 10-inch x 7-
inch is the largest size which can be applied where needed; with recognized standard
explanation wording, e.g., XXXX VOLTS, KEEP AWAY, BURIED CABLE, DO NOT
TOUCH SWITCH, etc.
F. Engraved Plastic -Laminate Signs:
1. Engraved stock melamine plastic laminate, complying with FS L-P-387, in sizes and
thicknesses indicated, engraved with engraver's standard letter style of sizes and wording
indicated, Black face and White core (White letters on a Black background) except as
16195-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16195— ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
otherwise required (emergency power and fire alarm shall be Red with White letters),
punched for mechanical fastening with a minimum of two (2) screws.
2. Thickness: 1/16-Inch, for units up to 20 square inches or 8-inch length; 1/8-inch for larger
units.
3. Fasteners: A minimum of two (2) self -tapping stainless steel screws.
4. Minimum letter height shall be as follows:
a. 1/4-Inch:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
G. Lettering and Graphics:
Panelboard name.
Switchboard name.
Transformer name.
Transformer switch name.
System control panel name.
Voltage rating.
Ampere rating.
Source circuit ("Fed from Normal or Generator').
Individual circuit breaker number and load name.
Individual switch circuit number and load name.
Individual motor starter circuit number and load name.
Individual indicating light function.
Individual pushbutton function.
Individual selector switch functions.
1. Names, abbreviations and other designations used in electric identification work are to be
coordinated with corresponding designation shown, specified or scheduled. Numbers,
lettering and wording as required or as recommended by manufacturer or as required for
proper identification and operation/maintenance of electrical systems and equipment.
LZ"4 *811 effl
3.01 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION
A. General Installation Requirements:
Regulations: Governing regulations and requests of governing authorities are to be complied
with for identification of electrical work
B. Underground Conduit and Ductbank Identification:
During back-filling/top-soiling of each exterior underground conduit and ductbank, a
continuous underground -type plastic line marker, located directly over conduit or ductbank at
12-inches below finished grade or 4-inches below paving, shall be provided.
16195-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16195 — ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
C. Cable/Conductor Identification:
The application of cable/conductor identification, with circuit number, on each
cable/conductor in each box/enclosure/cabinet where wires of more than one circuit or
communication/signal system are present is required. The identification is to match the
marking system used in panelboards, shop drawings, contract documents, and similar
previously established identification for project's electrical work.
D. Junction Box and Pull Box Identification:
On the Cover of each junction box and pull box: The panel name and circuit number(s) of the
enclosed conductors are to be legibly written with a Black permanent ink broad tip marking
pen and the system identified for FA (Fire Alarm) EM (Emergency) PA (Public Address), S
(Security) TC (Temperature Control).
2. Covers for emergency system junction boxes and pull boxes shall be painted Yellow.
Covers for the Fire Alarm System junction boxes and pull boxes shall be painted Red.
E. Device Plates:
1. Label inside of all cover plate with panel name and circuit number with Black permanent
marking pen.
Operational Identification and Warnings:
Wherever required to ensure safe and efficient operation and maintenance of electrical
systems, and electrically connected mechanical systems and general systems and equipment,
including prevention of misuse of electrical facilities by unauthorized personnel, self-
adhesive plastic signs or similar equivalent identification, instruction or warnings on
switches, outlets and other controls, devices and covers of electrical enclosures shall be
provided. Where detailed instructions or explanations are needed, provide plasticized tags
with clearly written messages adequate for intended purposes.
G. Caution Signs:
1. The following caution sign is to be provided for all circuit breakers and switchboards where
turning off a circuit will automatically start an emergency operation:
"CAUTION TURNING OFF THIS CIRCUIT WILL
AUTOMATICALLY START EMERGENCY OPERATION."
2. The following caution sign is to be provided for all automatic transfer switches, switches,
circuit breakers, equipment, and emergency panels that are energized by the emergency
power system:
"CAUTION AUTOMATICALLY ENERGIZED BY
EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM."
16195-4
i Ma nMl � orMwncAI wrvs CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16195 - ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES, P.C.
H. Equipment/System Identification:
1. An engraved plastic -laminated sign is to be provided on each major unit of electrical
equipment in the building; including central or master unit of each electrical system including
communication/controVsignal/alarm systems, unless unit is specified with its own self-
explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single
line of text, letter height as specified, black lettering on white field. Provide text matching
terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. The sign shall
include unit designation, source circuit number, circuit voltage, and other data specifically
indicated. Also, the sign shall indicate normal source circuit number ("Fed from ...") and
emergency source circuit number when the equipment is a transfer switch or fed directly from
a transfer switch. Include signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work:
a. Switchboards, panelboards (include main bus ampacity on sign), electrical cabinets
and enclosures.
b. Access panel/doors to electrical facilities.
C. Disconnect switch.
d. Push buttons, selector switches, indicating lights. (Circuit number and voltage not
required on sign).
e. Power transfer equipment: Contactors and transfer switches.
I. Power generating units.
g. Telephone cabinets and switching equipment. (Circuit number and voltage not
required on sign.)
h. Fire Alarm Control Panel.
2. The installation of signs are required at locations indicated or, where not otherwise indicated,
at location for best convenience of viewing without interference with operation and
maintenance of equipment. The sign shall be secured to the substrate with fasteners, except
use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate substrate.
END OF SECTION
16195-5
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16530— SITE LIGHTING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES. P.C.
PART 1-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Exterior luminaires and accessories.
B. Poles.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Division 3: Foundations for poles.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ANSI C78.379 - Electric Lamps - Incandescent and High -Intensity Discharge Reflector Lamps -
Classification of Beam Patterns.
B. ANSI C82.1 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps -Specifications.
C. ANSI C82.4 - Ballasts for High -Intensity -Discharge and Low Pressure Sodium Lamps
(Multiple -Supply Type).
1. IES RP-20 - Lighting for Parking Facilities.
2. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
A. Section 16010: Procedures for submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire which is not a standard
Product of the manufacturer.
C. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Section 16010 and Division 1: Deliver, handle, store, and protect products.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations.
1.07 EXTRA PRODUCTS
A. Furnish two of each type and wattage lamp installed.
B. Furnish two of each type and wattage ballast installed.
16530-1
SECTION 00020
INVITATION TO BID
Date: April 4, 2002
Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred
to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on
April 29, 2002, for the City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Transit Center; Bid No. 5700. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215
North Mason Street, 2"d Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the
mailing address is P. 0. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580.
At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly
received will be publicly opened and read aloud.
The Contract Documents provide for site excavation and demolition, import fill,
grading, new utilities and modification to existing utilities, site furnishing,
landscape, concrete, stone masonry, structural steel, metals, custom -fabricated
bus shelters, special site equipment, site electrical systems and lighting.
This is a Federally Funded project with Davis -Bacon wages and DBE participation.
All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with The City
of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524.
Contract Documents will be available April 8, 2002.
Copies of the Contract Documents, complete with Construction Specifications and
Drawings, may be obtained from Purchasing Division at 215 North Mason St., 2nd
floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80521 upon payment of a refundable fee of Fifty
Dollars ($50.00) per set. No partial sets will be issued.
The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined at:
1. City of Fort Collins, Purchasing Division.
2. The Daily Journal, 2000 S. Colorado Blvd. Suite 2000, Denver, Colorado.
3. CMD Denver Plan Room, 9250 E Costilla Ave, STE 400, Englewood, CO
4. Builders Exchange, 223 South Link Lane, Fort Collins, Colorado.
5. The Plan Room, 2176 South Jasmine St. Door "E"/Suite 219, Denver, Colorado.
A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will
be held at 1:30 p.m. on April 11, 2002, at the site location on CSU's campus, the
South West side of the parking lot just North of the Lory Student Center. You
will be meeting with Cass Beitler, CSU Project Manager, Architect and John
Stephen, Senior Buyer for the City of Fort Collins Purchasing.
Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid
proposal at this meeting.
Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents.
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 1
conditions of the Contract Documents.
6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors
or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written
resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR.
ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions,
Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of "Contract
Documents" in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are
referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this
reference.
7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related
actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents
and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to,
the following:
7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion
7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance
7.2.3Lien Waiver Releases
7.2.4 Consent of Surety
7.2.5Application for Exemption Certificate
7.2.6 Application for Payment
7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets with the following
general title: Drawing Index: CS-1 Cover Sheet, CS-2 Construction Phase Plan, D-1
Demolition Plan, L-1 Site/Planting Layout, L-2 Planting/Site Details, C-1
Existing Conditions, C-2 Grading & Drainage Plan, C-3 Construction Details, C-4
Construction Details, A-1 Phase/Site Plan, A-2 Enlarged Site Plan, A-3 Canopy
Plans, Elevations, Details, A-4 Site Elevations & Details, A-5 Signage Detalis,
E0.1 Electrical Legend & Fixture Details, E1.1 Electrical Site Plan, E7.1
Electrical One -Line Diagram, E7.2 Electrical One -Line Diagram, E8.1 Electrical
Detail Sheet.
The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any
revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated.
7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive.
7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other
documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant
to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions.
7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or
incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be
amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the
General Conditions.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16530—SITE LIGHTING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRES AND ACCESSORIES
A. Furnish Products as scheduled. Refer to Section 16010 for substitutions and product options.
2.02 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID) BALLAST
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
General Electric.
Advance.
Universal.
1. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010.
B. Description: ANSI C82.4, metal halide lamp ballast.
C. Provide ballast suitable for lamp specified.
D. Voltage: Match luminaire voltage.
2.03 LAMPS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers:
General Electric
Osram Sylvania
Phillips
1. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010.
B. Lamp Types: As specified for luminaire. Refer to Section 16010 for substitutions and product
options.
C. Reflector Lamp Beam Patterns: ANSI C78.379.
2.04 POLES
A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Architectural Area Lighting
1. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010.
2. Sidewalk: Round straight 14'-3".
3. Parking: Round, tapered, 30-foot heavy-duty.
4. Material and Finish: Match fixture.
16530-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16530— SITE LIGHTING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
5. Section Shape and Dimensions: Straight round.
B. Accessories:
I. Handhole.
2. Anchor bolts.
C. Loading Capacity Ratings:
1. Steady Wind: 110 miles per hour, minimum.
3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Provide concrete bases for lighting poles at locations indicated, in accordance with Section 03300.
B. Install poles plumb. Provide double nuts to adjust plumb. Grout around each base.
C. Install lamps in each luminaire.
D. Bond luminaires, metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for improper connections and
operation.
B. Measure illumination levels to verify conformance with performance requirements.
C. Take measurements during night sky, without moon or with heavy overcast clouds effectively
obscuring moon.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Aim and adjust luminaires to provide illumination levels and distribution as directed.
3.04 CLEANING
A. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials.
B. Remove dirt and debris from enclosure.
C. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer.
D. Clean finishes and touch up damage.
16530-3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CITY OF FORT COLLINS & COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY
DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL TRANSIT CENTER
SECTION 16530—SITE LIGHTING COOVER-CLARK & ASSOCIATES P.C.
3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
16530-4
APPENDIX A
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
PROPOSED CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND
COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER
SOUTH OF W. PLUM, EAST OF LAGOON, AND
NORTH OF LORY STUDENT CENTER
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
TERRACON PROJECT NO.20015282
JANUARY 31, 2002
r Prepared for:
CITY OF FORT COLLINS — FACILITIES
P.O. BOX 580
117 NORTH MASON STREET
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80524
ATTN: MR. STEVE WHITE
Prepared by:
Terracon
301 North Howes Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521
1rerraco
January 31, 2002 Irerracon
301 N. Howes • P.O. Box 503
Fort Collins, Colorado 80521-0503
(970) 484-0359 Fax: (970) 484-0454
_ City of Fort Collins - Facilities
P.O. Box 580
117 North Mason Street
Fort Collins, Colorado 80524
Attn: Mr. Steve White
Re: Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed City of Fort Collins and
Colorado State University Transit Center Facility
South of West Plum Street, East of Lagoon, and North of Lory Student Center
Fort Collins, Colorado
Terracon Project No. 20015282
Terracon has completed a geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed City of
Fort Collins and Colorado State University Transit Center Facility situated north of the Lory
Student Center, south of West Plum Street, and east of the existing lagoon located on the
Colorado State University's Main Campus, in Fort Collins, Colorado. This study was
perrorm�d in general accordance with our Proposal No. D2001438 dated December 18,
2001.
The project as we understand will be constructed 'in two phases. The first phase will
consist of the concrete paved areas for the bus lanes along with the bus shelters. The
second phase will include an addition to the existing Lory Student Center, of which plans
- have not been finalized at this time -
The results of our engineering study, including the boring location diagram, laboratory test
results, test boring records, and the geotechnical recommendations needed to aid in the
design and construction of foundations, pavement, and other earth connected- phases of
this project are attached.
Approximately 1 to 3-inches of asphalt pavement underlain by approximately 3 to 5-inches
of aggregate road base material was encountered at the surface of Test Boring Nos. 2, 3,
4, 8, and 9. An approximate 6-inch layer of silty topsoil was encountered at the surface of
Test Boring Nos. 1, 5, 6, and 7. The subsurface soils immediately underlying the
pavement section and topsoil consisted of sandy lean clay fill material. Underlying the fill
material was native sandy lean clay, silty sand, and silty sand with gravel extending to the
depths explored and/or to the bedrock below. Sandstone/siltstone bedrock was
Arizona ■ Arkansas ■ Colorado ■ Georgia ■ Idaho ■ Illinois ■ Iowa ■ Kansas ■ Kentucky ■ Minnesota ■ Missouri
Montana ■ Nebraska ■ Nevada ■ New Mexico ■ Oklahoma ■ Tennessee ■ Texas ■ Utah ■ Wisconsin ■ Wyoming
Quality Engineering Since 1965
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
_ Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282 ' -
encountered in Test Boring Nos. 5, 6 and 7 at approximate depths of 5 to 8-1/2 feet below
existing site grades. Groundwater was encountered in Test Boring Nos. 6 and 7 at
approximate depths of 7 feet below existing site grades during initial drilling operations.
The test boring holes were backfilled immediately after completion; therefore, stabilized
water levels were not obtained.
The results of our field exploration and laboratory testing completed for this study indicate
that the soils and bedrock at the site have a low to moderate expansive potential. The
soils and/or bedrock at anticipated foundation bearing depths has moderate foundation
support capabilities.
Based on the subsurface conditions encountered, the type of construction proposed for the
Phase 2 portion of the facility (i.e. the addition to the Lory Student Center) and the
anticipated wall and column loads being on the order of 1 to 4 klf and 50 to 200 kips,
respectively, it is recommended the building addition be supported on a grade beam and
straight shaft pier/caisson foundation system. It is also recommended to support the lightly
loaded bus shelter structures on a spread footing/deadman foundation system to resist
uplift forces. Conventional slab -on -grade construction is feasible for the proposed
structure. Other design and construction recommendations, based upon geotechnical
conditions., are presented in the report.
We appreciate being of service to you in the geotechnical engineering phase of this
project, and are prepared to assist you during the construction phases as well. If you have
any questions concerning this report or any of our testing, inspection, design and
consulting services please do not hesitate to contact us.
Sincerely, p REG/
TERRACON Q:�o'A
4,
Gary L. Wilson, E.I.T. David A. Richer,�� •°~'••» ���
Geotechnical Engineer Geotechnical Engis/ E�ment Manager
Copies to: Addressee (4)
Coover-Clark & Associates (2): Mr. Dave Clark
Huitt-Zolars, Inc. (1): Woody
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Letter of Transmittal.............Page No,
.............................. .......................... ................ ..........i
INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................1
PROPOSEDCONSTRUCTION............................................................................................2
SITEEXPLORATION...........................................................................................................2
FieldExploration................................................................................... 2
....................
SITECONDITIONS...............................................................................................................3
— SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS..............................................................................................4
Geology.......................................................................................................................4
_ Soil and Bedrock Conditions.......................................................................................4
Field and Laboratory Test Results...............................................................................5
GroundwaterConditions.............................................................................................5
— ENGINEERING ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS...................................................6
GeQlechNeal Considerations.......................................................................................6
_ Fo'undation Systems....................................................................................................6
LateralEarth Pressures.............................................................................................10
Seismic Considerations ................ ............ ..................................
.............. ................. 11
_ Floor Slab Design and Construction ................... .......... ..... ..........
............. .................11
Earthwork..................................................................................................................15
General Considerations....................................................................................15
SitePreparation...............................................................................................15
Subgrade Preparation......................................................................................16
Fill Materials and Placement............................................................................16
Excavation and Trench Construction...............................................................17
Additional Design and Construction Considerations..................................................18
Exterior Slab Design and Construction ...........................................
.............. :... 18
Underground Utility Systems............................................................................18
CorrosionProtection.........................................................................................18
SurfaceDrainage.............................................................................................19
GENERALCOMMENTS.....................................................................................................19
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
APPENDIX A
Site Plan
Logs of Borings
APPENDIX B
Laboratory Test Results
APPENDIX C
General Notes
Pavement Notes
iv
- GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT
PROPOSED CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND
COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER
SOUTH OF W. PLUM, EAST OF LAGOON, AND
NORTH OF LORY STUDENT CENTER
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO
TERRACON PROJECT NO. 20015282
JANUARY 31, 2002
INTRODUCTION
Terracon has completed a geotechnical engineering exploration for the proposed City of Fort
Collins and Colorado State University Transit Center Facility situated north of the Lory Student
Center, south of West Plum Street, and East of the existing Lagoon located on the Colorado
State University's Main Campus, in Fort Collins, Colorado. The site is located in the Northeast
1/4 of Section 14, Township 7 North, Range 69 West of the 6th Principal Meridian, Larimer
County, Colorado.
The purpose of these services is to provide information and geotechnical engineering
recommendations relative to:
• subsurface soil and bedrock conditions
• groundwater conditions
• foundation design and construction
• lateral earth pressures
• floor slab design and construction
• pavement design and construction
• earthwork
• drainage
The recommendations contained in this report are based upon the results of field and
laboratory testing, engineering analyses, and experience with similar soil conditions, structures
and our understanding of the proposed project.
1
ARTICLE B. MISCELLANEOUS
8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the
General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions.
8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in
the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the
written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without
limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be
assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this
restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the
contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or
discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract
Document.
8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors,
assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners,
successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants,
Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document.
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 5
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center _
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20016282
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
Terracon
Based on available information provided, Terracon understands the project will consist of a
new City of Fort Collins and CSU Transit Center Facility situated north of the Lory Student
Center, south of West Plum Street, and east of the existing lagoon. The project will include
concrete paved drives and parking areas, bus shelters, and in the future an expansion to the
Lory Student Center. The anticipated wall and column loads for proposed building
addition/expansion are anticipated to be on the order of 1 to 4 klf and 50 to 350 kips,
respectively. The bus shelters are assumed to be relatively lightly loaded 10-foot by 20-foot
open steel framed structures.
SITE EXPLORATION
The scope of the services performed for this project included a site reconnaissance by a
geotechnical engineer, a subsurface exploration program, laboratory testing and engineering
analyses.
Field Exploration
A total of 9 test borings were drilled on January 14, 2002 to approximate depths of 10 to 25-
feet below existing site grades at the locations shown on, the Site Plan, Figure 1. Three of the
— test borings were located within the proposed Lory Student Center building addition (Test
Boring Nos, 5, 6, and 7). The remaining 6 test borings were located within proposed concrete
paved areas and/or bus shelter locations. The borings were advanced with a truck -mounted
drilling rig, utilizing 4-1/4 inch inside diameter hollow stem augers. The location of the test
borings were pre -determined by the project architects/engineers.
The borings were located in the field by pacing from existing site features and buildings. The
accuracy of boring locations should only be assumed to the level implied by the methods used.
Continuous lithologic logs of each boring were recorded by the geotechnical engineer during
the drilling operations. At selected intervals, samples of the subsurface materials were taken
by means of pushing thin -walled Shelby tubes, or by driving split -spoon samplers.
Penetration resistance measurements were obtained by driving the split -spoon barrel into the
subsurface materials with a 140-pound hammer falling 30 inches. The penetration resistance
2
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20016282
Terracon
value is a useful index in estimating the consistency, relative density or hardness of the
materials encountered.
Groundwater conditions were evaluated in each boring at the time of site exploration. The test
boring holes were backfilled immediately after completion; therefore, stabilized water levels
were not obtained
Laboratory Testing
All samples retrieved during the field exploration were returned to the laboratory for
"— observation by the project geotechnical engineer and were classified in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification System described in Appendix C. Samples of bedrock were
classified in accordance with the general notes for Bedrock Classification. At that time, the
field descriptions were confirmed or modified as necessary and an applicable laboratory
testing program was formulated to determine engineering properties of the subsurface
materials. Boring logs were prepared and are presented in Appendix A.
Laboratory tests were conducted on selected soil and bedrock samples and are presented in
Appendix 13., The test results were used for the geotechnical engineering analyses, and the
development' of foundation and earthwork recommendations. All laboratory tests were
performed in general accordance with the applicable ASTM, local or other accepted standards.
Selected soil and bedrock samples were tested for the following engineering properties:
Water Content • Plasticity Index
• Dry Density Water Soluble Sulfate Content
• Consolidation • Expansion
• Compressive Strength • R-Value -
• Grain Size
SITE CONDITIONS
The area for the proposed Lory Student Center addition is situated on the north and west side
of the existing facility on CSU's main campus. The area is presently grass -landscaped with
concrete sidewalks. The area for the proposed transit center facility is situated north of the
existing Lory Student Center and is presently covered by asphalt parking and drive areas.
3
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
Terracon
West Plum Street lies to the north, the Engineering Building lies to the east, an existing asphalt
parking lot lies to the northeast, and an existing lagoon lies to the west.
SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS
Geology
The proposed area is located within the Colorado Piedmont section of the Great Plains
physiographic province. The Colorado Piedmont, formed during Late Tertiary and Early
quaternary time (approximately two -million (2,000,000) years ago), is a broad, erosional trench
- which separates the Southern Rocky Mountains from the High Plains. Structurally, the site lies
along the western flank of the Denver Basin. During the Late Mesozoic and Early Cenozoic
Periods (approximately seventy million (70,000,000) years ago), intense tectonic activity
occurred, causing the uplifting of the Front Range and associated downwarping of the Denver
Basin to the east. Relatively flat uplands and broad valleys characterize the present-day
topography of the Colorado Piedmont in this region. The site is underlain by the Cretaceous
Pierre formation. The Pierre Shale underlies the site at depths of 5 to 8-1/2 feet in Test Boring
Nos. 5, 6 and 7, and at greater depths of 10 feet in the remaining borings. The bedrock is
overlain by atiluvial clays and sands of Pleistocene and/or Recent age.
Mapping completed by the Colorado Geological Survey .('Hart, 1972), indicates the site in an
area of "Moderate Swell Potential". Potentially expansive materials mapped in this area
include bedrock, weathered bedrock and colluvium (surficial units).
Due to the gentle slopes at the site, geologic hazards at the site are anticipated to be low.
Seismic activity in the area is low; and from a structural geology standpoint, the site should be
stable.
Soil and Bedrock Conditions
Approximately 1 to 3-inches of asphalt pavement underlain by approximately 3 to 5-inches of
aggregate road base material was encountered at the surface of Test Boring Nos. 2, 3, 4, 8,
and 9. An approximate 6-inch layer of silty topsoil was encountered at the surface of Test
Boring Nos. 1, 5, 6, and 7. The subsurface soils immediately underlying the pavement section
and topsoil consisted of sandy lean clay fill material. Underlying the fill material was natural
'Hart, Stephen S., 1972. Potentially Swelling Soil and Rock In the Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, Colorado
Geological Survey, Environmental Geology No. 7.
4
Geotechnicai Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center _
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
sandy lean clays and silty sand, and silty sand with gravel extended to the depths explored
and/or bedrock. Sandstone/siltstone bedrock was encountered in Test Boring Nos. 5, 6 and 7
at approximate depths of 5 to 8-1/2 feet below existing site grades, and extended to the
depths explored.
Field and Laboratory Test Results
Field and laboratory test results indicate the clay soils are relatively plastic, soft to stiff in
consistency, exhibit low to moderate expansive potential and low to moderate bearing
characteristics. The sandy soils are loose to medium dense in relative density, exhibits non- to
low expansive potential, and low to moderate bearing characteristic. The bedrock is
weathered to competent and moderately hard to hard, exhibits moderate bearing
characteristics and generally low to moderate swell potential.
Groundwater Conditions
Groundwater was encountered in Test Boring Nos. 6 and 7 at approximate depths of 7 feet
below existing site grades during initial drilling operations. The test boring holes were
- backfilled immediately after completion; therefore, stabilized water levels were not obtained.
Groundwater' levels can be expected to fluctuate with varying seasonal and weather
_ conditions.
Based upon review of U.S. Geological Survey maps (2Hillier, et al, 1983), regional groundwater
is expected to be encountered in unconsolidated alluvial deposits on the site, at depths
- ranging from 10 to 20 feet below the existing ground surface. -
The possibility of groundwater fluctuations should be considered when developing design and
construction plans for the project. Fluctuations in groundwater levels can best be determined
by implementation of a groundwater -monitoring plan. Such a plan would include installation of
groundwater monitoring wells, and periodic measurement of groundwater levels over a
sufficient period of time.
2 Hillier, Donald E.: Schneider, Paull A., Jr.; and Hutchinson, E. Carter, 1983, Depth to Water Table (1979) in the Boulder -
Fort Collins -Greeley Area, Front Range Urban Corridor, Colorado, United States Geological Survey, Map I-855-I.
5
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20016282
ENGINEERING ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Geotechnical Considerations
Terracon
The site appears suitable for the proposed construction from a geotechnical engineering point
of view. The following foundation systems were evaluated for use on the site:
• spread footings or deadman foundations bearing on undisturbed soils and/or engineered
fill for the proposed bus shelters, and
• grade beams and straight shaft piers/caisson drilled into the bedrock for the expansion to
the Lory Student Center.
Foundation Systems
Spread Footings/Deadman Foundation System
Due to the presence of low swelling subsurface soils on the site, spread footing foundations
bearing upoiI, undisturbed subsoils and/or engineered fill are recommended for support for the
proposed bus shelter structures. The footings may be designed for a maximum bearing
pressure of 1,500 psf bearing on the overburden clay native soils. In addition, all of the
footings should be sized to maintain a minimum dead load pressure of 500 psf. The design
bearing pressure applies to dead loads plus design live load conditions. The design bearing
pressure may be increased by one-third when considering total loads that include wind or
seismic conditions.
Footings should be proportioned to reduce differential foundation movement. Proportioning on
the basis of equal total settlement is recommended; however, proportioning to relative constant
dead -load pressure will also reduce differential settlement between adjacent footings. Total
settlement resulting from the assumed structural loads is estimated to be on the order of 1-inch
or less. Differential settlement should be on the order of 1/2 to 3/4 of the estimated total
settlement. Additional foundation movements could occur if water from any source infiltrates
the foundation soils; therefore, proper drainage should be provided in the final design and
during construction.
Reinforced concrete foundations, cast in excavations against undisturbed subsoils are
recommended for resistance to uplift for the proposed bus shelter/canopy structures. Footing
or dead -man foundations may be designed using the cone method. The equation for
0
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
'City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
Terracon
determining the ultimate uplift capacity as a function of footing or dead -man foundation
dimension, foundation depth, and soil weight is presented below:
T=0.4xyxDZx(B+Q+W
Where: T = Ultimate uplift capacity (Ibs)
y = Unit weight of soil (Ibs/ft3)*
D = Depth to base of footing foundation below final grade (ft)
B = Width of footing foundation (ft)
L = Length of footing foundation (ft)
W= Weight of footing + weight of soil directly over the top of the
footing/block (Ibs)
*A unit weight (y) of 120 pcf is recommended for soil (either undisturbed
or compacted backfill) at this site.
The design uplift resistance should be calculated by dividing the ultimate resistance obtained
from the equation above by an appropriate factor of safety. A factor of safety of at least 2 is
recommended for live uplift loads in the analysis.
Footings, foundations and masonry walls should be reinforced as necessary to reduce the
potential for distress caused by differential foundation movement. The use of joints at
openings or other discontinuities in masonry walls is recommended.
Foundation excavations should be observed by the geotechnical engineer. If the soil
conditions encountered differ significantly from those presented in this report, supplemental
recommendations will be required.
Grade Beams and Straight Shaft Piers
Due to the expansive potential of the bedrock and anticipated maximum column loads of 50
kips to 350 kips, a grade beam and drilled pier foundation system is recommended for support
of the proposed Lory Student Center addition. Straight shaft piers, drilled a minimum of 10
feet into competent or hard siltstone/claystone bedrock, with a minimum shaft length of 25 feet
are recommended.
For axial compression loads, piers may be designed for a maximum end -bearing pressure of
20,000 pounds per square foot (psf), and a skin friction of 2,000 for.the portion of the pier in
7
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center _
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
Terracon
firm or harder bedrock. All piers require sufficient dead load and/or additional penetration into
the bearing strata to resist potential uplift of the expansive materials. All piers should be
designed for a minimum dead -load pressure of 7,500 psf, based upon pier end area.
-- A minimum practical horizontal spacing between piers of at least three (3) diameters should be
maintained, and adjacent piers should bear at about the same elevation. Piers should be
considered to work in group action if the horizontal spacing is less than three pier diameters.
The capacity of individual piers may need to be reduced when considering the effects of group
action. Capacity reduction is a function of pier spacing and the number of piers within a group.
If group action analyses are necessary, capacity reduction factors can be provided.
To satisfy forces in the horizontal direction, for a pier diameter of 12-inches, piers may be
designed for lateral loads using a modulus of 100 tons per square foot for the portion of the
pier in the overburden clay soils and/or engineered fill, and 300 tsf in bedrock. The coefficient
of subgrade reaction for varying pier diameters is as follows:
" bxs s✓�,y x'�i �4
ti�� I� 1w v..,v
-, * a u x�r�yi'4
-syr
*�rw t>�` a
�k
tf�'e�rSiC1t ��an
°Y.:4„��Y
'��.�Ri�,yS-.: W
a
,Su-3
♦,,W
24
50
150
30
40
140
36
33
117
42
28
100
48
25
88
The soil modulus and coefficient of subgrade reaction are ultimate values; therefore,
appropriate factors of safety should be applied in the pier design.
When the lateral capacity of drilled piers is evaluated by the L-Pile (COM 624) computer
program, we recommend that internally generated load -deformation (P-Y) curves be used.
Terracon recommends the "stiff clay with no water" condition be used. The following
— parameters may be used for the design of laterally loaded piers, using the L-Pile (COM 624)
computer program:
-- Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
Terracon
Parameters
Compacted
Existing Fill
Material and on -site
Bedrock
Structural Fill
Clay Soils
Unit Weight of Soil (pco
130
115(')
120(')
Cohesion (psf)
0
1500
5000
Angle of Internal Friction 0
35
23
0
(degrees)
Strain Corresponding to '/:
---
0.02
0.010
Max. Principal Stress
Difference .50
*Notes: 1) Use of 65 PCF below the water table
All piers should be reinforced full depth for the applied axial, lateral and uplift stresses
imposed. The amount of reinforcing steel for expansion should be determined by the tensile
force created by the uplift force on each pier, with allowance for dead -load. Minimum
reinforcement of at least one-half percent of the cross -sectional area of each pier should be
specified.
— To reduce potential uplift forces on piers, use of long grade beam spans to increaseindividual
pier loading is recommended. For this project, a minimum pier diameter of 24 inches is
recommended.
Drilling to design depths should be possible with conventional single flight power augers.
Groundwater conditions indicate that temporary steel casing may be required to properly drill
and clean piers prior to concrete placement. Groundwater should be removed from each pier
hole prior to concrete placement. Pier concrete should be placed immediately after completion
_ of drilling and cleaning. If pier concrete cannot be placed in less than 3 inches of water, a
tremie should be used for concrete placement. Due to potential sloughing and raveling,
foundation concrete quantities may exceed calculated geometric volumes.
Casing should be withdrawn in a slow continuous manner maintaining a sufficient head of
concrete to prevent infiltration of water or the creation of voids in pier concrete. Pier concrete
should have a relatively high fluidity when placed in cased pier holes or through a tremie. Pier
concrete with a slump in the range of 5 to 8 inches is recommended.
9
-- Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
Free -fall concrete placement in piers will only be acceptable if provisions are taken to avoid
striking the concrete on the sides of the hole or reinforcing steel. The use of a bottom -dump
hopper, or tremie discharging near the bottom of the hole where concrete segregation will be
minimized, is recommended.
To provide increased resistance to potential uplift forces, the sides of each pier should be
mechanically roughened in the bearing strata. This should be accomplished by a roughening
tooth placed on the auger. Pier bearing surfaces must be cleaned prior to concrete placement.
A representative of the geotechnical engineer should inspect the bearing surface and pier
configuration.
Lateral Earth Pressures
For soils above any free water surface, recommended equivalent fluid pressures for
unrestrained foundation elements are:
• Active:
i Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clays) ...................................... 45 psf/ft
Cohesionless soil backfill (imported or on -site sands) ........... 35 psf/ft
On -site bedrock materials ..........................not recommended for use
• Passive:
Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clays) .................................... 250 psf/ft
Cohesionless soil backfill (imported sands) ......................... 350 psf/ft
Where the design includes restrained elements, the following equivalent fluid pressures are
recommended:
• At rest: -
Cohesive soil backfill (on -site clay) ........................................ 60 psf/ft
Cohesionless soil backfill (imported or onsite sands) ............ 50 psf/ft
On -site bedrock materials ..........................not recommended for use
Fill against grade beams and retaining walls should be compacted to densities specified in
Earthwork. High plasticity clay soils should not be used as backfill against retaining walls.
Compaction of each lift adjacent to walls should be accomplished with hand -operated tampers
10
-- Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20016282
Terracon
or other lightweight compactors. Overcompaction may cause excessive lateral earth
pressures, which could result in wall movement.
Seismic Considerations
The project site is located in Seismic Risk Zone I of the Seismic Zone Map of the United States
as indicated by the 1997 Uniform Building Code. Based upon the nature of the subsurface
materials, a soil profile type S, should be used for the design of structures for the proposed
project (1997 Uniform Building Code, Table No. 16-J).
Floor Slab Design and Construction
It is anticipated non -expansive or low -swelling natural soils or engineered fill will support the
floor slabs. Some differential movement of slabs -on -grade floor systems is possible should the
subgrade soils become elevated in moisture content. To reduce potential slab movements, the
subgrade soils should be prepared as outlined in the earthwork section of this report.
For structural design of concrete slabs -on -grade, a modulus of subgrade reaction of 100
pounds per •cubic inch (pci) may be used for floors supported on existing or engineered fill
consisting of ion -site soils. A modulus of 200 pci may be used for floors supported on at least
2 feet of non -expansive imported fill meeting the specifications outlined below.
Additional floor slab design and construction recommendations are as follows:
• Positive separations and/or isolation joints should be provided between slabs
and all foundations, columns or utility lines to allow independent movement.
• Control joints should be provided in slabs to control the location and extent of
cracking.
• Interior trench backfill placed beneath slabs should be compacted in accordance
with recommended specifications outlined below.
• In areas subjected to normal loading, a minimum 4-inch layer of sand, clean -
graded gravel or aggregate base course should be placed beneath interior
slabs. For heavy loading, reevaluation of slab and/or base course thickness
r-
may be required.
11
OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR:
By: By:
JOHN F. FISCHBACH, CITY MANAGER
mys
JAMES B. O'NEILL II, CPPO, FNIGP
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING
AND RISK MANAGEMENT
Date:
Attest:
Clerk
Address for giving notices:
P. 0. Box 580
Fort Collins, CO 80522
Approved as to Form
sistant City Attorney
Title:
Date:
(CORPORATE SEAL)
Attest:
Address for giving notices:
LICENSE NO.:
9/12/01 Section 00520 Page 6
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20016282
• Floor slabs should not be constructed on frozen subgrade.
• Other design and construction considerations, as outlined in the ACI Design
Manual, Section 302.1 are recommended.
Pavement Design and Construction
Design of pavements for the project have been based on the procedures outlined in the 1993
Guideline for Design of Pavement Structures by the American Association of State Highway
and Transportation Officials (AASHTO), City of Fort Collins criteria, and the following data. For
flexible pavement design, a design life of 20 years was utilized. Using a laboratory tested
design R-value of 15 for the proposed Transit Center, appropriate ESAL/day, environmental
criteria and other factors, the structural numbers (SN) of the pavement sections were
determined on the basis of the 1093 AASHTO design equation.
Favement
n118 k� P
" ESAts e y
20
(nffilaf '
3ermgral
Sj, -2
Sectmn >
EDLR
year
Rha6iirty
,, ServAceab�jity
`'SerVro`eability
a'ear� ;
Design
CSU Transit,
180
1,314,000
90
4.5
2.5
3.24
(1) The 18-kip equivalent daily load application value of 180 was provided by the City of Fort
Collins Facilities Department and based on the utilization of i8 buses per day for a 10
hour day which for this project equates to an 18-kip EDLA of approximately 180.
Local drainage characteristics of proposed pavement areas are considered to vary from fair to
— good depending upon location on the site. For purposes of this design analysis, fair drainage
characteristics are considered to control the design. These characteristics, coupled with the
approximate duration of saturated subgrade conditions, results in a design drainage coefficient
of 1.0 when applying the AASHTO criteria for design.
In addition to the flexible pavement design analyses, a rigid pavement design analysis was
completed, based upon AASHTO and/or CDOT design procedures. Rigid pavement design is
based on an evaluation of the Modulus of Subgrade Reaction of the soils (K-value); the
Modulus of Rupture of the concrete, and other factors previously outlined. The design K-value
of 100 pounds per cubic inch (pci) for the subgrade soil was determined by correlation to the
laboratory tests results. A modulus of rupture of 650 psi (working stress 488 psi) was used for
pavement concrete. The rigid pavement thicknesses for each traffic category were determined
12
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
Terracon
on the basis of the AASHTO and/or CDOT design equation. Recommended alternatives for
flexible and rigid pavements, summarized for each street, are as follows:
-:Recommended. Minimum: Pavement: Thicknesses
-
Actual
Traffic
Area
Alternatives
-Asphalt
Concrete
Asphalt.
Concrete. land
Surface
Grading S or
Surface ent
Total
versus
Sx
Grading SGrete
Required Sa
cn A
2.0
3.0
MA
15.0
3.30/3.24 ;:Transit
"1 B
3.5
4.07.5
3.30/3.24Center
161
C
3.0
3.0
12.0
3.30/3.24p
8.0
N/A
(1) Alternative A: Provides the minimum pavement thicknesses for use of asphalt concrete
surface material, Grading S, SX and SG, underlain by Class 5 or 6 aggregate road base
material.
(2) Alternative B: Provides the minimum pavement thicknesses for use of full -depth asphalt
concrete` surface material, Grading S or SX, underlain by asphalt concrete surface
material; Grading SG.
(3) Alternative C: Provides the minimum pavement thicknesses for use of full -depth asphalt
concrete surface material, Grading S or SX, underlain by a minimum 6-inches of Class 5 or
6 aggregate road base material.
(4) Alternative D: Provides the minimum required pavement thicknesses for use of Portland
Cement Concrete pavement.
Each alternative should be investigated with respect to current material availability and
economic conditions. Aggregate base course (if used on the site) should consist of -a blend of
sand and gravel, which meets strict specifications for quality and gradation. Use of materials
meeting Colorado Department of Transportation (CDOT) Class 5 or 6 specifications is
recommended for base course. Aggregate base course should be placed in lifts not exceeding
— six inches and should be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Density (ASTM
D696).
Asphalt concrete pavement should be composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler and additives,
if required, and approved bituminous material. The asphalt concrete should conform to
approved mix designs stating the Hveem and/or SuperPave properties, optimum asphalt
content, job mix formula and recommended mixing and placing temperatures. Aggregate used
13
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
in the asphalt concrete should meet particular gradations, such as the Colorado Department of
Transportation Grading S, SX or SG specifications. Mix designs should be submitted prior to
construction to verify their adequacy. Asphalt material should be placed in maximum 3-inch
lifts and should be compacted to a minimum of 92 to 96 % of Maximum Theoretical Density.
Where rigid pavements are used, the concrete should be obtained from an approved mix
design with the following minimum properties:
• Compressive Strength @ 28 days...........................................4000
psi minimum
• Modulus of Rupture @ 28 days... ..........................
................... 600 psi minimum
• Strength Requirements.......................................................................
ASTM C94
Minimum Cement Content.........................................................6.0
sacks/cu. yd.
• Cement Type...............................................................................
Type I Portland
— Entrained Air Content..............................................................................
4 to 8%
• Concrete Aggregate .....................................
ASTM C33 and CDOT Section 703
lggregateSize...........................................................................1
inch maximum
• Maximum Water Content ......................................................
0.49 lb/lb of cement
• Maximum Allowable Slump.....................................................................4
inches
Concrete should be deposited by truck mixers or agitators and placed a maximum of 90
-- minutes from the time the water is added to the mix.
Other specifications outlined by the
Colorado Department of Transportation should be followed.
- Longitudinal and transverse joints should be provided as needed in concrete pavements for
expansion/contraction and isolation. The location and extent of joints should be based upon
the final pavement geometry and should be placed (in feet) at roughly twice the slab thickness
(in inches) on center in either direction. Sawed joints should be cut within 24-hours of concrete
placement, and should be a minimum of 25% of slab thickness plus 1/4 inch. All joints should
be sealed to prevent entry of foreign material and doweled where necessary for load transfer.
Preventative maintenance should be planned and provided for through an on -going pavement
management program in order to enhance future pavement performance. Preventative
maintenance activities are intended to slow the rate of pavement deterioration, and to preserve
the pavement investment.
14
Geotechnical Engineering Report
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
Terracon
Preventative maintenance consists of both localized maintenance (e.g. crack sealing and
_ patching) and global maintenance (e.g. surface sealing). Preventative maintenance is usually
the first priority when implementing a planned pavement maintenance program and provides
the highest return on investment for pavements.
Recommended preventative maintenance policies for asphalt and jointed concrete pavements,
based upon type and severity of distress, are provided. Prior to implementing any
maintenance, additional engineering observation is recommended to determine the type and
extent of preventative maintenance.
Earthwork
General Considerations
The following presents recommendations for site preparation, excavation, subgrade
preparation and placement of engineered fills on the project.
All earthwork on the project should be observed and evaluated by Terracon. The
evaluation of earthwork should include observation and testing of engineered fill,
subgrade preparation, foundation bearing soils, and other geotechnical conditions
exposed during the construction of the project.
• Site Preparation
Strip and remove uncontrolled fill (if encountered during construction), vegetation,
debris, and other deleterious materials from proposed building and pavement areas.
All exposed surfaces should be free of mounds and depressions, which could prevent
uniform compaction.
The site should be initially graded to create a relatively level surface to receive fill, and
to provide for a relatively uniform thickness of fill beneath proposed pavements and
building structures.
All exposed areas which will receive fill, once properly cleared and benched where
necessary, should be scarified to a minimum depth of eight inches, conditioned to near
optimum moisture content, and compacted.
15
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No.20015282
Engineered fill should be placed and compacted in horizontal lifts, using equipment and
_ procedures that will produce recommended moisture contents and densities throughout
the lift. Recommended compaction criteria for engineered fill materials are as follows:
Material
Minimum Percent
(ASTM D698)
Scarified subgrade soils........................................................................ 95
On -site and imported fill soils:
Beneath foundations.................................................................. 95
Beneathslabs............................................................................ 95
Beneath pavements ...................................... .. 95
...........................
Miscellaneous backfill (non-structural areas) ......................................... 90
On -site clay soils should be compacted within a moisture content range of 2 percent
below, to 2 percent above optimum. Imported granular soils and/or on -site sands
shoul,d be compacted within a moisture range of 3 percent below to 3 percent above
r-
optimum unless modified by the project geotechnical engineer.
1
• Excavation and Trench Construction
Excavations into the on -site soils will encounter a variety of conditions. The individual
contractor(s) should be made responsible for designing and constructing stable,
temporary excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and
bottom. All excavations should be sloped or shored in the interest of safety following
-- local and federal regulations, including current OSHA excavation and trench safety
standards.
The soils to be penetrated by the proposed excavations may vary significantly across
the site. The preliminary soil classifications are based solely on the materials
encountered in widely spaced exploratory test borings. The contractor should verify
that similar conditions exist throughout the proposed area of excavation. If different
subsurface conditions are encountered at the time of construction, the actual conditions
should be evaluated to determine any excavation modifications necessary to maintain
safe conditions.
17
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
As a safety measure, it is recommended that all vehicles and soil piles be kept to a
minimum lateral distance from the crest of the slope equal to no less than the slope
height. The exposed slope face should be protected against the elements.
-- Additional Design and Construction Considerations
• Exterior Slab Design and Construction
Exterior slabs -on -grade, exterior architectural features and utilities founded on or in
backfill may experience some movement due to the volume change of the backfill.
Potential movement could be reduced by:
• minimizing moisture increases in the backfill
• controlling moisture -density during placement of backfill
• using designs which allow vertical movement between the exterior features and
adjoining structural elements
• placing effective control joints on relatively close centers
i
Underground Utility Systems
All piping should be adequately bedded for proper load distribution. It is suggested that
clean, graded gravel compacted to 75 percent of Relative Density ASTM D4253 be
used as bedding. Where utilities are excavated below groundwater, temporary
dewatering will be required during excavation, pipe placement and backfilling
operations for proper construction. Utility trenches should be excavated on safe and
stable slopes in accordance with OSHA regulations as discussed above. Backfill
should consist of the on -site soils or imported material approved by the geotechnical
engineer. The pipe backfill should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of
Standard Proctor Density ASTM D698.
• Corrosion Protection
Results of soluble sulfate testing indicate that ASTM Type I Portland cement is suitable
for all concrete on and below grade. However, if there is no, or minimal cost
differential, use of ASTM Type II Portland cement is recommended for additional sulfate
resistance of construction concrete. Foundation concrete should be designed in
accordance with the provisions of the ACI Design Manual, Section 318, Chapter 4.
in
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20016282
Surface Drainage
Positive drainage should be provided during construction and maintained throughout
the life of the proposed project. Infiltration of water into utility or foundation excavations
— must be prevented during construction. Planters and other surface features, which
could retain water in areas adjacent to the building or pavements, should be sealed or
eliminated. In areas where sidewalks or paving do not immediately adjoin the structure,
we recommend that protective slopes be provided with a minimum grade of
approximately 5 percent for at least 10 feet from perimeter walls. Backfill against
_ footings, exterior walls, and in utility and sprinkler line trenches should be well
compacted and free of all construction debris to reduce the possibility of moisture
infiltration.
Downspouts, roof drains or scuppers should discharge into splash blocks or extensions
when the ground surface beneath such features is not protected by exterior slabs or
paving. Sprinkler systems should not be installed within 5 feet of foundation walls.
Landscaped irrigation adjacent to the foundation system should be minimized or
eliminated.
GENERAL COMMENTS
Terracon should be retained to review the final design plans and specifications so comments
can be ,made regarding interpretation and implementation of our geotechnical
recommendations in the design and specifications. Terracon also should be retained to provide
testing and observation during excavation, grading, foundation and construction phases of the
project.
The analysis and recommendations presented in this report are based upon the data obtained
from the borings performed at the indicated locations and from other information discussed in
this report. This report does not reflect variations, which may occur between borings or across
the site. The nature and extent of such variations may not become evident until construction.
If variations appear, it will be necessary to reevaluate the recommendations of this report.
The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication any
environmental assessment of the site or identification of contaminated or hazardous materials
or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such contamination, other
studies should be undertaken.
19
Geotechnical Engineering Report Terracon
Proposed Transit Center
City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University
Project No. 20015282
This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of our client for specific application to the
project discussed and has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical
engineering practices. No warranties, either express or implied, are intended or made. in the
event that changes in the nature, design, or location of the project as outlined in this report,
-- are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be
considered valid unless Terracon reviews the changes, and either verifies or modifies the
conclusions of this report in writing.
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT - APPENDIX A
--
EPE
W. PLUM STREET y--
IS
N0.2 NO.9
Ira
NO 4
% ✓
\\\\ �N0.3 •� �� dLJ`
SNO.7 ENGINEERING BUILDING
LAGOON \.\
IORV STUDENT CENTER
1�p IGURE I: SITE DlAGR4M
llVOjlj��TE
F FT. COLLINS a COLORADO STATE UNiv.
TRANSIT CENTERFORT COLLINS, COLORADO
LEGEND DAR Pro ed No.10mF,287
9 APPROX. TEST BORING LOCATION DAR lrerracDAR 3m1 N. Hoe Street I/2B/02
AR Fort GoIIMs, C 1l 8110 90521 Dreun eB,SDCDIAGRAM IS FOR GENERAL LOCATION ONLY,AND IS NOT (MENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. 5202FIG1 FW. No.
SECTION 00530
NOTICE TO PROCEED
Description of Work: CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT
CENTER; BID NO. 5700
To:
This notice is to advise you:
That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by
the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER.
That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been
received by the OWNER.
That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents.
Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby
authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from
receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement.
Dated this day of , 20
The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be
, and , 20, respectively.
City of Fort Collins
OWNER
By:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE
Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day
of , 20
CONT
Title:
7/96 Section 00530 Page 1
r--
LOG OF BORING NO. 1
Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
City of Fort Collint - Facilities
SITE North of Lory Student Center
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Colorado State University Transit Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
DESCRIPTION
°m
>
Z
$t
EEI-
w
>
zn
ofw
z
ravaOv
z
Hp
t--z
3°FILL
Y
MATERIAL
1
SS
12
17
Sandy Lean Clay trace Gravel
2
SS
12
13
13.2
Tan, brown, moist, medium stiff to very stiff
5
5
3
SS
12
6
16.2
SANDY LEAN CLAY
Tan, brown, moist, soft to stiff
tp
to
4
SS
12
4
23.9
BOTTOM OF BORINGit
I.
The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines
between soil and rock types7 in -situ, the transition may be gradual.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft
BORING STARTED 1-14-02
WIL
DRY WD
i
Ireirracon
C
DFOREMAN 1 1WAIRS
L
�
SL
RGING
CME55
WL
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB # 20015282
LOG OF BORING NO. 2
Page 1 of 1
CLIENT
City of Fort Collins - Facilities
SITE North of Lory Student Center
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Colorado State University Transit Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
(�
o
DESCRIPTION
J
m
a
❑ a
U
}
c
r
ZS
[L
Q
H
�.
W
U
M
g
W
O
ZN
WF
HZ
ZZ
OW
fLmd
QD',
O
K
J J
❑
Z
K
ym
�OU
❑�.
�U)
oeON
0.3 3" ASPHALT
0.5 3" AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
1
SS
12
8
SANDY LEAN CLAY
2
SS
12
9
20.4
Tan, brown, moist, soft to stiff
0.0008
3
SS
12
3
25.2
5
t0
10
4
SS
12
9
19.1
BOTTOM OF BORING
r�
r
The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines
between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft
Irerracon
BORING STARTED 1-14-02
WL
I DRY WD
IT
COMPLETED 1 1 4-02
WL
IWL
L
BORING
CME55FOREMAN
AIRS
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB # 20015282
LOG OF BORING NO. 3
page 1 of 1
CLIENT`
City of Fort Collins - Facilities
SITE North of Lory Student Center
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Colorado State University Transit Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
()
o
DESCRIPTION
J
m
;e
a s
w
x
w
U
a.
g
N
w
y
w
z
r
z
Z7
zz
g0
�zS
Q
H
N
m
w
O
?
WH
ow
OH#
w
y
>a>
w
~Z
0
¢
?
0
x
� _
0
0
z��
�u
�y
0.1 3" ASPHALT
0.5 3" AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
1
SS
12
5
FILL MATERIAL
2
SS
12
7
15.4
Sandy Lean Clay trace Gravel
COMP.
Tan, brown, gray, moist, soft to medium
SAMPLE
stiff
@ 0'-4'
40/23/57
3
SS
12
4
17.3
5
9
SANDY LEAN CLAY
4
SS
12
6
19.1
10 Tan brown moist soft to stiff
1p
BOTTOM OF BORING
;i
I
The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines
between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft
IrerraconRIG
BORING STARTED 1-14-02
WL
Z DRY WD
-V
BORING COMPLETED 4-02
1 1ARS
WL
IWL
T
�
CME 55
OREMAN
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
JOB # 20015282
No Text
LOG OF BORING NO. 5
CLIENT Page 1 of 1
City of Fort Collins - Facilities
SITE North of Lory Student Center PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado Colorado State University Transit Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
DESCRIPTION
m
>
o
o a
a
i
w
>
z
z
�~
aww
wJ�
W
O
zm
,�
o:w
wH
zC7
OW
U
Z
D.
O
>'
Up-'
Zt~q
QDLL
JJ
0.5 6" TOPSOIL
Ow
Nm
��
O n
SOD
FILL MATERIAL
1
SS
12
6
18.4
2 Sandy Lean Clay trace Gravel
Tan brown moist soft to medium stiff
SANDY LEAN CLAY
Tan, brown, rust, moist, medium stiff to stiff
2
ST
12
19.3
102
2610
5
3
SS
12
7
21.0
5
WEATHERED
CLAYSTON E/SANDSTONE/SI LTSTON E
Tan, gray, rust, moist, moderately hard
8
4
ST
12
15.8
107
z
CLAYSTONE/SANDSTONE/SILTSTONE
5
SS
12
38
15.3
Tan, gray, rust, moist, hard to very hard
H x
X X
X X
X X
x X
to
X
x x
i
X X
X X
X x
X x
X x
X x
X X
X x
0.0007
6
SS
10
50/0.8
15.8
x x
15
.X
X.
X x
X x
z X
X x
X x
X x
.X
XX
X X
XX
7
SS
8
50/0.7
15.5
X x
20
x x
X x
X x
X X
X x
X X
X X
X X
X x
I x z
x x
24A
i
BOTTOM OF BORING
The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines
between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual.
WATER
LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, It
BORING STARTED 1-14-02
WIL
Q DRY WD
=
BORING COMPLETED
DFOREMAN 1-14-02
I rerracon
WL
�
P
RIG
ARS
WL
Initial Water Level Reading
APPROVED DAR
I JOB # 20015282
LOG OF BORING NO. 6
CLIENT Page 1 of 1
City of Fort Collins - Facilities
SITE
North of Lory Student Center
PROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
Colorado
State
University
Transit
Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
DESCRIPTION
M
}
w
~
L=2)j
¢wN
m
w
p
ZN
wtw-
l--to<
D
z
o
aim
�OU
c
0l=/1
TOPSOIL
LL MATERIAL
1
SS
12
12
14.5
ndy Lean Clay trace Gravel
n, brown, moist, medium stiff to stiff
0.0011
[AND Y LEAN CLAY
n, brown, rust, moist, medium stiff to stiff3
2
ST
12
19.8
105
2150
S
12
4209ntermittent
Silty Sand Lenses
SZ
gray, rust, moist,
(STONEISANDS
gra „`rust, moist,
to very
BOTTOM OF BORING
c
Y
C
u
i The stratification lines represent the apprommate boundary lines
between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual.
n
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft
10
1: ®
A 1 6 1 SS 1 12 1 37 1 15.211—_I
7 SS 12 40 75.5 SWELL 250 psf I
8
25
WL 4 7.0 WD irerracon
i WL � ]Z
WL Initial Water Level Reading
616
BORING STARTED 1-14-02
BORING COMPLETED 1-14-02
RIG CME-551 FOREMAN ARS
APPROVED DAR JOB # 20015282
No Text
LOG OF BORING NO, 8
CLIENT
City of Fort Collins - Facilities
SITE North of Lory Student Center P_ ROJECT
Fort Collins, Colorado
DESCRIPTION
3" AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
FILL MATERIAL
Sandy Lean Clay trace Gravel
Tan, brown, gray, moist, medium stiff to
very stiff
SANDY LEAN CLAY
Tan, brown, moist, soft to stiff
Tan, brown, moist, loo
BOTTOM OF BORING
i
medium dense
1 of 1 I
Colorado
State
University
Transit
Center
SAMPLES
TESTS
J
O
m
>
ee
LU G
f- W
C
C
N
W
a
W
F-
Z
F,
Z�
LL
2 0
H
m
W
O
Z3
WF
OZ
�F-u
o0
w
p
O
U¢
N,z
�aae¢nm 0
1
SS
12
18
COMP.
SAMPLE
2
SS
12
20
16.0
@ U-4-
32/15/43
3
SS
17
S
io 7
MRN®-M---'
6 The stratification lines represent the approximate boundary lines -
between soil and rock types: in -situ, the transition may be gradual.
WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS, ft BORING STARTED 1-14-02
Ill WL Y DRY WD rerracon ROBING CO IG ME55EDFOREMAN 1-14-02
ARS
n WL Initial Water Level Reading APPROVED DAR I JOB # 20015282
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT - APPENDIX B
-41
APPLIED PRESSURE, TSF
Specimen Identification
Classification
Yd, pcf
WC,%
• 5 7,Oft
WEATHERED CL4YSTONE/SANDSTONEISILTSTONE
112
1 16
Notes:
CONSOLIDATION TEST
ado state �University �ransft center
1rerracon Site: eNo hoofrLory Student center TFort Collins, Colorado
Job #: 20015282
Date: 1-24-02
No Text
N
N
0
II
SWELL - %- CONSOLIDATION
0
to 0
W o
� U
LL
`m
_ U U
H N
Q o
0 L" c
N > (D
Z 'c
C
O �
R �
cl) co
o 2
'o o
w J 00
O Q N
0
U o
o N
m z �k
O Q
c
O
u
m
0
o
�
r
7U
rO_
_N
�9
r
F'
�
m
O
W
0
W
a
J
rn
Z
O
m _
'ac
o
f
LU
c
U
m
F-
to
p
a°
N
z
J
O
�
N
a
M
N
Z
in
Z
m
m
m
0
Z
m a
m
U
m .a
U
0
N
0 o n O
W
d'
W
t o It
�-%
_
W
z
"
�
a O
ifi�o
0
0
c
U
0
C
u
E
m
-- -
_
-- - -
U
0)h
U•
N
IBM
uoi
0
Z
v
v
a
v
a
00
co
(Ni
o
0
O
o
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
OIIVd
OIOA
"��'�W�'��r. r. vrara �ivrr rVJryW Jl
0
o
U
�
V
a
0i
c
�9
t�
0
LL
O
W
F-
U
Z
0
d
c c
m
U U
}
0
LL
C
o
V
J
O
N
N
0
Z
W
U
a
N
J
0
O
U
V
a
O C N 'O o co
o J N
O N
O O
O �
U C o N
O N
Z U o
o a IL °, �
C
0
N
0
M
U
p
0
C
u
E
m
U
N
CO
o
Z
•
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
V
O
C
O
oitva
aeon
ZWVZIl 10'J'Noovmd31 fdSZ8Z9LOOZ 4.8
OIOA 10SN0. Ol
t
i
f00 N N � N
N V OV V
N O O
'- ..
Irerracan
P.O. Box503
North
301 North Howes Street
FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 80521
_
(970) 484-0369 FAX (970) 484-0464
RESISTANCE R-VALUE &
EXPANSION'
PRESSURE OF COMPACTED SOIL
AASHTO T-190
CLIENT: City of Fort Collins
PROJECT: CSU Transit
DATE OF TEST:
22-Jan-02
LOCATION: B-3 @ 0.0' - 4.0'
TERRACON NO. 20015282 CLASSIFICATION:
Lean Clay with Gravel (visual)
SAMPLE
DATA TEST RESULTS
TEST SPECIMEN NO. 1
COMPACTION PRESSURE (PSI) 120
DENSITY (PCF) 119.2
MOISTURE CONTENT (%) 13.9
EXPANSION PRESSURE (PSI) 0.37
HORIZONTAL PRESSURE @ 160 PSI 117 _
SAMPLE HEIGHT (INCHES) 2.40
EXUDATION PRESSURE (PSI) 159.1
CORRECTED R-VALUE 21.9
UNCORRECTED R-VALUE 22.9
2
200
122.5
13.5
0.53
98
2.31
290.4
34.1
36.9
3
250
125.4
12.8
0.56
78
2.55
429.6
49.8
49.8
R-VALUE;@ 300 PSI EXUDATION PRESSURE = 35
100
90
80
70
w 60
�
f50
40
30
"20
10
0
0 100 200 300 400
500 600 700
800
EXUDATION PRESSURE - PSI
P.D. Box503
Irerracan
..
North
301 North Howes Street
FORT. COLLINS, COLORADO
80521
. (970) 484-0359 FAX (970) 484-0454
RESISTANCE R-VALUE & ;EXPANSION
PRESSURE OF COMPACTED SOIL
AASHTO T-190
CLIENT: City of Fort Collins - Facilities DATE OF TEST: 22-Jan-02
PROJECT: City of Fort Collins and Colorado State University Transit Center
LOCATION: Composite ample Test Boring No. @ 0.5' - 4.0'
TERRACON NO. 20015282 CLASSIFICATION: Sandy Lean Clay-CL; AASHTO A-6
SAMPLE DATA TEST RESULTS
TEST SPECIMEN NO. 1 2
COMPACTION PRESSURE (PSI) 120 200
DENSITY (PCF) 115.3 118.9
MOISTURE CONTENT (%) 17.8 16.0
EXPANSION PRESSURE (PSI) 0.37 0.53
HORIZONTAL PRESSURE @ 160 PSI 127 118
SAMPLE HEIGHT (INCHES) 2.40 2.31
EXUDATION PRESSURE (PSI) 159.1 290.4
CORRECTED R-VALUE 16.6 22.9
UNCORRECTED R-VALUE 17.3 24.8
3
250
120.4
14.6
0.56
108
2.55
429.6
31.2
31.2
R-VALUE@ 300 PSI EXUDATION PRESSURE = 23
100
90
80
i
70
I
w 60
50
�
I
40
30
20
10
I.
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
800
EXUDATION PRESSURE - PSI
lrerraca
CLIENT:
City of Fort Collins - Facilities
PROJECT: City of Fort Collins & CSU Transit Center
PROJECT NO. 20015282 DATE: 1/30/2002
LOCATION: South of West Plum Street and North of Lory Student Center
AASHTO 1993 PAVEMENT DESIGN PRO�OSE')2QADVtF3 ! ???�
RIGID PAVEMENT ANALYSIS
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT ANALYSIS
(1) DESIGN 18-kip-(ESAL's) 180
1,314,000
(1) DESIGN 18-kip (ESAL's) 1,314,000
(2) RELIABILITY
90%
a
(2) RELIABILITY 90%
(3) OVERALL DEVIATION
0.34
(3) OVERALL DEVIATION 0.44
(4) MODULUS OF RUPTURE
650
(5) MODULUS OF ELASTICITY
3,705,000
(6 LOAD TRANSFER
3.1
(4) R-VALUE (HVEEM STABILOMETER) 15
(7) MODULUS OF SUBGRADE REACTION
100
(5) SOIL RESILIENT MODULUS 9,325
(8) DRAINAGE COEFFICIENT
1.0
(9) INITIAL SERVICEABILITY
4.5
(6) INITIAL SERVICEABILITY 4.5
(10) TERMINAL SERVICEABILITY
2.5
(7) TERMINAL SERVICEABILITY 2.5
Alternative D
CALCULATED RIGID PAVEMENT THICKNESS, (IN):
7.15"
CALCULATED STRUCTURAL NUMBER: 3.24
LAYER NUMBER
PAVEMENT THICKNESS"' " _! 'PAVEMENT
COEF�JGIENT '
} CAI:CU4A- ED"STRUCTURAj.
PAVEM�NTTYPE$ECTIQN DRAINAGE jJEF 4ENT
-
THICKNESSr(INCHES)
„ ,�,_.��> ,
UPPER
0.44 5.0
ASPHALTS z INGS,
1.0 2.20
?I
0.11 10.0
AGGREGATE BASE COARSE-
1.0 1.10
CLASS 6 OR 6
Alternative A
TOTAL 15.0
TOTAL 3.30
3.24
UPPER
0.44 3.5
ASPHALT SURFACE -GRADING S,
1.0 1.54
I
2
0.44 4.0
ASPHALT SURFACE -GRADING S,
1.0 1.76
Alternative B
TOTAL 7.5
TOTAL 3.30
3.24
UPPER
0.44 3.0
ASPHALT SURFIN AOE-GRADG S,
1.0 1.32
S
2
0.44 - 3.0
ASPHALT SURFACE -GRADING S,
1.0 1,32
SO
3
0.11 6.0
AGGREGATE BASE COARSE-
1.0 0.66
CLASS 5 OR 6
Alternative C
TOTAL 12.0
-
TOTAL 3.30
3.24
GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT - APPENDIX C
-� DRILLING AND EXPLORATION
DRILLING & SAMPLING SYMBOLS;
R : Ring Barrell - 2.42" I.D., 3" O.D., unless otherwise noted
SS ; Split Spoon - 1 " I.D., 2" O.D., unless otherwise noted
ST : Thin -Walled Tube - 2" O.D., unless otherwise noted PS :Piston Sample
PA : Power Auger - WS : Wash Sample
HA: Hand Auger FT ; Fish Tail Bit
DS : Diamond Bit = 4", N, S RE : Rock Bit
AS : Auger Sample BS : Bulk Sample
HS ; Hollow Stem Auger PM : Pressure Meter
DC : Dutch Cone
WB : Wash Bore
Penetration Test: Blows per foot of a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches on a 2-inch O.D. split spoon, except where
Inoted.
WATER LEVEL MEASUREMENT SYMBOLS:
WL : Water Level WCI :Wet Cave in WS :While Sampling
WD : While Drilling
DCI : Dry Cave in BCR : Before Casing Removal
AS :After Boring ACR : After Casting Removal
Water, levels indicated on the boring logs are the levels measured in the borings at the time indicated. In pervious soils,
the indicated levels may reflect the location of groundwater. In low permeability soils, the accurate determination of
groundwater levels is not possible with only short term observations.
DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION:
Soil Classification is based on the Unified Soil Classification system and the ASTM Designations D-2487 and D-2488.
Coarse Grained Soils have more than 50% of their dry weight retained an a #200 sieve; they are described as: boulders,
cobbles, gravel or sand. Fine Grained Soils have less than 50% of their dry weight retained on a #200 sieve; they are
described as: clays, if they are plastic, and silts if they are slightly plastic or non -plastic. Major constituents may be
added as modifiers and minor constituents may be added according to the relative proportions based on grain size. In
addition to gradation, coarse grained soils are defined on the basis of their relative in -place density and fine grained soils
on the basis of their consistency. Example: Lean clay with sand, trace gravel, stiff ICL); silty sand, trace gravel, medium
dense (S,M).
CONSISTENCY OF FINE-GRAINED SOILS:
Unconfined Compressive
Strength, Qu, psf
Consistency
< 500
Very Soft
500- 1,000
Soft
1,001 - 2,000
Medium
2,001 - 4,000
Stiff
4,001 - 8,000
Very Stiff
8,001-16,000
Very Hard
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS OF
SAND AND GRAVEL
Descriptive Term(s)
(of Components Also
Present in Sample)
Trace
With
Modifier
RELATIVE PROPORTIONS
Descriptive Term(s)
(of Components Also
Present in Sample)
Trace
With
Modifier
Percent of
Dry Weight
< 15
15-29
> 30
OF FINES
Percent of
Dry Weight
< 5
5-12
> 12
RELATIVE DENSITY OF
COARSE -GRAINED SOILS:
N-Blows/ft. Relative Density
0-3 Very Loose
4-9 Loose
10-29 Medium Dense
30-49
Dense
50-80
Very Dense
80+
Extremely Dense
GRAIN SIZE TERMINOLOGY
Major Component
of Sample
Boulders
Cobbles
Gravel
Sand
Silt or Clay
Size Range
Over 12 in. (300mm)
12 in. to 3 in.
(300mm to 75mm)
3 in. to #4 sieve
(75mm to 4.75mm)
#4 to #200 sieve
(4.75mmto 0.075mm)
Passing #200 Sieve
(0.075mm)
l%rracon
LABORATORY TESTS
SIGNIFICANCE AND PURPOSE
J TEST
SIGNIFICANCE
PURPOSE
California
Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
Bearing
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
Pavement
Ratio
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Thickness
Design
Consolidation
Used to develop an estimate of both the rate and amount of
Foundation
both differential and total settlement of a structure.
Design
J Direct
Shear
Used to determine the consolidated drained shear strength of
Bearing Capacity,
soil or rock.
Foundation Design &
Slope Stability
Dry
Density
Used to determine the in -place density of natural, inorganic,
fine-grained
Index Property
soils.
Soil Behavior
Expansion
Used to measure the expansive potential of fine-grained soil
Foundation & Slab
and to provide a basis for swell potential classification.
Design
Gradation
Used for the quantitative determination of the distribution
of
particle sizes in soil.
Soil
Classification
Liquid &
Used as an integral.part.of engineering classification
Plastic Limit,
systems
to characterize the fine-grained fraction of soils, and to
Soil
Classification
Plasticity
specify the fine-grained fraction of construction materials.
Index
Permeability
Used to determine the capacity of soil or rock to conduct a
Groundwater
liquid or gas.
Flow Analysis
PH
Used to determine the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a soil.
Corrosion
Potential
JResistivity
Used to indicate the relative ability of a soil medium to carry
Corrosion
electrical currents.
Potential
JR-Value
Used to evaluate the potential strength of subgrade soil,
Pavement
subbase, and base course material, including recycled
Thickness
materials for use in road and airfield pavements.
Design
Soluble
Used to determine the quantitative amount of soluble
Corrosion
Sulphate
sulfates within a soil mass.
Potential
Unconfrned
To obtain the approximate compressive strength of soils that
Bearing Capacity
Compression
possess sufficient cohesion to permit testing in the
Analysis
unconfined state,
for
Foundations
Water
Used to determine the quantitative amount of water in a soil
Index Property
Content
mass.
Soil Behavior
Irerracon —
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
(Based on ASTM D653)
Allowable Soil
Bearing Capacity
The recommended maximum contact stress developed at the interface of the
foundation element and the
supporting material.
Alluvium
Soil, the constituents of which have been transported in suspension by flowing
water and subsequently deposited by sedimentation.
Aggregate Base
Course
A layer of specified material placed on a subgrade or subbase usually beneath slabs
or pavements.
Backfill
A specified material placed and compacted in a confined area.
Bedrock
A natural aggregate of mineral grains connected by strong and permanent cohesive
forces. Usually requires drilling, wedging, blasting or other methods of
extraordinary force for excavation.
Bench
A horizontal surface in a sloped deposit.
Caisson (Drilled pier
or Shaft)
A concrete foundation element cast in a circular excavation which may have an
enlarged base. Sometimes referred to as a cast -in -place pier or drilled shaft.
Coefficient of
Friction
A constant proportionality factor relating normal stress and the corresponding shear
stress at which sliding starts between the two surfaces.
Colluvium
Soil, the constituents of which have been deposited chiefly by gravity such as at
i
the foot of a slope or cliff..
Compaction
The densification of a soil by means of mechanical manipulation.
Concrete Slab -on- '
A concrete surface layer cast directly upon a base, subbase or subgrade, and
Grade
typically used as a floor system.
Differential
Movement
Unequal settlement or heave between, or within foundation elements of a
structure.
Earth Pressure
The pressure or force exerted by soil on any boundary -such as a foundation wall.
ESAL
Equivalent Single Axle Load, a criteria used to convert traffic to a uniform standard,
(18,000 pound axle loads).
Engineered Fi11 Specified material placed and compacted to specified density and/or moisture
conditions under observations of a representative of a geotechnical engineer.
Equivalent Fluid A hypothetical fluid having a unit weight such that it will produce a pressure
against a lateral support presumed to be equivalent to that produced by the actual
soil. This simplified approach is valid only when deformation conditions are such
that the pressure increases linearly with depth and the wall friction is neglected.
Existing Fill (or man- Materials deposited through the action of man prior to exploration of the site.
made fill
Existing Grade The ground surface at the time of field exploration.
Irerracon
SECTION 00600
BONDS AND CERTIFICATES
00610 Performance
00615 Payment Bon
00630Certificate
00635 Certificate
00640Certificate
00650 Lien Waiver
00660Consent of
00670 Application
Bond
9
of Insurance
of Substantial Completion
of Final Acceptance
Release (CONTRACTOR)
Surety
for Exemption Certificate
REPORT TERMINOLOGY
—
(Based on ASTM 0653)
Expansive Potential
The potential of a soil to expand (increase
in volume) due to absorption of
moisture.
Finished Grade
The final,grade created as a part of the project.
Footing
A portion of the foundation of a structure that transmits loads directly to the soil.
Foundation
The lower part of a structure that transmits
- Frost Depth
the loads to the soil or bedrock.
The depth of which the ground becomes
Grade Beam
frozen during the winter season.
—
A foundation element or wall, typically constructed of reinforced concrete, used
to span between other foundation
Groundwater
elements such as drilled piers.
Subsurface water found in the
zone of saturation of soils, or within fractures in
bedrock.
Heave
Upward movement.
Lithologic
The characteristics which describe the composition and texture of soil and rock
by observation.
Native Grade
The naturally occuring ground surface.
Native Soil
Naturally occurring on -site soil, sometimes referred to as natural soil.
Optimum Moistures
Content
The water content at which a soil can be compacted to a maximum dry unit
—
weight by a given compactive effort.
Perched Water !'
Groundwater, usually of limited area maintained above a normal water elevation
by the presence of an intervening relatively
impervious continuing stratum.
Scarify
To mechanically loosen soil or break down existing soil structure.
Settlement
Downward movement.
Skin Fdction (Side
Shear)
The frictional resistance developed between soil and an element of structure such
as a drilled pier or shaft.
Soil (earth)
Sediments or other unconsolidated accumulations of solid particles produced by
the physical and chemical disintegration of rocks, and which may or may
contain organic matter. not
Strain
The change in length per unit of length in a given direction.
Stress
The force per unit area acting within a soil mass.
Strip
To remove from present location.
Subbase
A layer of specified material in a pavement system between the subgrade and
base course.
Subgrade
The soil prepared and compacted to support a structure, slab or pavement
system.
1rerracon
UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
Criteria for Assigning Group Symbols and Group Names Using Laboratory Tests''
Coarse -Grained Gravels more than Clean Gravels Less
Soils more than 50% of coarse 50% than 5% finest Cu > 4 and 1 Cc <3E
00 St retained on fraction retained on
<
No. 200 slave No. 4 sieve
Cu < 4 andlor 1 > Cc >
Sands 50% or more
of coarse fraction
Passes No. 4 sieve
Fine -Grained Soils Silts and Clays
50% or more Liquid limit less
Passes the than 50
No. 200 sieve
Silts and Clays
Liquid limit 50
or more
ABased on the material passing the 3-in.
(76-mm) sieve
elf field sample contained c6bbles or
boulders, orboth; add 'with cobbles or
boulders, or both" to group 'name.
`Gravels with to 12% fines require dual
symbols:
GW-GM well -graded gravel with silt
GW,-GC well -graded gravel with clay
GP -GM poorly graded gravel with silt
GP -GC poorly graded gravel with clay
'Sands with 5 to 12% fines require dual
symbols:
SW-SM well -graded sand with silt
SW -SC well -graded and with clay
SP-SM poorly graded sand with silt
SP-SC poorly graded sand with clay
wr—
Gravels with Fines
more than 12% finest Fines classify as ML or MH
noes classify as CL or CH
Clean Sands Less
than 5°% finesE
Cu > 6 and 1 < Cc < 3E
— — —
Cu < 6 and/or 1 > Cc > 3E
Sands with Fines
Fines classify as ML or MH
more than 12% fines°
Fines Classify as CL or CH
Inorganic
PI > 7 and plots on or above "A line'
PI < 4 or plots below "A" line'
organic
Liquid limit - oven dried
Liquid limit - not dried < 0.75
inorganic
PI plots on or above nA" line
PI lots below "A" line
organic
Liquid limit - oven dried
I rn, dd r....» ___ .. < 0.75
In color, and organic odor
aCu'Dao/DL° Cc a (D°°)r
D10 X D6.
"If soil contains > 15% sand, add "with
sand" to group Name.
'if fines classify as CL-ML, use dual symbol
GC -GM, or SC-SM.
"If fines are organic, add "with organic fines"
to group name.
'if soil contains > 15% gravel, add "with
gravel" to group name.
'If Atterberg limits plot in shaded area, soil is
a CL-ML, silty clay. .
avr vMvvilienenn nl IMv�.nlnvtl voip
ntl vbv'[ InvC 4Y Nn vv"m-
'0
yninn0 olio
wnuWaun cf '� -.ne
'}"f 0.73 ILLf_ 2 I 353
O
V"tlun�F:0.0 lLf d)-"f
=
I
�t
o\�, I-P
Group
ymbo
GIN
GP
GM
GC
Sw
Sp
SM
SC
CL
ML
Group Narrea
Well -graded gravel"
Silty gravel,G,H
Lean
OL
Organi
CH Fat cla
MH Elastic
OH Organ
PT Peat
'If soil contains 15 to 29% plus No. 200, add
With sand" or "with gravel", whichever is
predominant.
Lif soil contains > 30% plus No. 200
predominantly.sand, add "sandy" to group
name.
°9f soil contains > 30°% plus No. 200,
predominantly gravel, add "gravelly" to group
name.
"PI > 4 and plots on or above "A" line.
°PI < 4 or plots below "A" line.
"PI plots on or above "A" line.
°PI plots below "A" Una.
Ica llc
iferraco
RECOMMENDED PREVENTATIVE MA
FOR ASPHALT CONCRETE 1
Distress Distress Recommended
Cracking """` Patching
Utility Cu
Medium Patching
Full -Depth
Asphalt Concrete
Patch
Aggregate
Cracking
-
Potholes
Medium
Clean &
Seal
an
All
Hi h
Bumps &
Sags
Low
No
Railroad
Crossing
mealum
Full -Depth
Asphalt Concrete.
Patch
Hi h
)egression
Low
.None .;
Shoving
Medium
Shallow AC Patch
Hi h
Full -De h Patch
Edge
Cracking
Low
None
Slippage
Cracking
Reflection
Seal
All Cracks
Medium
Lane/Shoulder
Drop-off
Hi h
Low
Shallow AC Ps
None
Medium
Regrade
Shoulder
Hi h
Longitudinal &
Transverse
Low
None
Cracking
Medium
O'Clean &
Seal
All Cracks
POLICY
weamermg Low
& Ravelling
Asphalt Concrete
Patch
N- ----
Asphalt Concrete
Patch
No— P li
for
This Project
Shallow AC
Patch
None
Shallow
Asphalt Concrete
Patch
Fog
Seal
Irerracon
—
_Aggregate
Severity
Levels
Defined
or ...o..e
Overlay
Medium
Full -Depth
Concrete Patchl
Slab Replacement
High
Break
LOW
Seal Cracks
Poouts
p
No
Severity
None
Levels
Defined
M edium
Full -Depth
_
Concrete Patch
High
Divided
Slab
Low
Seal Cracks
Pumping
No
Undersea],
—
Severity
Levels
Sealcracksfjoints
and
Defined
Restore
-
Load Transfer
Medium
Slab
--
Replacement
High
Durability
Cracking
Low
None
Punchout
Low
Seal Cracks
_
Medium
Full -Depth Patch
Medium
Full -Depth
Concrete
—
Faulting
Railrcad
Crossing
Patch
No
Policy -
Hf h Low
Slab Replacement
- None
High
Low
for this
—
Joint
Seal
Scaling
Map Cracking
Project
None
i Medium
Grind
None
- -
Medium
High
low
- Hi h
Low
Crazing
Medium
Reseal
Joints
Medium
Slab Replacement,
Full -depth Patch,
_
Lan ]der
Drop-off
Regrade and
Fill Shoulders
to Match
Lane Height
-
Shrinkage
Cracks
or Overlay
None
High
Low
Hi h
No
Severity
Levels
Defined
Medium
Hi h
Linear Cracking
Longitudinal,
Transverse and
Low
Clean &
Seal all Cracks
Spelling
(Corner)
-
Low
None
-
Diagonal
Cracks
Medium
Medium
Partial-0epth
--
Concrete Patch
Hi h I
Full -Depth Patch
High
Large Patching
and
Utility Cuts
Low
None
Spelling Low one
(Joint)
_
Medium
Seal Cracks or
Replace Patch
Medium Partial -Depth Patch
Hi h
Low
Small
None.
High Reconstruct Joint
Patching
Medium
Replace
Patch
Irerracon
SECTION 00610
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the
"Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of
Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of
in lawful money of the United States, for the
payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of ,
20 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND
COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER; BID NO. 5700.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its
duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said
Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may
be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life
of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands
incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the
OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do
so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the
OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void;
otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
7/96 Section 00610 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and
it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each
one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of
20
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF:
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Surety Seal)
Principal
(Title)
(Address)
Other Partners
By:
By:
Surety
By:
By:
(Address)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR
is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
7/96 Section 00610 Page 2
SECTION 00615
PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that
(Firm)
(Address)
(an Individual),
"Principal" and
(Firm)
(Address)
Bond No.
(a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as
hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City
of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal
Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of
in lawful money of the United States, for
the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors
and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered
into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the day of ,
20 , a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the
performance of The City of Fort Collins project, CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND
COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER; BID NO. 5700.
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms,
subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in
the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized
extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials,
lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used
in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on
said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or
otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force
and effect.
7/96 Section 00615 Page 1
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates
and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms
of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications
accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and
it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or
addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR
shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be
unsatisfied.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact
business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each
one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of
20
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Corporate Seal)
IN PRESENCE OF:
IN PRESENCE OF:
(Surety Seal)
Principal
M
(Title)
(Address)
Other Partners
Surety
By:
By:
(Address)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR
is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
7/96 Section 00615 Page 2
The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3
of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as
specified in the Agreement.
The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a
Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and
obligations arising from the performance of the Contract.
No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date
fixed for opening Bids.
The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any
informalities and irregularities therein.
Bid security in the amount of not less than 50 of the total Bid must accompany
each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders.
Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City
Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or
personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer
or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision -making authority
concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be
rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or
accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of
monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City
of Fort Collins is prohibited
City of Fort Collins By6 V::�0 / �� �-� )
Jaines B. O'Neill, II, CPPO,
P rchasing/Risk Management Director
07/2001 Section 00020 Page 2
SECTION 00630
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance.
7/96 Section 00630 Page 1
SECTION 00635
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS
(OWNER)
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
PROJECT TITLE:
CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE
UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER; BID NO. 5700
PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado
INCLUDE:
OWNER: City of Fort Collins
CONTRACTOR:
CONTRACT DATE:
The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized
representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project (or
specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be
substantially completed on the above date.
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This
list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not
alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents.
ENGINEER
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees
to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time
indicated.
By:
CONTRACTOR
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
The OWNER accepts the project or specified area
tially complete and will assume full possession
of the project at 12:01 a.m., on
heat, utilities, security, and insurance under
as set forth under "Remarks" below.
CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By:
OWNER
REMARKS:
of the project as substan-
of the project or specified area
The responsibility for
the Contract Documents shall be
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE
7/96 Section 00635 Page 1
SECTION 00640
CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE
TO:
Gentlemen:
20
You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20 , the City of
Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by
for the City of Fort Collins project, CITY OF FORT
COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER; BID NO. 5700.
A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for
all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated
In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and
guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date:
Sincerely,
OWNER: CitV of Fort Collins
By:
Title:
ATTEST:
Title:
7/96
Section 00640 Page 1
SECTION 00650
LIEN WAIVER RELEASE
(CONTRACTOR)
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER)
FROM:
(CONTRACTOR)
PROJECT: CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT CENTER; BID
NO. 5700
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from
the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and
performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project.
2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR
voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited
to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop
notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the
CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any
work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the
construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the
above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents,
employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control
of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on
and appurtenances to the land improved by the project.
3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished,
delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement,
alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or
performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by
and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or
their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been
paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible
future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any
funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or
against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out
of the project.
4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if
any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter
made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants,
agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers,
employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss,
damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result
of such claims.
7/96 Section 00650 Page 1
5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above
constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to
which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that
this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by
the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds
for the project.
Signed this
ATTEST:
Secretary
STATE OF COLORADO
COUNTY OF LARIMER
day of
CONTRACTOR
By:
Title:
)ss.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this
20 , by
Witness my hand and official seal.
My Commission Expires:
20
day of
Notary Public
7/96 Section 00650 Page 2
SECTION 00660
CONSENT OF SURETY
TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado
(hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER")
CONTRACTOR:
PROJECT: CITY OF FORT COLLINS AND COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY TRANSIT
CENTER; BID NO. 5700
CONTRACT DATE:
In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the
CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for
on bond of
Surety
_hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final
Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its
obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day
of ,
(Surety Company)
By
ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact.
7/96 Section 00660 Page 1
SECTION 00670
APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Insert State certificate here.
DR 0172 (12198)
COLORADO DEPARTMENT OF REVENUE
DENVER CO 80261
(303) 232.2416
CONTRACTOR APPLICATION
FOR
EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
Pursuant to Statute
Section 39-26.114(1)(a)(M)
DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SPACE
The exemption certificate for which you are applying must be used only for the purpose of purchasing construction and building
materials for the exempt project described below. This exemption does not include or apply to the purchase or rental of equipment,
supplies, and materials which are purchased, rented, or consumed by the contractor and which do not become a part of the
structure, highway, road, street, or other public works owned and used by the exempt organization.
Any unauthorized use of the exemption certificate will result in revocation of your exemption certificate and other penalties provided
by law.
A separate certificate is required for each contract.
Subcontractors will not be issued Certificates of Exemption by the Department of Revenue. It is the responsibility of the prime
contractor to issue certificates to each of the subcontractors. (See reverse side.)
FAILURE TO ACCURATELY COMPLETE ALL BOXES WILL CAUSE THE APPLICATION TO BE DENIED.
No. (to be assigned by DOR)
Woo
8.gistratiorVAccount
0170-750 (999) $0.00
' qr: �iroxep��},rsuv . o � 1c 37yYr <4,1a, u r , al >>a cS a
-
Trade name/DBA: -
Uwner, partner, or corporate name:
Mailing address (Ctty, Sffite, Zip):
Contact Person
E-Mail address:
Federal Employers IdenUflcation Number.
Bid amount for your contract
Fax number.
j
Business telephone number:
Colorado withholding tax account number.
ame of exempt organizatlon (as shown on contract): Exempt arganizetlons number:
98
Address of exempt organizatlon (City, State, Zip):
Principal contact at exempt organization:
Principal contacts telephone number:
Physical location of project site (give actual address when applicable and Cites and/or County (!as) where project is located)
Scheduled Month Day Year Estimated Month Day Year
constnrcdan start date: completion date:
p WW ,xx��
...v'h'G�^i� k "'iY�� r� eftx ♦�'h Qt= sp �+i+l C ,1.t,. , ��Mp'r �� h`i x�„q� .J S „ �UiF +n^' - e e
Ja# Nq �wr }pb -0
�,'Y ly
.g. . ,.f Pnr 'e F� .m�N'. ,, -V. �S.�'u�✓n'Cj 1 [='ry 4i �r.{ ;fix II�d..�JJRIk,v ,N�,iY,Y �,�,gb3�7 1 ir�liv4 ^Yhre'�'F2 yi+ fa+r �'p xY J ,-Y ..
I declare under penalty of perjury in the second degree that the statements made in this application are true and
complete to the best of my knowledge.
Signature of owner, partner or corporate officer.
Title of corporate officer;
Date:
vv r\v I WMI I C CCLUW 1 Hitt LINE
SECTION 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GENERAL CONDITIONS
OF THE
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
These GENERAL CONDITIONS have been developed by using the
STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION
CONTRACT prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents
Committee, EJCDC No. 1910-8 (1990 Edition), as a base. Changes to
that document are shown by underlining text that has been added and
striking through text that has been deleted.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
WITH CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Title
Number
Number & Title
Number
1. DEFINITIONS............................„..,,,.„.,.,,,,,,,.,,,,.1
2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS................................3
1.1
Addenda.............................................1
2.1
Delivery of Bonds .............................3
1.2
Agreement.........................................
. 1
2.2
m
Copies of Docuents,.......................
3
1.3
Application for Payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
1
2.3
Commencement of Contract
1.4
Asbestos ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1
Times; Notice to Proceed...............
3
1.5
Bid
..,,..... 1
2.4
Starting the Work,,, .............3
1.6
Bidding Documents,,,,,,,,,„.,,,,,,,,,.,
I'
2.5-2.7
Before Starting Construction;
1.7
Bidding Requirements ..........................1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
1.8
Bonds,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1
to Report; Preliminary Schediles;
1.9
Change Order,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,I
Delivery of Certificates of
1.10
Contract Documents ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1.
Insurance ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.,,,,.,,.,,,,,,,.....3-4
1.11
Contract Price,,, ,,,,,.,,,
,,..,,,.,,1
2.8
Preconstruction Conference ..............
1.12
Contract Times ,,,,,.„,,,,,,,,,,,1
2.9
Initially Acceptable Schedules ,,,,,,,,,,4
1.13
CONTRACTOR
1
1.14
defective ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1
3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
1.15
Drawings...................................I
AMENDING, REUSE.........................................
4
1.16
Effective Date of the Agreement.,,,,,,,,,,
1
3.1-3.2
Intent .......................................
4
1.17
ENGINEER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,, ,
,, ,,,,,,, 1
3.3
i......
Reference to Standards and Speci-
1.18
ENGINEER's Consultant,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1
fications of Technical Societies;
1.19
Field Order,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
I
Reporting and Resolving Dis-
1.20
General Requirements ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2
crepancies,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,....,,,,,,,,,,,4-5
1.21
Hazardous Waste „
,,,,,.,.,2
3.4
Intent of Certain Terms or
1.22.a
Laws and Regulations; Laws or
Adjectives ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5
Regulations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2
3.5
Amending Contract Docunents,,,,,,,,,5
1.22.b
Legal Holidays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2
3.6
Supplementing Contract
1.23
Liens..................................................Z
Documents..............................-....5
1.24
Milestone,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2
3.7
Reuse of Documents
1.25
Notice of Award ..................................
2
1.26
Notice to Proceed ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2
4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
1.27
OWNER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,.
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
1.28
Partial Utilization,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2
REFERENCE POINTS5
1.29
PCBs,,,,.................
.........2
4.1
Availability of Lands ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,j-6
1.30
Petroleum...........................................2
4.2
Subsurface and Physical
1.31
Project................................................2
Conditions ....................................
6
1.32.a
Radioactive Material ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2
4.2.1
Reports and Drawings,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,..6
132.b
Regular Working Hours,,,,,.
,,,,,..,2
4.2.2
Limited Reliance by CONTRAC-
1.33
Resident Project Representative,,,,,,,,,,,,2
TOR Authorized; Technical
1.34
Samples..............................................2
Data..............................--.............6
1.35
Shop Drawings,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2
4.2.3
Notice of Differing Subsurface
1.36
Specifications,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
2
or Physical Conditions ,,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,..6
1.37
Subcontractor,.. ..,,,,,
,,...,,,, 2
4.2.4
ENGINEER's Review .................6
1.38
Substantial Completion ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2
4.2.5
Possible Contract Documents
1.39
Supplementary Conditions ....................
Change .........................................
6
1.40
Supplier,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
..........2
4.2.6
Possible Price and Times
1.41
Underground Facilities ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-3
Adjustments,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,..............6-7
1.42
Unit Price Work ...................................
3
4.3
Physical Conditions --Underground
1.43
Work ..................................................
Facilities .......................................
7
1.44
Work Change Directive,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
3
4.3.1
Shown or Indicated,,,,,,,,,,,,.,,,.,,.,,,...7
1.45
Written Amendment ......................
4.3.2
Not Shown or Indicated ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7
4.4
Reference Points ................................
7
II EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Page
Article or Paragraph
Page
Number & Title
Number
Number &
Title
Number
4.5
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
6.25
Submittal Proceedures; CON -
Hazardous Waste or
TRACTOR's Review Prior
Radioactive Material....................7-8
to Shop Drawing or Sample
Submittal....................................16
5. BONDS AND INSURANCE .... ............. I—..........
8
6.26
Shop Drawing & Sample Submit-
5.1-5.2
Performance, Payment and Other
tals Review by ENGINEER
16-17
Bonds ..............................................
8
6.27
......
Responsibility for Variations
5.3
Licensed Sureties and Insurers;
From Contract Documents ............
17
Certificates of Insurance ....................
8
6.28
Related Work Performed Prior
5.4
CONTRACTOR's Liability
to ENGINEER's Review and
Insurance.........................................9
Approval of Required
5.5
OWNER's Liability Insurance ..............
9
Submittals ...................................
17
5.6
Property Insurance .........................9-10
6.29
Continuing the Work„ ...........
17
5.7
Boiler and Machinery or Addi-
6.30
CONTRACTOR's General
tional Property Insurance.................10
Warranty and Guarantee........,,,,,.
17
5.8
Notice of Cancellation ProNision .........
10
6.31-6.33
Indemnification .........................j7-18
5.9
CONTRACTOR's Responsibility
6.34
Survival of Obligations
18
for Deductible Amounts ... ...............„10
..............
5.10
Other Special Insurance.**.................10
7. OTHER WORK .................................................
18
5.11
Waiver of Rights.......................I......_.11
7.1-7.3
Related Work at Site ........................
18
5.12-5.13
Receipt and Application of
7.4
Coordination..................................18
Insurance Proceeds ......................
10-11
5.14
Acceptance of Bonds and Insv-
8. OWNER'S
RESPONSIBILITIES .........................18
ance; Option to Replace....................11
8.1
Communications to CON-
5.15
Partial Utilization --Property
TRACTOR .........................„
18
Insurance ...................................
. .11
8.2
Replacement of ENGINEER, *...*....18
8.3
Furnish Data andPay Promptly
6. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...............11
When Due..................................18
6.1-6.2
Supervision and Superintendency.......
11
8.4
Lands and Easements; Reports
6.3-6.5
Labor, Materials and Equipment...
I1-12
and Tests..............................18-19
6.6
Progress Schedule..............................12
8.5
Insurance,
19
6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items;
8.6
_
Change Orders ........................
CONTRACTOR's Expense;
8.7
Inspections, Tests and
.19
Substitute Construction
Approvals...................................19
Methods or Procedures;
8.8
Stop or Suspend Work;
ENGINEER's Evaluation . ............
12-13
Terminate CONTRACTOR's
6.8-6.11
Concerning Subcontractors,
Services .............................
Suppliers and Others;
8.9
Limitations on OWNER'S
.19
Waiver of Rights .........................13-14
Responsibilities ,...........................
19
6.12
Patent Fees and Royalties ...................
14
8.10
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum,
6.13
Permits .............................................
14
Hazardous Waste or
6.14
Laws and Regulations ........................14
Radioactive Material ......,,,,......,.„19
6.15
Taxes .. ......................
14-15
8.11
Evidence of Financal
6.16
Use of Premises .................................15
Arrangements..............................19
6.17
Site Cleanliness ................................
15
6.18
Safe Structural Loading.....................15
9. ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
6.19
Record Documents .............................15
CONSTRUCTION
6.20
Safety and Protection ....................15-16
9.1
OWNER's Representative,,,,,......,,,,
19
6.21
Safety Representative...
16
9.2
Visits to Site ..................
19
6.22
Hazard Communication Programs......
16
9.3
Project Representative
6.23
Emergencies ...............................
16
9.4
...............19-21
Clarifications and Interpre-
6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples..............16
tations................. .......................
1
9.5
Authorized Variations in Rbrk21
1° EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph Page Article or Paragraph Page
Number & Title Number Number & Title Number
9.6
Rejecting Defective Work..................21
9.7-9.9
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments ...................................
21
9.10
Determinations for Unit Prices,,,,,
21-22
9.11-9.12
Decisions on Disputes; ENGI-
NEER as Initial Interpreter..............22
9.13
Limitations on ENGINEER's
Authority and Responsibilities,.,,
22-23
CHANGES IN
THE WORK .......................................
23
10.1
OWNER's Ordered Change...............23
10.2
Claim for Adjustment,,,,,,,,,,, .............
23
10.3
Work Not Required by Contract
Documents .....................................
23
10.4
Change Orders ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,23
10.5
Notification of Surety,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
23
CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE .............................23
11.1-11.3
Contract Price; Claim for
Adjustment; Value of
the Work ...................................
23-24
11.4
Cost of the Work .........................24-25
11.5
Exclusions to Cost of the Work ...........
25
11.6
CONTRACTOR's Fee........................25
11.7
Cost Records25-26
11.8
Cash Allowances...............................26
11.9
Unit Price Work................................26
CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ............................26
12.1
Claim for Adjustment ........................26
12.2
Time of the Essence ..........................26
12.3
Delays Beyond CONTRACTOR's
Control ......................................
26-27
12.4
Delays Beyond OWNER'S and
CONTRACTOR's Control27
TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,
REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF
DEFECTIVE WORK..................................................27
13.1
Notice of Defects..............................27
13.2
Access to the Work ............................27
13.3
Tests and Inspections;
CONTRACTOR's Cooperation,,,,,,,,,
27
13.4
OWNER's Responsibilities;
Independent Testing Laboratory,,.,,,,
27
13.5
CONTRACTOR's
Responsibilities . ..... . . .. . ....................27
13.6-13.7
Covering Work Prior to Inspec-
tion, Testing or Approval,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
27
13.8-13.9 Uncovering Work at ENGI
NEER's Request .....................
13.10
OWNER May Stop the Work .......
*... 28
13.11
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work ..........................28
13.12
Correction Period......*...................
28
13.13
Acceptance of Defective Work .........
28
13.14
OWNER May Correct Defective
Work .....................................
28-29
14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION .................................................
29
14.1
Schedule of Values ........................29
14.2
Application for Progress
Payment .....................................
29
14.3
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of
Title...........................................29
14.4-14.7
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
29-30
14.8-14.9
Substantial Completion,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
30
14.10
Partial Utilization .......................
30-31
14.11
Final Inspection. ............................31
14,12
Final Application for Payment ,,,,,,,,31
14.13-14.14
Final Payment and Acceptance,.,,,,,
31
14.15
Waiver of Claims ......................31-32
15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION ...............................................
32
15.1 OWNER May Suspend Work,,,,,,,,,,
32
15.2-15.4 OWNER May Terminate,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
32
15.5 CONTRACTOR May Stop
Work or Terminate.......
32-33
16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 33
17. MISCELLANEOUS..........................................33
17.1
Giving Notice................................33
17.2
Computation of Times,,,,.,.„.„.....,
33
17.3
Notice of Claim .............................33
17.4
Cumulative Remedies ..............33
17.5
Professional Fees and Court
Costs Included .............................33
17.6
Applicable State Laws,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
33-34
Intentionally left blank.......................................35
EXHIBIT GC -A:
(Optional)
Dispute Resolution Agreement ....................
GC -Al
16.1-16.6
Arbitration,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
GC -Al
16.7
Mediation...............................GC-AI
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
INDEX TO GENERAL CONDITIONS
City of Fort Collins modifications to the General Conditions of the Construction Contract are not shown in this index
Article or Paragraph
Number
Acceptance of --
Bonds and Insurance........................................5.14
defective Work............................10.4.1, 13.5, 13.13
final payment........ ...._...9.125 14.15
insurance......................................................... 5.14
other Work, by CONTRACTOR ..........................7.3
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Item*....................6.7.1
Work by OWNER ................... .......2.5, 6.30, 6.34
Access to the --
Lands, OWNER andCONTRACTOR
responsibilities .............................................. 4.1
site, related Work .............................................. 7.2
Work...........................................13.2, 13.14, 14.9
Acts or Omissions--, Acts and Omissions--
CONTRACTOR...................................6.9,15 9.13.3
ENGINEER .......................................... 6.20, 9.13.3
OWNER....................................................6.20, .9
Addenda --definition of also see
definition of Specifications........ 1.6, 1.10, 6.19 , 1.1
Additional Property Insurances ................................. 5.7
Ad ustments--
Contract Price or Contract
Times ...........................1.5, 3.5, 4.1, 4.3.2, 4.5.2,
.............................4.5.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2-10.4,
........................................ 111, 12, 14. ,15.1
progress schedule .............................................. 6.6
Agreement --
definition of......................................................1.2
"All -Risk" Insurance, policy form..........................5..6.2
Allowances, Cash....................................................11.
Amending Contract ocuments, 3.5
Amendment, Written --
in general .................
1,10, 1.45, 3.5, 5.10, 5.12, 6.6.2
...........................6..2, 6.19, 10.1, 10.4, 11.2
....................................12.1, 13.12.2, 14.7.2
Appeal, OWNER or CONTRACTOR
intent to ..........................9.10, 9.11, 10.4, 16.2, 16.5
Application for Payment --
definition of......................................................1.3
ENGINEER s Responsibility 9.9
final payment ................. 9.13.4, 9.13.5, 14.12-14.15
in general ..........................2. , 2.9, 5.6.4, 9.10, 15.5
progress payment ...................................... 14.1-14.7
re iewof................................................:14.4-14.7
Arbitration . .......
..........
.................
...........
......16.1-16.6
Asbestos --
claims pursuant theretq..........................4.5.2, 4.5.3
CONTRACTOR authori ed to stop Work .......... 4.5.2
definition of.....................................................1.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
OWNER responsibility for ............................
4.5.1, .10
possible price and times change .......................
4.5.2
Authori ed ariations in Work ..........
3.6, 6.25, 6.27, 9.5
A ailability of Lands .........................................
4.1, .4
Award, Notice of --defined, ......................................
1.25
Before Starting Construction ..............................2
5-2.
Bid --definition of........................1.5
1.1, 1.10, 2.3, 3.31
,,,,,,,4.2.6.4, 6.13, 11.4.3, 11.9.1
Bidding ocuments--definition
of
1.6 6. .2
Bidding Requirements --definition
Of..........................................1.7
1.1, 4.2.6.2
Bonds --
acceptance of....................................................5.14
additional bonds..................................10.5,
11.4.5.9
Cost of the Work............................................11.5.4
definition of.......................................................1
deli ery of...................................................2.1,
5.1
final Application for Payment. ..................
14.12-14.14
general ......................................
1.10, 5.1-5.3, 5.13,
........................................9.13,
10.5, 14.7.6
Performance, Payment and Other...................5.1-5.2
Bonds and Insurance --in general.................................5
Builders risk "all-risk" policy form ....................
J.6.2
Cancellation Pro isions, Insurance......,
5.4.11, 5. , 5.15
Cash Allowances....................................................11.
Certificate of Substantial Completion.....,,
1.3 , 6.30.2.3,
..............14.
, 14.10
Certificates of Inspection ...................9.13.4,
13.5, 14.12
Certificates of Insurance..............2.7,
5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13,
.......................5.6.5, 5. ,
5.14, 9.13.4, 14.12
Change in Contract Price --
Cash Allowances„ ............................................
11.
claim for price
ad ustment............ 4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15, 6. .2, 9.4
................... 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
10.5, 11.2, 13.9,
... ...,13.13, 13.14,
14.7, 15.1, 15.5
CONTRACTOR s fee.........................................11.6
Cost of the Work
general ...............................................
11.4-11.7
Exclusions to ..............................................
11.5
Cost Records.....................................................11.7
in general ....... ...... 1.19, 1.44, 9.11,
10.4.2, 10.4.3, 11
Lump Sum Pricing ..........................................
11.3.2
Notification of Surety........................................10.5
Scope of....................................................10.3-10.4
Testing and Inspection,
nco ering the Work ..................................
13.9
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Unit Price Work .......................................... 11.9
Article or Paragraph
Number
Value of Work..................................................11.3
Change in Contract Times --
Claim for times adjustment ........
4.1, 4.2.6, 4.5, 5.15,
........... 6.8.2, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2, 10.5, 12.1,
.......... 13.9, 13.13, 13.14,
14.7, 15.1, 15.5
Contractual timelimits12.2
Delays beyond CONTRACTOR's
control.......................................................
12.3
Delays beyond OWNER's and
CONTRACTOR's control.............................12.4
Notification of surety.........................................10.5
Scope of change,,,,,,,,,,,, ......................
_....10.3-10.4
Change Orders --
Acceptance ofDefective Work ..........................13.13
Amending Contract Documents .........................13.5
Cash Allowances11.8
Change of Contract Price.....................................I
I
Change of Contract Times...................................12
Changes in the Work,,,,,.,,,
,.,...... „.,....10
CONTRACTOR's fee ........................................
11.6
Cost of the Work
11.4-11.7
Cost Records....................................................11.7
definition of ......................................................
1.9
emergencies....................................................
6.23
ENGINEER's responsibility.,.,,,,
9.8, 10.4, 11.2, 12.1
execution of.....................................................10.4
Indemnifiction ..... I .... ... I ............ 0.12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33
Insurance, Bonds and,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
5.10, 5.13, 10.5
OWNER may terminate,,,,.,.
...............15.2-15.4
OWNER's Responsibility,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
............... $.6, 10.4
Physical Conditions --
Subsurface and..............................................4.2
Underground Facilities--...........................4.3.2
Record Documents
6.19
Scope of Change.......................................10.3-10.4
Substitutes.............................................
6.7.3, 6.8.2
Unit Price Work
11.9
value value of Work, covered by.................................11.3
Changes in the Work,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
...10
Notification of surety.........................................10.5
OWNER's and CONTRACTOR's
responsibilities ..........................
................. 10.4
Right to an adjustment ..............................
10.2
Scope of change ........................................
10.3-10.4
Claims --
against CONTRACTOR....................................6.16
against ENGINEER ........................................
6.32
against OWNER...............................................0.32
Change of Contract Price ...........................
9A, 11.2
Change of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
........... 9.4, 12.1
CONTRACTOR's.............4
7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2,
...........................11.2,
11.9, 12.1, 13.9, 14.8,
............................................15.1,
15.5, 17.3
CONTRACTOR's Fee 11.6
Article or Paragraph
Number
CONTRACTOR's liability ........... 5.4, 6.12, 6.16, 6.31
Cost of the Work „ 11.4, 11.5
Decisions on Disputeg...............................9.11, 9.12
Dispute Resolution............................................16.1
Dispute Resolution Agreement .................... 16.1-16.6
ENGINEER as initial interpretoK....................... 9.11
Lump Sum Pricing ......................................... J 1.3.2
Noticeof..........................................................17.3
OWNER'S_,_„ .............. 9.4, 9.5, 9.11, 10.2, 11.2, 11.9
.....12.1, 13.9, 13.13, 13.14, 17.3
OWNER's liability .............................................. 5.5
OWNER may refuse to make payment.................14.7
Professional Fees and Court Costs
Included......................................................17.5
request for formal decision on ............................9.I
I
Substitute Items ........................ I....................6.7.1.2
Time Extension.................................................12.1
Time requirements....................................9.11,
12.1
Unit Price Work
11.9.3
Valueof. ..........................................................1.1.3
Waiver of --on Final Payment .................
J4.14, 14.15
Work Change Directive ....................................
10.2
written notice required,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11, 11.2, 12.1
Clarifications and Interpretations,,,,,,,,,,,,
3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11
CleanSite............................................................6.17
Codes of Technical Society, Organization
or Association ...... ... .. ...................................... 3.3.3
Commencement of Contract Timesz 3
Communications--
general..............................................0.2,
6.9.2, 8.1
Hazard Communication Programs,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.22
Completion --
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Final Inspection.............................................14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance ...............14.13-14.14
Partial Utilization,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
........14.10
Substantial Completion ......................1
38, 14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims ..,......
14.15
Computation of Times ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,17
2.1-17.2.2
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others.................................................6.8-6.11
Conferences --
initially acceptable schedules ..............................
2.9
preconstructi on ... ... .. ...........................................
2.8
Conflict, Error, Ambiguity, Discrepancy--
CONTRACTOR to Report..........................2.5,
3.3.2
Construction, before starting by
CONTRACTOR............................................2.5-2.7
Construction Machinery, Equipment, etc;,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.4
Continuing the Work ....................................
6.29, 10.4
Contract Documents --
Amending..........................................................
3.5
Bonds.............................................................
5.1
vi
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Cash Allowances11.8
Article or Paragraph
Number
Change of Contract Price ............................
*.......11
Change of Contract Times, ..................................
12
Changes in the Work................................10.4-10.5
check and verify ................................................
2.5
Clarifications and
Interpretations .........................3.2, 3.6,
9.4, 9.11
definition of.....................................................1.10
ENGINEER as initial interpreter of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative..............9.1
genera13
Insurance...........................................................5.3
Intent........................................................
3.1-3.4
minor variations in the Work..............................3.6
OWNER's responsibility to furnish data...............8.3
OWNER's responsibility to make
prompt payment ..........................$.3, 14.4, 14.13
precedence............ ......... ..........3.1,
3.3.3
Record Documents............................................6.19
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies ....................................
3.3
Related Work,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,
7.2
Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies,,,,,.,,
2.5, 3.3
Reuseof.............................................................3.7
Supplementing..................................................
3.6
Termination of ENGINEER'S Employment ..........
8.2
Unit Price Work...............................................11.9
variations ........................................ . 3.6, 6.23, 6.27
Visits to Site, ENGINEER'g ............. 4.................
9.2
Contract Price --
adjustment of ................3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 11.2-11.3
Changeof .... .. ..........................
...........................11
Decision on Disputes........................................9.11
definition of.....................................................1.11
Contract Times --
adjustment o...........................
3.5, 4.1, 9.4, 10.3, 12
Change of. ...............................................12.1-12.4
Commencement of ............................................
2.3
definition of....................................................1.12
CONTRACTOR --
Acceptance of Insurance. ..................................
5.14
Communications,,,, .........
,,,,.., 6.2, 6.9.2
Continue Work ...................................
.. ...6.29, 10.4
coordination and scheduling....................I.......6.9.2
definition of .....................................................
1.13
Limited Reliance on Technical
Data Authorized.........................................4.2.2
May Stop Work or Terminate,.........,
*..............15.5
provide site access to others,,,,,,,,,,,,,,..........
. 7.2, 13.2
Safety and Protection ...................4.3.1.2,
6.16, 6.18,
...................4..................6.21-6,23,
7.2, 13.2
Shop Drawing and Sample Review
Prior to Submittal........................................6.25
Stop Work requirements..................................4.5.2
CONTRACTOR'sb
Article or Paragraph
Number
Compensation ............................................
11.1- 11.2
Continuing Obligation ... .... ......... *......,,,,,,,,,,
... * 14.15
Defective Work ............................... 9.6, 13.10-13.14
Duty to correct defective Work ..........................13.11
Duty to Report -
Changes in the Work caused by
Emergency............................................
..........................................
6.23
Defects in Work of Others.............................2.3
Differing condition* ...................................4.2.3
Discrepancy in Documents,,,,,,,, 2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Underground Facilities not indicated,,,,,,,,,,
4.3.2
Emergencies.....................................................6.23
Equipment and Machinery Rental, Cost
of the Work...........................................11.4.5.3
Fee --Cost Plug..........................11.4.5.6, 11.5.1,
11.6
General Warranty and Guarantee.......................0.30
Hazard Communication Programs,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.22
Indemnification.....,.....* ,,,,,,.....6.12, 6.16,
6.31-6.33
Inspection of the Work . ................7.3,
13.4
Labor, Materials and Equipment ....................6.3-6.5
Laws and Regulations, Compliance by,.,,.,.,.,,,
6.14.1
Liability Insurance..............................................5.4
Notice of Intent to Appeal .........................9.10,
10.4
obligation to perform and complete
theWork....................................................6.30
Patent Fees and Royalties, paid for by,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.12
Performance and Other Bonds
5.1
Permits, obtained and paid for bY.......................0.13
Progress Schedule ..........................2.6, 2.8, 2.9, 6.6,
........................................6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Request for formal decisionon disputes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.11
Responsibilities --
Changes in the Work..................................10.1
Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers
and Others......................................6.8-6.11
Continuing the Work ..........................0.29,
10.4
CONTRACTOR's expense ..........................
6.7.1
CONTRACTOR's General Warranty
and Guarantee ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6.30
CONTRACTOR's review prior to Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal ................
6.25
Coordination of Work................................6.9.2
Emergencies ...............................................
6.23
ENGINEER's evaluation, Substitutes
or "Or -Equal" Items..............................(.7.3
For Acts and Omissions
of Others.............................6.9.1-6.9.2, 9.13
for deductible amounts, insurance...................5.9
general........................................6, 7.2,
7.3, 8.9
m Hazardous Communication Progra@...........
.22
Indemnification ...................................
6.31-6.33
va
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Labor, Materials and Equipment..............0.3-6.5
Laws and Regulations..................................6.14
Liability Insurance......................................... 5.4
Article or Paragraph
Number
Notice of variation from Contract
Documents ...........................................
6.27
Patent Fees and Royalties.............................6.12
Permits.......................................................6.13
Progress Schedule.........................................6.6
Record Documents ......................................
6.19
related Work performed prior to
ENGINEER's approval of required
submittals .............................................
6.28
safe structural loading.................................6.18
Safety and Protection ..... ........ 6.20,
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative...................................6.21
Scheduling the Work..................................6.9.2
Shop Drawings and Sample$ .........
6.24
Shop Drawings and Samples Review
by ENGINEER .....................................
6.26
Site Cleanliness ...........................................
6.17
Submittal Procedures ...................................
6.25
Substitute Construction Methods
and Procedures ....................................
6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items................6.7.1
Superintendence ............................................
6.2
Supervision...................................................6.1
Survival of Obligations................................6.34
Taxes........................... I ..............................
6.15
Tests and Inspections...................................13.5
ToReport......................................................2.5
Use of Premises .....................6.16-6.18, 6.30.2.4
Review Prior to Shop Drawing or
Sample Submittal ........................................
6.25
Right to adjustment for changes in the Work ..... 10.2
right to claim ............. 41 7.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.11,
10.2,11.2,
.......... i1.9,12.1,13.9,14.8,15.1,15.5,17.3
Safety and Protection ................. 6.20-6.22,
7.2, 13.2
Safety Representative .......................................
6.21
Shop Drawings and Samples Submittal$ ....6.24-6.28
Special Consultants........................................11.4.4
Substitute Construction Methods and Procedurep..6.7
Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items,
Expense .......................................... 6.7.1,
6.7.2
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Otherg.........,
6.8-6.11
Supervision and Superintendence .......... 6.1,
6.2, 6.21
Taxes, Payment by............................................6.15
Use of Premises
6.16-6.18
Warranties and guarantees ..........................6.5,
6.30
Warranty of Title.........................................14.3
Written Notice Required --
CONTRACTOR stop Work or terminatc,
....... 15.5
Reports of Differing Subsurface
and Physical Condition$ .......................
4.2.3
Substantial Completion................................14.8
CONTRACTORS --other .............................................. 7
Contractual Liability Insurance..............................5..4.10
Contractual Time Limits,,. 12.2
Article or Paragraph
Number
Coordination—
CONTRACTOR's responsibility ........................6.9.2
Copies of Documents ...... .......................................
2.2
Correction Period..................................................13.12
Correction, Removal or Acceptance
of Defective Work--
in general...................................10.4.1,
13.10-13.14
Acceptance of Defective Work ...........................1,
.13
Correction or Removal of
Defective Work.................................6.30,
13.11
Correction Period
13.12
OWNER May Correct Defective Work
.......... J3.14
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
Cost --
of Tests and Inspection$ ....................................
13.4
Recordsll.7
Cost of the Work --
Bonds and insurance, additional ...................11.4.5.9
Cash Discounts, ..................... ........................
11.4.2
CONTRACTOR's Fee
11.6
Employee Expenses. „ .....,,,,,,,,11.4.5.1
Exclusions to............ ....................................
.....11.5
General11.4-11.5
Home office and overhead expense*.................„11.5
Losses and damages.....................................11.4.5.6
Materials and equipment .................................
11.4.2
Minor expenses...........................................11.4.5.8
Payroll costs on changes,,,,, ... *...... *.............11.4.1
performed by Subcontractors..........................1.1.4.3
Records11.7
Rentals of construction equipment
and machinery.......................................11.4.5.3
Royalty payments, permits and
license fees............................................11.4.5.5
Site office and temporary facilitie$................
j 1.4.5.2
Special Consultants, CONTRACTOR's............11.4.4
Supplemental .................................................
l 1.4.5
Taxes related to the World............................11.4.5.4
Tests and Inspection .......................
Trade Discounts
.............................
Utilities, fuel and sanitary facilities„
Work after regular hours .................
Covering Work.........
Cumulative Remedies
Cutting, fitting and patching.......
Data, to be furnished by OWNER.
Day --definition of .......................
Decisions on Disputes ..................
defective --definition of ...............
defective Work --
Acceptance of .......................
10.4.1, 13.13
v&1 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Correction or Removal of
............
Correction Period .......................
in general .................................
......10.4.1, 13.11 OWNER's Representative ..................
.................13.12 Payments to the CONTRACTOR,
.....13, 14.7, 14.11 Responsibility for .........................
Recommendation of Payment ...............
Article or Paragraph
Number
Observation by ENGINEER ................................
9.2
OWNER May Stop Work.................................13.10
Prompt Notice of Defects...................................13.1
Rejecting...........................................................9.6
Uncovering the WorX.......................................13.8
Definitions ................................................................
1
Delays ..................................... 4.1, 6.29,
12.3-12.4
Delivery of Bonds.....................................................2.1
Delivery of certificates of insurance ............................7.7
Determinations for Unit Prices ........................
*........9.10
Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions --
Noticeof........................................................4.2.3
ENGEQEER's Review.....................„....,,,.„.....4.2.4
Possible Contract Documents Chang@ ..............
4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments .............
4.2.6
Discrepancies -Reporting
and Resolving................................2.5, 3.3.2, 6.14.2
Dispute Resolution--
Agreement................................................16.1-16.6
Arbitration.................................................
16.1-16.5
genera116
Mediation ..........................................................
16.6
Dispute Resolution Agreement.........................16.1-16.6
Disputes, Decisions by ENGINEER ..................
9.11-9.12
Documents --
Copiesof...........................................................2.2
Record 6.19
Reuseof............................................................
3.7
Drawings --definition of..........................................1.15
Easements................. ......... .........
.......4.1
Effective date of Agreement -- definition of .............1.16
Emergencies.........................................................0.23
ENGINEER --
as initial interpreter on disputes .................9.11-9.12
definition of....................................................1.17
Limitations on authority and responsibilities.....
9.13
Replacement of ..................................................
8.2
Resident Project Representative ...........................9
3
ENGINEER's Consultant -- definition of .........
.......1.18
ENGINEER's--
authority and responsibility, limitations on ........ 9.13
Authorized Variations in the Work.....................9.5
Change Orders, responsibility for....... 9.7, 10, 11, 12
Clarifications and Interpretations ...............3.6.3,
9.4
Decisions on Disputes ..............................
9.11-9.12
defective Work, notice of..................................13.1
Evaluation of Substitute Items ..........................6.7.3
Liability...................................................6.32,
9.12
Notice Work is Acceptable...............................14.13
Observations...........................................6.30.2,
9.2
9.1
........9.9, 14
.,14.4, 14.13
Article or Paragraph
Number
Responsibilities --Limitations op.................9.11-9.13
Review of Reports on Differing Subsurface
and Physical Conditions.............................4.2.4
Shop Drawings and Samples, review
responsibility ..............................................
6.26
Status During Construction—
authorized variations in the Work..................9.5
Clarifications and Interpretations ..................9.4
Decisions on Disputes .................
..... 9.11-9.12
Determinations on Unit Price .......................9.10
ENGINEER as Initial InterpretcX..........9.11-9.12
ENGINEER's Responsibilities ................9.1-9.12
Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority
and Responsibilities..............................9.13
OWNER's Representative..............................9.1
Project Representative .................................
9.3
Rejecting Defective Work ..,.
.........9.6
Shop Drawings, Change Orders
and Payments .................... ................
9.7-9.9
Visits to Site.................................................9.2
Unit Price determinations..................................
9.10
Visits to Site.......................................................9.2
Written consent requires{..............................7.2,
9.1
Equipment, Labor, Materials and ........................
.......
Equipment rental, Cost of the Work ..................
11.4.5.3
Equivalent Materials and Equipment ........................6.7
omissions
error or ...............
....................................
. 6.33
Evidence of Financial Arrangements .......................8.1I
Explorations of physical conditions .......................
4.2.1
Fee, CONTRACTOR's--Costs Plus ...........................11.6
Field Order --
definition of .......................................................
1.19
issued by ENGINEER ................................
3.6.1, 9.5
Final Application for Payment ..............................
14.12
Final Inspection...................................................14.11
Final Payment --
and Acceptance......................................14.13-14.14
Prior to, for cash allowances .............................
11.8
General Provisions ..........................................
17.3-17.4
General Requirements --
definition of.....................................................1.20
principal references to..............2.6, 6.4,
6.6-6.7, 6.24
Giving Notice.........................................................17.1
Guarantee of Work --by CONTRACTOR ........
6.30, 14.12
Hazard Communication Programs ...........................6.22
Hazardous Waste --
definition of.....................................................1.21
general.............................................................
4.5
OWNER's responsibility for ...............................
8.10
1
is
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Indemnification.......................
Initially Acceptable Schedules,.,
Inspection --
Certificates of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Final
......0..12, 6.16, 6.31-6.33
Insurance...........................................................5.3
................................2.9
Precedence................................................3.1,
3.3.3
Reference to ....................................................
3.3.1
.......9.13.4, 13.5, 14.12
Safety and Protection................................6.20,
13.2
.....................14.11
Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others .........6.8-6.11
Article or Paragraph
Number
Special, required byENGINEER .........................
9.6
Tests and Approval,.,.,,,,,,,, .........$.7, 13.3-13.4
Insurance --
Acceptance of, by OWNER...............................5.14
Additional, required by changes
in the Work............................................11.4.5.9
Before starting the Work ....................................
2.7
Bonds and --in genera(..........................................5
Cancellation Provisions .......................................
5.8
Certificates of..................2.7, 5, 5.3, 5.4.11, 5.4.13,
......................5.6.5, 5.8, 5.14, 9.13.4,
14.12
completed operations..................................1.5.4.13
CONTRACTOR's Liability..................................5.4
CONTRACTOR's objection to coverage.............5.14
Contractual Liability ................... ..... *...........
5.4.10
deductible amounts, CONTRACTOR's
responsibility................................................5.9
Final Application for Payment .........................14.12
Licensed Insurers ................................................
5.3
Notice requirements, material changes ........
5.8, 10.5
Option to Replace.............................................5.14
other special insurances ...................................
5.10
OWNER as fiduciary for insureds ........ .....5.12-5.13
OWNER's Liability............................................5.5
OWNER's Responsibility....................................8.5
Partial Utilization, Property Insurance...............5.15
Property....................................................
5.6-5.10
Receipt and Application of Insurance
Proceeds ..............................................
5.12-5.13
Special Insurance . .. . .. . . . .. . .. . ..............................
5.10
Waiver of Rights..............................................5.11
Intent of Contract Documents ................ .............
3.1-3.4
Interpretations and Clarifications ......................3.6.3,
9.4
Investigations of physical conditions ..........................4.2
Labor, Materials and Equipment...........................6.3-6.5
Lands --
and Easements...................................................$.4
Availability of.............................................4.1,
8.4
Reports and Tests...............................................8.4
Laws and Regulations --Laws or Regulations --
Bonds ..........................................................
5.1-5.2
Changes in the Wor)i.......................................
10.4
Contract Documents, ...................................
3.1
CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities..........„......
'0.14
Correction Period, defective Work....................13.12
Cost of the Work, taxes,,,,,,, ......... ......
11.4.5.4
definition of.....................................................1.22
general6.14
Indemnification ........................................
6.31-6.33
Article or Paragraph
Number
Tests and Inspections...................................13.5
Use of Premises ........... ......... ..............6.
16
Visits to Site.......................................................9.2
Liability Insurance—
C ONTRACTOR's...............................................
5.4
OWNER's...........................................................5.5
Licensed Sureties and Insurers
5.3
Liens --
Application for Progress Payment ......................1.4.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title....................14.3
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
definition of......................................................1.23
Waiver of Claims14.15
Limitations on ENGINEER's authority and
responsibilities . .. .. ... .. .......................................
9.13
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized......................................................4.2.2
Maintenance and Operating Manuals --
Final Application for Payment .........................1.4.12
Manuals (of others)--
Precedence...................................................
3.3.3.1
Reference to in Contract Documents ..................3.3.1
Materials and equipment --
furnished by CONTRACTOR...............................6.3
not incorporated in Work...................................14.2
Materials or equipment --equivalent ...........................6.7
Mediation (Optional)..............................................16.7
Milestones --definition of........................................1.24
Miscellaneous --
Computation of Times ......................................
17.2
Cumulative Remedies
17.4
Giving Notice....................................................17.1
Notice of Claim.................................................17.3
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included,,,,,,,,
17.5
Multi -prime contracts .................................................
7
Not Shown or Indicated ..........................................
4.3.2
Notice of --
Acceptability of Project,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,14.13
Award, definition of .........................................
J.25
Claim............................................................1.7.3
Defects,13.1
Differing Subsurface or Physical Condition$,,,.,,
4.2.3
Giving............................................................1.7.1
Tests and Inspections........................................13.3
Variation, Shop Drawing and Sample.................6.27
Notice to Proceed --
definition of.....................................................1.26
givingof ...........................................................
2.3
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Notification to Surety ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,J0.5
Observations, by ENGINEER.............................30,
9.2
Occupancy of the Work„.................5.15,
6.30.2.4, 14.10
Omissions or acts by CONTRACTOR................6.9, 9.13
Open Peril policy form, Insurance ..........................5..6.2
Option to Replace....................................................5.14
Article or Paragraph
Number
"Or Equal" Items......................................................6.7
Other work 7
Overtime Work --prohibition of .................................
6.3
OWNER --
Acceptance ofdefective Work...........................t3.13
appoint an ENGINEER......................................8.2
as fiduciary ...............................................
5.12-5.13
Availability of Lands, responsibility ....................4.1
definition of.....................................................1.27
data, furnish......................................................8.3
May Correct Defective Work...........................13.14
May refuse to make payment.............................14.7
May Stop the Work.........................................13.10
May Suspend Work,
Terminate' . ........................$.8, 13.10,
15.1-15.4
Payment, make prompt.....................8 3, 14.4,
14.13
performance of other work ..................................
7.1
permits and licenses, requirements ....................6.13
purchased insurance requirements ..............
5.6-5.10
OWNER's--
Acceptance of the Work...............................0.30.2.5
Change Orders, obligation to execute,,,,,,,,,,
8.6, 10.4
Communications .................................................
8.1
Coordination of the Work ...................................
7.4
Disputes, request for decisioq............................9.11
Inspections, tests and approvals..„..............$.7,
13.4
Liability Insurance..............................................5.5
Notice of Defects..............................................13.1
Representative --During Construction,
ENGINEER's Status ......................................
9.1
Responsibilities --
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous
Waste or Radioactive Material .................
8.10
Change Orders..............................................8.6
Changes in the Work .................... I..............10.1
communications ............................................
8.1
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities ..................
8.9
evidence of financial arrangement$ ..............
$.I I
inspections, tests and approvals .....................8.7
insurance. .....................................................
8.5
lands and easements.....................................8.4
prompt payment by........................................8.3
replacement of ENGINEER............................$.2
reports and tests...........................................8.4
stop or suspend Work...... 4...........8.8, 13.10,
15.1
terminate CONTRACTOR's
services..........................................8.8,
15.2
separate representative at site..............................9.3
testing, independent............
use or occupancy
of the Wodc,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
written consent or approval
required .........................
„ 13.4
$.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
9.1, 6.3, 11.4
xi E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
SECTION 00100
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.0 DEFINED TERMS
Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the
Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990
ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The
term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub -
bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means
the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on
basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The
term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid,
Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents
(including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids).
2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the
Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents
may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid.
2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids;
neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or
misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding
Documents.
2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410,
00420, and 00430 fully executed.
2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available
on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the
Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.
3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must
submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of
qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience,
previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the
jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence
of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is
located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the
contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form
provided in Section 00420.
3.2. In accordance with Section 8-159 of the Code of the City of Fort
Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall
be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform
7/96 Section 00100 Page 1
Article or Paragraph
Number
written notice required .........................7.1,
9.4, 9.11,
....................................11.2,
11.9, 14.7, 15.4
PCBs --
definition of......................................................1.29
general..............................................................4.5
OWNER's responsibility for...............................8.10
Partial Utilization --
definition of.....................................................1.28
general 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Property Insurance ............................................
5.15
Patent Fees and Royalties .......................................
6.12
Payment Bonds ............ .............. . ........................
5.1-5.2
Payments, Recommendation of..............14.4-14.7,
14.13
Payments to CONTRACTOR and Completion --
Application for ProgressPayments ......................14.2
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title ...................14.3
Final Application for Payment ..........................14.12
Final Inspection ...................................
.. . „„.. , . 14.11
Final Payment and Acceptance ................14.13-14.14
general.........................................................8.3,
14
Partial Utilization ............................................
14.10
Retainage.........................................................
14.2
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments................................
prompt payment............ ..............................
........8.3
Schedule of Values, ...........................................
14.1
Substantial Completion...............................14.8-14.9
Waiver of Claims ............................................
14.15
when payments due .................................
14.4, 14.13
withholding payment.........................................14.7
Performance Bonds............................................5.1-5.2
Permits............................................................6.13
Petroleum --
definition of.....................................................1.30
general..............................................................4.5
OWNER's responsibility for..............................8.10
Physical Conditions --
Drawings of, in or relating to ........................
4.2.1.2
ENGINEER's review .........................................
4.2.4
existing structures............................................4.2.2
general 4.2.1.2....
Notice of Differing Subsurface or, ....................
4.2.3
Possible Contract Documents Change...............4.2.5
Possible Price and Times Adjustments...............4.2.6
Reports and Drawings .....................................
4.2.1
Subsurface and ...................................................
4.2
Subsurface Conditions...................................4.2.1.1
Technical Data, Limited Reliance by
CONTRACTOR Authorized .......................
4.2.2
Underground Facilities --
general ....................................... I .................
4.3
Not Shown or Indicated..............................4.3.2
Protection of ........................................
4.3, 6.20
Article or Paragraph
Number
Shown or Indicated ................................................
4.3.1
Technical Data ...............................................
4.2.2
Preconstruction Conference
........................................
2.8
Preliminary Matters .................................
.2 ...................
Preliminary Schedules ..............................................
2.6
Premises, Use of .............................................
6.16-6.18
Price, Change of Contract...........................................I
I
Price, Contract --definition of ..................................
1.11
Progress Payment, Applications fo}..........................14.2
Progress Payment--retainage...................................
14.2
Progress schedule, CONTRACTOR's.............
2.6, 2.8, 2.9,
................................. 6.6, 6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Project --definition of...............................................1.31
Project Representative—
ENGINEER's Status During Construction
.............9.3
Project Representative, Resident --definition
of ......... 1.33
prompt payment by OWNER.....................................8.3
Property Insurance--
Additional.........................................................5.7
general5.6-5.10
Partial Utilization ........... ......... I., .......
5.15, 14.10.2
receipt and application of proceeds ............
5.12-5.13
Protection, Safety and..............................¢.20-6.21,
13.2
Punch list..........................................................1.4.11
Radioactive Material--
defintion of.....................................................1.32
genera14.5
OWNER's responsibility for...............................$.10
Recommendation of Payment ............. 14.4, 14.5, 14.13
Record Documents ... .. ................ .. .................
6.19, 14.12
Records, procedures for maintaining ..........................7.8
Reference Points .......................... ... ........................
.. 4.4
Reference to Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies.........................................3.3
Regulations, Laws and(or)......................................6.14
Rejecting Defective Work..........................................9.6
Related Work --
at Site........................................................7.1-7.3
Performed prior to Shop Drawings
and Samples submittals review.....................6.28
Remedies, cumulative........................*............_17.4,
17.5
Removal or Correction ofDefective Work................13.11
rental agreements, OWNER approval required .....
11.4.5.3
replacement of ENGINEER, by OWNER ....................
8.2
Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies, ................................ 2.5, 3.3.2,
6.14.2
Reports --
andDrawings.................................................4.2.1
and Tests, OWNER's responsibility .....................8A
Resident and Project Representative --
definition of....................................................1.33
provisionfor............................................................ 9.3
xii
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
Resident Superintendent, CONTRACTOR'$ ............... 6.2
Responsibilities—
CONTRACTOR's-in general .................................. 6
ENGINEER's-in general........................................9
Limitations on.............................................9.13
OWNER's-in general .............................................
Retainage............................................................1.4.2
Reuse of Documents..................................................3.7
Review by CONTRACTOR: Shop Drawings
and Samples Prior to Submittal ..........................6.25
Review of Applications for
Progress Payments ....... ..........................
14.4-14.7
Right to an adjustment............................................10.2
Rights of Way..........................................................4..1
Royalties, Patent Fees and......................................6.12
Safe Structural Loading..........................................6.18
Safety --
and Protection................................4.3.2,
6.16, 6.18,
....... ............. .......... ...6.20-6.21,
7.2, 13.2
general.....................................................6.20-6.23
Representative, CONTRACTOR's.......................6.21
Samples --
definition of .....................................................
1.34
general ....... ... ...............................
............6.24-6.28
Review by CONTRACTOR ...............................
6.25
Review by ENGINEER..............................6.26,
6.27
related Work.....................................................6.28
submittal of ... ... ..............................................6.24.2
submittal procedures.........................................6.25
Schedule of progress.............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.6,
................ I ..... ..................
6.29, 10.4, 15.2.1
Schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample
Submittals..............................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values...- ..........................2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
Schedules --
Adherence to..................................................15.2.1
Adjusting...........................................................6.6
Change of Contract Times.................................10.4
Initially Acceptable.......................................
...,...........,
2.8, 2.9
Preliminary........................................................2.6
Scope of Changes......................................10.3-10.4
Subsurface Conditions .........................................
4.2.1.1
Shop Drawings --
and Samples, general.................................6.24-6.28
Change Orders & Applications for
Payments, and.........................................9.7-9.9
definition of......................................................1.35
ENGINEER's approval of................................3.6.2
ENGINEER's responsibility
for review .....................................
9.7, 6.24-6.28
related Work.....................................................6.28
review procedures................................2.8,
6.24-6.28
Article or Paragraph
Number
submittal required ...............................................
6.24.1
Submittal Procedures
6.25
use to approve substitutions..............................6.7.3
Shown or Indicated ................................................
4.3.1
Site Access......................................................7.2,
13.2
Site Cleanliness.......................................................0.17
Site, Visits to --
by ENGINEER ..........................................
9.2, 13.2
byothers..........................................................13.2
"special causes of loss" policy form,
insurance ................................. .......................
5.6.2
definition of.....................................................1.36
Specifications—
defination of....................................................1.36
of Technical Societies, reference tq...................3.3.1
precedence .....................................
.........3.3.3
Standards and Specifications
of Technical Societies ........................................
3.3
Starting Construction, Before..............................2.5-2.8
Starting the Work...................................................2A
Stop or Suspend Work --
by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5
by OWNER......................................8.8,
13.10, 15.1
Storage of materials and equipment .....................4.1,
7.2
Structural Loading, Safety... ....................................
6.18
Subcontractor --
Concerning ................................................
6.8-6.11
definition of.....................................................1.37
delays.............................................................12.3
waiver of rights................................................6.11
Subcontractors --in general.................................6.8-6.11
Subcontracts --required provisions .......... 5.11,
6.11, 11.4.3
Submittals --
Applications for Payment................................114.2
Maintenance and Operation Manuals ..............
14.12
Procedures.......................................................0.25
Progress Schedules,,,,...*..............................2.6,
2.9
Samples .................... ...............................
6.24-6.28
Schedule of Values.....................................2.6,
14.1
Schedule of Shop Drawings and Samples
Submissions......................................2.6,
2.8-2.9
Shop Drawings ........................................
6.24-6.28
Substantial Completion --
certification of............................6.30.2.3,
14.8-14.9
definition of.....................................................1.38
Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures ,....... 6.7.2
Substitutes and "Or Equal" Items...............................6.7
CONTRACTOR's Expense............................0.7.1.3
ENGINEER's Evaluation .................................
6.7.3
"Or -Equal" ...................................................
6.7.1.1
Substitute Construction Methods
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Article or Paragraph
Number
or Procedures.............................................6.7.2
Substitute Items .............................................
6.7.1.2
Subsurface and Physical Conditions --
Drawings of, in or relatbg to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.1.2
ENGINEER's Review.......................................
4.2.4
general..............................................................4.2
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR
Authorized ...............................................4.2.2
Notice of Differing Subsurface or
Physical Conditions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.3
Physical Conditions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.1.2
Possible Contract Documents Change ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4.2.5
Possible Price andTimes Adjustments ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4.2.6
Reports and Drawings .....................................
4.2.1
Subsurface and ...................... I .............................
.2
Subsurface Conditions at the Site .....................
4.2.1.1
Technical Data.................................................4.2.2
Supervision_
CONTRACTOR's responsibility,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.1
OWNER shall not supervise ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8.9
ENGINEER shall not supervise,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
9.2, 9.13.2
Superintendence.......................................................6.2
Superintendent, CONTRACTOR's resident
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6.2
Supplemental costs,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
11.4.5
Supplementary Conditions --
definition of .......................................................
1.39
principal references to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1.10,
1.18, 2.2, 2.7,
,,,,,,,,,,, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3,
5.4, 5.6-5.9,
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 5.11, 6.8, 6.13, 7.4, 8.11, 9.3, 9.10
Supplementing Contract Documents ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3.6
Supplier --
definition of.....................................................1.40
principal references to,,,,,,,,,,,3.7, 6.5, 6.8-6.11,
6.20,
..........................................6.24, 9.13, 14.12
Waiver of Rights...............................................6.11
Surety --
consent to final payment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,14.12,
14.14
ENGINEER has no duty to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9.13
Notification of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10.1,
10.5, 15.2
qualification of,,, ,,,,,, , , ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5.1-5.3
Survival of Obligations ............................................
,,,,,,,,,,,,.
6.34
Suspend Work, OWNER May ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.10,
15.1
Suspension of Work and Termination,
,,,,,,,,,15
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate ...............................................
15.5
OWNER May Suspend Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,15.1
OWNER May Terminate.............................15.2-15.4
Taxes --Payment by CONTRACTOR,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
6.15
Technical Data --
Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4.2.2
Possible Price and Times Adjustments,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
4.2.6
Reports of Differing Subsurface and
Physical Conditions ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4.2.3
xiv
Temporary construction facilities ............................. 4.1
Article or Paragraph
Number
Termination --
by CONTRACTOR...........................................15.5
by OWNER........................................8.8,
15.1-15.4
of ENGINEER's employment,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
8.2
Suspension of Work-in general ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,15
Terms and Adjectives..............................................3.4
Tests and Inspections --
Access to the Work, by others ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.2
CONTRACTOR's responsibilities
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.5
cost of 13.4
covering Work prior to,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.6-13.7
Laws and Regulations(or),,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
13.5
Notice of Defects13.1
OWNER May Stop Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.10
OWNER's independent testing ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.4
special, required by ENGINEER ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9.6
timely notice required ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.4
Uncovering the Work, at ENGINEER's
request ............ ... ..................................
13.8-13.9
Times --
Adjusting...........................................................6.6
Change of Contract ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,12
Computation of.................................................17.2
Contract Times --definition of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,j.12
day..................... .........
............17.2.2
Milestones..........................................................12
Requirements--
appeals.................................................9.10,
16
clarifications,
claims and disputes ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9.11,
11.2, 12
Commencement of Contract Times,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 2.3
Preconstruction Conference
7.8
schedules.........................................2.6,
2,9, 6.6
Starting the Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2.4
Title, Warranty of ...................................................
14.3
Uncovering Work ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,13.8-13.9
Underground Facilities, Physical Conditions
--
definition of....................................................1.41
Not Shown or Indicated
4.3.2
protection of,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,
,,, 43, 6.20
Shown or Indicated,,,, ,,,,,,,,,
,,,,,,,,,,,,,4.3.1
Unit Price Work--
claims.........................................................11.9.3
definition of....................................................1.42
general11.9, 14.1, 14.5
Unit Prices--
general11.3.1
Determination for,,,9.10
Use of Premises,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6.16,
6.18, 6.30.2.4
Utility owners ............................. 6.13,
6.20, 7.1-7.3, 13.2
Utilization, Partial ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1.28, 5.15, 6.30.2.4, 14.10
Value of the Work...................................................11.3
Values, Schedule of,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2.6,
2.8-2.9, 14.1
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS
1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS
MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
Variations in Work --Minor
Authorized_ .....................................6.25, 6.27, 9.5
Article or Paragraph
Number
Visits to Site --by ENGINEER....................................9.2
Waiver of Claims --on Final Paymem.....................
14.15
Waiver of Rights by insured partieg..................5.11,
6.11
Warranty and Guarantee, General --by
CONTRACTOR................................................6.30
Warranty of Title, CONTRACTOR's........................14.3
Work --
Accessto..........................................................13.2
byothers...............................................................
7
Changes in the.....................................................to
Continuing the..................................................6.29
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work
or Terminate...............................................15.5
Coordination of...................................................7.4
Cost of the.................................................11.4-11.5
definition of......................................................1.43
neglected by CONTRACTOR............................13.14
otherWork............................................................7
OWNER May Stop Work ...........................
I ..... 13.10
OWNER May Suspend Work...................13.10,
15.1
Related, Work at Site.....................................7.1-7.3
Starting the........................................................2.4
Stopping by CONTRACTOR.............................1.5.5
Stopping by OWNER.................................15.1-15.4
Variation and deviation authorized,
minol........... 3.6
Work Change Directive --
claims pursuant to.............................................10.2
definition of......................................................1.44
principal references to......................3.5.3,
10.1-10.2
Written Amendment --
definition of ........................................................
1.45
principal references to..............1.10, 3.5, 5.10,15.12,
.........................6.6.2, 6.8.2,
6.19, 10.1, 10.4,
.........................11.2, 12.1,
13.12.2, 14.7.2
Written Clarifications and
Interpretations, ..................................
3.6.3, 9.4, 9.11
Written Notice Required --
by CONTRACTOR............................7.1,
9,10-9.11,
...........................................
10.4, 11.2, 12.1
by OWNER,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 9.10-9.11,
10.4, 11.2, 13.14
xv E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
(This page left blank intentionally)
xvi EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 EDITION)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
GENERAL CONDITIONS
ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS
Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other
Contract Documents the following terms have the
meanings indicated which are applicable to both the
singular and plural thereof.
1.1. Addenda --Written or graphic instruments issued
prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or
change the Bidding Requirements or the Contract
Documents.
1.2. Agreement --The written contract between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed;
other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement
and made a part thereof as provided therein.
1.3. Application for Payment —The form accepted by
ENGINEER which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in
requesting progress or final payments and which is to be
accompanied by such supporting documentation as is
required by the Contract Documents.
1.4. Asbestos --Any material that contains more than one
percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers
into the air above current action levels established by the
United States Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
I.S. Bid —The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted
on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work
to be performed.
1.6. Bidding Documents —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and
the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda
issued prior to receipt of Bids).
1.7. Bidding Requirements —The advertisement or
invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, and the Bid form.
1.8. Bonds —Performance and Payment bonds and other
instruments of security.
1.9. Change Order --A document recommended by
ENGINEER, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and
OWNER and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in
the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the
Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement.
1.10. Contract Documents --The Agreement, Addenda
(which pertain to the Contract Documents),
CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation
accompanying the Bid and any post Bid documentation
submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as
an exhibit to the Agreement, the Notice to Proceed, the
Bonds, these General Conditions, the Supplementary
Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings as the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
same are more specifically identified in the Agreement,
together with all Written Amendments, Change Orders,
Work Change Directives, Field Orders and ENGINEER's
written interpretations and clarifications issued pursuant to
paragraphs 3.5, 3.6.1 and 3.6.3 on or after the Effective
Date of the Agreement. Shop Drawing submittals
approved pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27 and the
reports and drawings referred to in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 are not Contract Documents.
1.11. Contract Price —The moneys payable by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in
the Agreement (subject to the provisions of
paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work).
1.12. Contract Times --The numbers of days or the
dates stated in the Agreement: (i) to achieve Substantial
Completion, and (ii) to complete the Work so that it is
ready for final payment as evidenced by ENGINEER's
written recommendation of final payment in accordance
with paragraph 14.13.
1.13. CONTRACTOR —The person, firm or corporation
with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement.
1.14. defective --An adjective which when modifying
the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty
or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract
Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any
inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to
in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment (unless
responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed
by OWNER at Substantial Completion in accordance with
paragraph 14.8 or 14.10).
1.15. Drawings --The drawings which show the scope,
extent and character of the Work to be furnished and
performed by CONTRACTOR and which have been
prepared or approved by ENGINEER and are referred to
in the Contract Documents. Shop drawings are not
Drawings as so defined.
1.16. Effective Date of the Agreement —The date
indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective,
but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which
the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the
two parties to sign and deliver.
1.17. ENGINEER —The person, firm or corporation
named as such in the Agreement.
1.18. ENGINEER's Consultant --A person, firm or
corporation having a contract with ENGINEER to famish
services as ENGINEER's independent professional
associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who
is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions.
1.19. Field Order —A written order issued by
ENGINEER which orders minor changes in the Work in
accordance with paragraph 9.5 but which does not involve
a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
1.20. General Requirements --Sections of Division 1 of
the Specifications.
1.21. Hazardous Waste —The term Hazardous Waste shall
have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid
Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended
from time to time.
1.22.a. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations --Any
and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances,
codes and orders of any and all governmental bodies,
agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction.
1.22.b. Leeal Holidays --shall be those holidays observed
by the City of Fort Collins.
1.23. Liens —Liens, charges, security interests or
encumbrances upon real property or personal property.
1.24. Milestone --A principal event specified in the
Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion
date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work.
1.25. Notice of Award —A written notice by OWNER to
the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance
by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions
precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified,
OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement.
1.26. Notice to Proceed --A written notice given by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to ENGINEER)
fixing the date on which the Contract Times will
commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start
to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the
Contract Documents.
1.27. OWNER —The public body or authority,
corporation, association, firm or person with whom
CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for
whom the Work is to he provided.
1.28. Partial Utilization —Use by OWNER of a
substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to
Substantial Completion of all the Work.
1.29. PCBs --Polychlorinated biphenyls.
1.30. Petroleum —Petroleum, including crude oil or any
fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of
temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and
14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil,
petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene
and oil mixed with other non -Hazardous Wastes and crude
oils.
1.31. Project —The total construction of which the Work
to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the
whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract
Documents.
1.32.a. Radioactive Material --Source, special nuclear, or
byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from
time to time.
1.32.b. Regular Working Hours —Regular working hours
are defined as 7:00am to 6:00nm unless otherwise
specified in the General Requirements.
1.33. Resident Project Representative —The authorized
representative of ENGINEER who may be assigned to the
site or any part thereof.
1.34. Samples —Physical examples of materials,
equipment, or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the Work and which establish the
standards by which such portion of the Work will be
judged.
1.35. Shop Drawings —All drawings, diagrams,
illustrations, schedules and other data or information
which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for
CONTRACTOR and submitted by CONTRACTOR to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
1.36. Specifications --Those portions of the Contract
Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of
materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and
workmanship as applied to the Work and certain
administrative details applicable thereto.
1.37. Subcontractor —An individual, firm or corporation
having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any
other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the
Work at the site.
1.38. Substantial Completion —The Work (or a
specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where,
in the opinion of ENGINEER as evidenced by
ENGINEEWs definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with
the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or specified
part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is
intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the
Work is complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by ENGINEER's written recommendation of
final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The
terms "substantially complete" and "substantially
completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to
Substantial Completion thereof.
1.39. Supplementary Conditions —The part of the
Contract Documents which amends or supplements these
General Conditions.
1.40. Supplier —A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier,
distributor, materiahnan or vendor having a direct contract
with CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the
Work by CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor.
1.41. Underground Facilities —All pipelines, conduits,
ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or
other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements
containing such facilities which have been installed
underground to furnish any of the following services or
materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum
products, telephone or other communications, cable
television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other
control systems or water.
1.42. Unit Price Work —Work to be paid for on the basis
of unit prices.
1.43. Work —The entire completed construction or the
various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be
famished under the Contract Documents. Work includes
and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and
furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into
the construction, and performing or famishing services and
furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract
Documents.
1.44. Work Change Directive —A written directive to
CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of
the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended
by ENGINEER, ordering an addition, deletion or revision
in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen
physical conditions under which the Work is to be
performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to
emergencies under paragraph 6.23. A Work Change
Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract
Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the
change directed or documented by a Work Change
Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued
Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its
effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times as
provided in paragraph 10.2.
1.45. Written Amendment --A written amendment of the
Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the
Agreement and normally dealing with the nonengineering
or nontechnical rather than strictly construction -related
aspects of the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS
Delivery of Bonds:
2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed
Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also
deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may
be required to famish in accordance with paragraph 5.1.
Copies of Documents:
2.2. OWNER shall firrnish to CONTRACTOR up to ten
copies (unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary
Conditions) of the Contract Documents as are reasonably
necessary for the execution of the Work. Additional copies
will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction.
Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.
2.3. The Contract Times will commence to run on the
thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Agreement, or,
EJCDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the
Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at
any time within thirty days after the Effective Date of the
Agreementr— - will the GeFtt et Times
. sixtieth day aftef the day
Starting the Work:
2.4. CONTRACTOR shall start to perform the Work
on the date when the Contract Times commence to rut,
but no Work shall be done at the site prior to the date on
which the Contract Times commence to run.
Before Starting Construction:
2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work,
CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the
Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent
figures shown thereon and all applicable field
measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in
writing to ENGINEER any conflict, error, ambiguity or
discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and
shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from
ENGINEER before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to
OWNER or ENGINEER for failure to report any conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract
Documents, unless CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably
should have known thereof.
2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the
Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to
ENGINEER for review:
2.6.1. a preliminary progress schedule indicating
the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and
completing the various stages of the Work, including
any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents;
2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and
Sample submittals which will list each required
submittal and the times for submitting, reviewing and
processing such submittal;
2.6.2.1. In no case will a schedule be
acceptable which allows less than 21 calendar
days for each review by Engineer.
2.6.3. A preliminary schedule of values for all of
the Work which will include quantities and prices of
items aggregating the Contract Price and will
subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient
detail to serve as the basis for progress payments
during construction. Such prices will include an
appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable
to each item of Work.
2.7. Before any Work at the site is started,
CONTRACTOR and ^a o,.-�"* ER shall each deliver to the
ether OWNER, with copies to
ENGINEER
certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance
reasonably --request requested by OWNER) which
CONTRACTOR and OWNED __speeti• b- of is required
to purchase and maintain in accordance with
paragraphs 5 n 5.6 and Tc
Preconstruction Conference:
2.8. Within twenty days after the Contract Times start to
ran, but before any Work at the site is started, a conference
attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER and others as
appropriate will be held to establish a working
understanding among the parties as to the Work and to
discuss the schedules referred to in paragraph 2.6,
procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other
submittals processing Applications for Payment and
maintaining required records.
Initially Acceptable Schedules:
2.9. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract
Documents, at least ton days befefe submission of the fifst
before any work at the site begins,
a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER
and others as apprepaate designated by OWNER, will be
held to review for acceptability to ENGINEER as provided
below the schedules submitted in accordance with
paragraph 2.6. and Division 1 - General Requirements.
CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten days to make
corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit
the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to
CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted to and
acceptable to ENGINEER as provided below. The
progress schedule will be acceptable to ENGINEER as
providing an orderly progression of the Work to
completion within any specified Milestones and the
Contract Times, but such acceptance will neither impose on
ENGINEER responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling
or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve
CONTRACTOR from CONTRACTOR's full
responsibility therefor. CONTRACTOR's schedule of
Shop Drawing and Sample submissions will be acceptable
to ENGINEER as providing a workable arrangement for
reviewing and processing the required submittals
CONTRACTOR's schedule of values will be acceptable to
ENGINEER as to form and substance.
ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,
AMENDING, REUSE
Intent:
3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire
agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR
concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are
complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if
called for by all. The Contract Documents will be
construed in accordance with the law of the place of the
Project.
3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4Y2000)
describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof)
to be constructed in accordance with the Contract
Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may
reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or
from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to
produce the intended result will be furnished and
performed whether or not specifically called for. When
words or phrases which have a well-known technical or
construction industry or trade meaning are used to
describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or
phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that
meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents shall be issued by ENGINEER as provided in
paragraph 9.4.
3.3. Reference to Standards and Specifications of
Technical Societies; Reporting and Resolving
Discrepancies:
3.3.1. Reference to standards, specifications,
manuals or codes of any technical society, organization
or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any
governmental authority, whether such reference be
specific or by implication, shall mean the latest
standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or
Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or,
on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were
no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically
stated in the Contract Documents.
3.3.2. If, during the performance of the Work,
CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error,
ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract
Documents or between the Contract Documents and
any provision of any such Law or Regulation
applicable to the performance of the Work or of any
such standard, specification, manual or code or of any
instruction of any Supplier referred to in paragraph 6.5,
CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in
writing at once, and, CONTRACTOR shall not
proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an
emergency as authorized by paragraph 6.23) until an
amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents
has been issued by one of the methods indicated in
paragraph 3.5 or 3.6; provided, however, that
CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or
ENGINEER for failure to report any such conflict,
error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless
CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have
known thereof.
3.3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the
Contract Documents or as may be provided by
amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the
methods indicated in paragraph 3.5 or 3.6, the
provisions of the Contract Documents shall take
precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity
or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract
Documents and:
3.3.3.1. the provisions of any such standard,
specification, manual, code or instruction (whether
or not specifically incorporated by reference in the
Contract Documents); or
3.3.3.2. the provisions of any such Laws or
Regulations applicable to the performance of the
Work (unless such an interpretation of the
provisions of the Contract Documents would result
in violation of such Law or Regulation).
No provision of any such standard, specification, manual,
code or instruction shall be effective to change the duties
and responsibilities of OWNER, CONTRACTOR or
ENGINEER, or any of their subcontractors, consultants,
agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract
Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER,
ENGINEER or any of ENGINEER's Consultants, agents or
employees any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
3.4. Whenever in the Contract Documents the temu "as
ordered", "as directed", "as required", "as allowed", "as
approved" or terms of like effect or import are used, or the
adjectives "reasonable", "suitable", "acceptable", "proper"
or "satisfactory" or adjectives of like effect or import are
used to describe a requirement, direction, review or
judgment of ENGINEER as to the Work, it is intended that
such requirement, direction, review or judgment will be
solely to evaluate, in general, the completed Work for
compliance with the requirements of and information in the
Contract Documents and conformance with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there
is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of
any such term or adjective shall not be effective to assign to
ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the
furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or
authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the
provisions of paragraph 9.13 or any other provision of the
Contract Documents.
Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.
3.5. The Contract Documents may be amended to
provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work
or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or
more of the following ways:
3.5.1. a formal Written Amendment,
3.5.2. a Change Order (pursuant to paragraph 10.4),
or
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
3.5.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to
paragraph 10.1).
3.6. In addition, the requirements of the Contract
Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations
and deviations in the Work may be authorized, in one or
more of the following ways:
3.6.1. A Field Order (pursuant to paragraph 9.5),
3.6.2. ENGINEER's approval of a Shop Drawing or
Sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.26 and 6.27), or
3.6.3. ENGINEER's written interpretation or
clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4).
Reuse of Documents:
3.7. CONTRACTOR, and any Subcontractor or
Supplier or other person or organization performing or
furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect
contract with OWNER (i) shall not have or acquire any
title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings,
Specifications or other documents (or copies of any
thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant, and (ii) shall not reuse any of
such Drawings, Specifications, other documents or copies
on extensions of the Project or any other project without
written consent of OWNER and ENGINEER and specific
written verification or adaptation by ENGINEER.
ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS;
SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS;
REFERENCE POINTS
Availability of Lands:
4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract
Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be
performed, rights -of -way and easements for access
thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the
use of CONTRACTOR.
of eF filing a ffleehame's lien against sugh lands in
OWNER shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions
not of general application but specifically related to use of
lands so furnished with which CONTRACTOR will have
to comply in performing the Work. Easements for
permanent structures or permanent changes in existing
facilities will be obtained and paid for by OWNER, unless
otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If
CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on
entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments
in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of
any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights -of -
way or easements, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12.
4.0
the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can
perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time
specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity,
reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the
quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5)
the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances
relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial
resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the
service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials
and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder
to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the
contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's
performance of the contract.
3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work
so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be
accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair
his ability to perform or finance this Work.
3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract
with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due
to the City.
EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE
4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to
(a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to
familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect
cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with
federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may
in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study
and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents,
and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the
Contract Documents.
4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification
of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2.
4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible
representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of
this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing
and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be
indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract
Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey
understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of
the Work.
5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA.
5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to
7/96 Section 00100 Page 2
CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and
access thereto that may be required for temporary
construction facilities or storage of materials and
equipment.
4.2. Subsurface and Physical Conditions.
4.2.1. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to
the Supplementary Conditions for identification of.
4.2.1.1. Subsurface Conditions: Those reports of
explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or
contiguous to the site that have been utilized by
ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents;
and
4.2.1.2. Physical Conditions: Those drawings of
physical conditions in or relating to existing surface
or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site
(except Underground Facilities) that have been
utilized by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract
Documents.
4.2.2. Limited Reliance by CONTRACTOR Authorized;
Technical Data: CONTRACTOR may rely upon the
general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such
reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not
Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in
the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on
such "technical data", CONTRACTOR may not rely upon
or make any claim against OWNER, ENGINEER or any of
ENGINEER's Consultants with respect to:
4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and
drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes,
including, but not limited to, any aspects of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction to be employed by
CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or
4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions
and information contained in such reports or shown
or indicated in such drawings, or
4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of
or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or
any such data, interpretations, opinions or
information.
4.2.3. Notice of Differing Subsurface or Physical
Conditions: If CONTRACTOR believes that any
subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site
that is uncovered or revealed either:
4.2.3.1. is of such a nature as to establish that
any "technical data" on which CONTRACTOR is
entitled to rely as provided in paragraphs 4.2.1 and
4.2.2 is materially inaccurate, or
4.2.3.2. is of such a nature as to require a
change in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.3. differs materially from that shown or
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS I910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
indicated in the Contract Documents, or
4.2.3.4. is of an unusual nature, and differs
materially from conditions ordinarily encountered
and generally recognized as inherent in work of
the character provided for in the Contract
Documents; then
CONTRACTOR shall, preazpd5 immediately after
becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing
conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in
connection therewith (except in an emergency as
permitted by paragraph 6.23), notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing about such condition.
CONTRACTOR shall not further disturb such conditions
or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as
aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so.
4.2.4. ENGINEER's Review: ENGINEER will
promptly review the pertinent conditions, determine the
necessity of OWNER's obtaining additional exploration or
tests with respect thereto and advise OWNER in writing
(with a copy to CONTRACTOR) of ENGINEER's
findings and conclusions.
4.2.5. Possible Contract Documents Change: If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required as a result of a condition that meets
one or more of the categories in paragraph 4.2.3, a Work
Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued as
provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the
consequences of such change.
4.2.6. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: An
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or in the
Contract Times, or both, will be allowed to the extent that
the existence of such uncovered or revealed condition
causes an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost
of, or time required for performance of, the Work; subject,
however, to the following:
4.2.6.1. such condition must meet any one or
more of the categories described in
paragraphs 4.2.3.1 through 4.2.3.4, inclusive;
4.2.6.2. a change in the Contract Documents
pursuant to paragraph 4.2.5 will not be an
automatic authorization of nor a condition
precedent to entitlement to any such adjustment;
4.2.6.3. with respect to Work that is paid for
on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract
Price will be subject to the provisions of
paragraphs 9.10 and 11.9; and
4.2.6.4. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled
to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Times
if;
4.2.6.4.1. CONTRACTOR knew of
the existence of such conditions at the
time CONTRACTOR made a final
commitment to OWNER in respect of
Contract Price and Contract Times by the
submission of a bid or becoming bound
under a negotiated contract; or
4.2.6.4.2. the existence of such
condition could reasonably have been
discovered or revealed as a result of any
examination, investigation, exploration,
test or study of the site and contiguous
areas required by the Bidding
Requirements or Contract Documents to be
conducted by or for CONTRACTOR prior
to CONTRACTOR's making such final
commitment; or
4.2.6.4.3. CONTRACTOR failed to
give the written notice within the time and
as required by paragraph 4.2.3.
If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to agree on
entitlement to or as to the amount or length of any such
equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract
Times, a claim may be made therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12. However, OWNER, ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants shall not be liable to
CONTRACTOR for any claims, costs, losses or damages
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection with any
other project or anticipated project.
4.3. Physical Conditions —Underground Facilities:
4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data
shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with
respect to existing Underground Facilities at or
contiguous to the site is based on information and data
famished to OWNER or ENGINEER by the owners of
such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is
otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary
Conditions:
4.3.1.1. OWNER and ENGINEER shall not be
responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any
such information or data; and
4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be
included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR
shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and
checking all such information and data, (ii) locating
all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents,(iii) coordination of the Work
with the owners of such Underground Facilities
during construction, and (iv) the safety and
protection of all such Underground Facilities as
provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any
damage thereto resulting from the Work.
4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated: If an Underground
Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to
the site which was not shown or indicated in the
Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall, PreatpNy
immediately after becoming aware thereof and before
further disturbing conditions affected thereby or
performing any Work in connection therewith (except
in an emergency as required by paragraph 6.23),
identify the owner of such Underground Facility and
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
give written notice to that owner and to OWNER and
ENGINEER. ENGINEER will promptly review the
Underground Facility and determine the extent, if
any, to which a change is required in the Contract
Documents to reflect and document the consequences
of the existence of the Underground Facility. If
ENGINEER concludes that a change in the Contract
Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a
Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10
to reflect and document such consequences. During
such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
the safety and protection of such Underground
Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20.
CONTRACTOR shall may be allowed an increase in
the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract
Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable
to the existence of any Underground Facility that was
not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents
and that CONTRACTOR did not know of and could
not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or
to have anticipated. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR
are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or
length of any such adjustment in Contract Price or
Contract Times, CONTRACTOR may make a claim
therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. However,
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGfNEER's
Consultants shall not be liable to CONTRACTOR for
any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or
sustained by CONTRACTOR on or in connection
with any other project or anticipated project.
Reference Points:
4.4. OWNER shall provide engineering surveys to
establish reference points for construction which in
ENGINEER's judgment are necessary to enable
CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the
Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference
points and shall make no changes or relocations without
the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR
shall report to ENGINEER whenever any reference point
is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of
necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be
responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of
such reference points by professionally qualified
personnel.
4.5. Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material.
4.5.1. OWNER shall be responsible for any
Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or
Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site
which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or
Specifications or identified in the Contract
Documents to be within the scope of the Work and
which may present a substantial danger to persons or
property exposed thereto in connection with the Work
at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any
such materials brought to the site by
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers or
anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is
responsible.
._ .. ..:_. .....
FllflllF---------I�.
.. .. .. ..... ..... ..
..
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE
Performance, Payment and Other Bonds:
5.1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and
Payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the
Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and
payment of all CONTRACTOR's obligations under the
Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect
at least until one year after the date when final payment
becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as
are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds
shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents
except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations and
shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the
current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of
Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as
Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in
Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of
Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury
Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be
accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority
to act.
5.2. If the surety on any Bond fiunished by
CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes
insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any
state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to
meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR
shall within ten days thereafter substitute another Bond
and surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER.
5.3. Licensed Sureties and Insurers, Certificates of
Insurance:
5.3.1. All Bonds and insurance required by the
Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained
by OWNER or CONTRACTOR shall be obtained
from surety or insurance companies that are duly
licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the
Project is located to issue Bonds or insurance policies
for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety
and insurance companies shall also meet such
additional requirements and qualifications as may be
provided in the Supplementary Conditions.
5.3.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER,
with copies to each additional insured identified in the
Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance
(and other evidence of insurance requested by
OWNER or any other additional insured) which
CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain
in accordance with paragraph 5.4. OR —shall
eeeasiened by enfefeemeiit of Laws emd Regulations
rF1!T.��Ti11i _N+�11ER1)R�fi!'1.
S. - -. -... .- ... .-.
... .. .
5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing
and maintaining any property insurance to protect the
interests of CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or others in
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
to w/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Receipt and Application ofinsurance Proceeds:
5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance
required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with
OWNER and made payable to OWNER as fiduciary for the
insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the
requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of
paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate
account any money so received, and shall distribute it in
accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest
may reach. If no other special agreement is reached the
damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so
received applied on account thereof and the Work and the
cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or
Written Amendment.
5.13. OWNER as fiduciary shall have power to adjust
and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the
parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days
after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this
power. If such objection be made, OWNER as fiduciary
shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with
such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no
such agreement among the parties in interest is reached,
OWNER as fiduciary shall adjust and settle the loss with
the insurers and, if required in writing by ", p", i
ii4erest, OWNER as fidueiavy shall give bond fef
Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance, Option to Replace:
5.14. If eithe' _ - (OAN rvn __ C;QNTnnGTQR)
OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or
other provisions of the Bandsr insurance required to be
purchased and maintained by the ethef p'
CONTRACTOR in accordance with Article 5 on the basis
of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the
OWNER will
notify CONTRACTOR in writing within ten fifteen days
after reeeipt delivery of the certificates (of�-chef e:ide ce
requested) to OWNER as required by paragraph 2.7.
Partial Utilization —Property Insurance:
5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may
be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10;
provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence
before the insurers providing the property insurance have
acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers
providing the property insurance shall consent by
endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be cancelled or permitted to lapse on
account of any such partial use or occupancy.
ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S
Supervision and Superintendence:
6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect and
direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting
such attention thereto and applying such skills and
expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means,
methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of
construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible
for the negligence of others in the design or specification
of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in
and expressly required by the Contract Documents.
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the
completed Work complies accurately with the Contract
Documents.
6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work at all
times during its progress a competent resident
superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written
notice to OWNER and ENGINEER except under
extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be
CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have
authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR. All
communications to the superintendent shall be as binding
as if given to CONTRACTOR.
Labor, Materials and Equipment.
6.3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent,
suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and
construct the Work as required by the Contract
Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain
good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise
required for the safety or protection of persons or the
Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and
except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents,
all Work at the site shall be performed during regular
working hours and CONTRACTOR will not pemdt
overtime work or the performance of Work on Saturday,
Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written
consent given after prior written notice to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit requests to the ENGINEER
no less than 48 hours in advance of any Work to be
performed on Saturday, Sunday, Holidays or outside the
Regular Working Hours.
11
6.4. Unless otherwise specified in the General
Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume
full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor,
transportation, construction equipment and machinery,
tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water,
sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other
facilities and incidentals necessary for the famishing,
performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work.
6.4.1. Purchasing Restrictions: CONTRACTOR
must comply with the City's purchasing restrictions. A
copy of the resolutions are available for review in the
offices of the Purchasing and Risk Management
Division or the City Clerk's office.
6.4.2. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins
Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers
of cement or products containing cement to certify that
the cement was not made in cement kilns that bum
hazardous waste as a fuel.
6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good
quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees
specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly
run to the benefit of OWNER. If required by ENGINEER,
CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence
(including reports of required tests) as to the kind and
quality of materials and equipment. All materials and
equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected,
used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with
instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents.
Progress Schedule:
6.6. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the progress
schedule established in accordance with paragraph 2.9 as it
may be adjusted from time to time as provided below:
6.6.1. CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER
for acceptance (to the extent indicated in
paragraph 2.9) proposed adjustments in the progress
schedule that will not change the Contract Times (or
Milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally
to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally
will comply with any provisions of the General
Requirements applicable thereto.
6.6.2. Proposed adjustments in the progress schedule
that will change the Contract Times (or Milestones)
shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements
of paragraph 12.1. Such adjustments may only be
made by a Change Order or Written Amendment in
accordance with Article 12.
6.7. Substitutes and "Or -Equal" Items:
6.7.1. Whenever an item of material or equipment is
specified or described in the Contract Documents by
using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular Supplier, the specification or description is
intended to establish the type, function and quality
required. Unless the specification or description
12 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
contains or is followed by words reading that no like,
equivalent or "or -equal" item or no substitution is
permitted, other items of material or equipment or
material or equipment of other Suppliers may be
accepted by ENGINEER under the following
circumstances:
6.7.1.1. "Or -Equal": If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR is functionally
equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that
no change in related Work will be required, it may
be considered by ENGINEER as an "or -equal"
item, in which case review and approval of the
proposed item may, in ENGINEER's sole
discretion, be accomplished without compliance
with some or all of the requirements for
acceptance of proposed substitute items.
6.7.1.2. Substitute Items: If in ENGINEER's sole
discretion an item of material or equipment
proposed by CONTRACTOR does not qualify as
an "or -equal" item under subparagraph 6.7.1.1, it
will be considered a proposed substitute item.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient
information as provided below to allow
ENGINEER to determine that the item of material
or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to
that named and an acceptable substitute therefor.
The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will
include the following as supplemented in the
General Requirements and as ENGINEER may
decide is appropriate under the circumstances.
Requests for review of proposed substitute items
of material or equipment will not be accepted by
ENGINEER from anyone other than
CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to
furnish or use a substitute item of material or
equipment, CONTRACTOR shall first make
written application to ENGINEER for acceptance
thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will
perform adequately the functions and achieve the
results called for by the general design, be similar
in substance to that specified and be suited to the
same use as that specified. The application will
state the extent, if any, to which the evaluation
and acceptance of the proposed substitute will
prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of
Substantial Completion on time, whether or not
acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work
will require a change in any of the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other
direct contract with OWNER for work on the
Project) to adapt the design to the proposed
substitute and whether or not incorporation or use
of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.
All variations of the proposed substitute from that
specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement
service will be indicated. The application will
also contain an itemized estimate of all costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly from
acceptance of such substitute, including costs of
redesign and claims of other contractors affected
by the resulting change, all of which will be
considered by ENGINEER in evaluating the
proposed substitute. ENGINEER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about
the proposed substitute.
6.7.1.3. CONTRACTORSs Expense: All data to be
provided by CONTRACTOR in support of any
proposed "or -equal" or substitute item will be at
CONTRACTOR's expense.
6.7.2. Substitute Construction Methods or
Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique,
sequence or procedure of construction is shown or
indicated in and expressly required by the Contract
Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a
substitute means, method, technique, sequence or
procedure of construction acceptable to ENGINEER.
CONTRACTOR shall submit sufficient information to
allow ENGINEER, in ENGINEER's sole discretion, to
determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to
that expressly called for by the Contract Documents.
The procedure for review by ENGINEER will be
similar to that provided in subparagraph 6.7.1.2.
6.7.3. Engineer's Evaluation: ENGINEER will be
allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate
each proposal or submittal made pursuant to
paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and 6.7.2. ENGINEER will be the
sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" or
substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized without
ENGINEER's prior written acceptance which will be
evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved
Shop Drawing. OWNER may require
CONTRACTOR to furnish at CONTRACTOR's
expense a special performance guarantee or other
surety with respect to any "or -equal" or substitute.
ENGINEER will record time required by
ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants in
evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR pursuant to paragraphs 6.7.1.2 and
6.7.2 and in making changes in the Contract
Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct
contract with OWNER for work on the Project)
occasioned thereby. Whether or not ENGINEER
accepts a substitute item so proposed or submitted by
CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall reimburse
OWNER for the charges of ENGINEER and
ENGINEER's Consultants for evaluating each such
proposed substitute item.
6_8. Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and
Others:
6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
(including those acceptable to OWNER and
ENGINEER as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2), whether
initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or
ENGINEER may have reasonable objection.
CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
to famish or perform any of the Work against whom
CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection.
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
69.
CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 20
percent of the Work with its own forces (that is,
without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement
shall be understood to refer to the Work the value of
which totals not less than 20 percent of the Contract
Price.
6.8.2. if the Supplementafy Conditions Biddine
Documents require the identity of certain
Subcontractors, Suppliers or other persons or
organizations (including those who are to furnish the
principal items of materials or equipment) to be
submitted to OWNER in _d,.____ of the e_ee:aed
date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for
acceptance by OWNER and ENGINEER, —tea i°
CONTRACTOR has ..,,boitted a list tL..,.eef :
ges8Fd-Anee .dal. the Supple.-..,-,.... Ceiidi fier&,
OWNER's or ENGINEER's acceptance (either in
writing or by failing to make written objection thereto
by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in
the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of
any sueh subeentraetef, supplief OF other Pe
efganizatien se identified ... be , eked Rn ♦6e
aeeeptable siibsfitute, the GeFl..aOt Price will be
sueh substitution and an appfepriaite Change QFdeF
sill he : .ed aF lllit4e_ A.- end-...em Signed, will
constitute a condition of the Contract requiring the
use of the named subcontractors, suppliers or other
persons or organization on the Work unless prior
written approval is obtained from OWNER and
ENGINEER. No acceptance by OWNER or
ENGINEER of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization shall constitute a waiver
of any right of OWNER or ENGINEER to reject
defective Work.
6.9.1. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to
OWNER and ENGINEER for all acts and omissions
of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons
and organizations performing or famishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is
responsible for CONTRACTOR's own acts and
omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall
create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor,
Supplier or other person or organization any
contractual relationship between OWNER or
ENGINEER and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization, nor shall it create any
obligation on the part of OWNER or ENGINEER to
pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any
such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or
organization except as may otherwise be required by
Laws and Regulations. OWNER or ENGINEER may
furnish to any subcontractor, supplier or other verson
or organization evidence of amounts paid [o
CONTRACTOR in accordance with
CONTRACTOR'S "Applications for Payment".
13
6.9.2. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible
for scheduling and coordinating the Work of
Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work under a direct or indirect contract with
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall require all
Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons and
organizations performing or furnishing any of the
Work to communicate with the ENGINEER through
CONTRACTOR.
6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and
the identifications of any Drawings shall not control
CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be
performed by any specific trade.
6.11. All Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a
Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the
Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the
Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terns and
conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of
OWNER and ENGINEER .,,1.__ .veF any such agF_efn
..pis 5.6 of G '] the agmemeW Let.. eon th
--------------
., ..
Patent Fees and Royalties:
6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and
royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the
performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work
of any invention, design, process, product or device which
is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others.
If a particular invention, design, process, product or device
is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the
performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of
OWNER or ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights
or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or
royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be
disclosed by OWNER in the Contract Documents. To the
fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,
CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless
OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultants and the
officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants
of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs,
losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any
infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the
use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the
incorporation in the Work of any invention, design,
process, product or device not specified in the Contract
Documents.
14 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Permits:
6.13. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all
construction permits and licenses. OWNER shall assist
CONTRACTOR, when necessary, in obtaining such
permits and licenses. CONTRACTOR shall pay all
governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for
the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the
time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the
Effective Date of the Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall
pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the
Work, and OWNER shall pay all charges of such utility
owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant
investment fees.
6.14. Laws and Regulations:
6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and
comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to
furnishing and performance of the Work. Except
where otherwise expressly required by applicable
Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor
ENGINEER shall be responsible for monitoring
CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or
Regulations.
6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work
knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary
to Laws or Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall bear
all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by,
arising out of or resulting therefrom; however, it shall
not be CONTRACTOR's primary responsibility to
make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are
in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this
shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of
CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraph 3.3.2.
Taxes:
6.15. CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer,
use and other similar taxes required to be paid by
CONTRACTOR in accordance with the Laws and
Regulations of the place of the Project which are
applicable during the performance of the Work.
6.15.1. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State and
local sales and use taxes on materials to be
permanently incorporated into the project. Said taxes
shall not be included in the Contract Price.
CONTRACTOR must apply for, and receive, a
Certificate of Exemption from the Colorado
Department of Revenue for construction materials to
be physically incorporated into the project. This
Certification of Exemption provides that the
CONTRACTOR shall neither pay nor include in his
Bid, Sales and Use Taxes on those building and
construction materials physically incorporated into
the proiect.
Address:
Colorado Department of Revenue
State Capital Annex
1375 Sherman Street
Denver, Colorado, 80261
Sales and Use Taxes for the State of Colorado
Regional Transportation District (RTD) and certain
Colorado counties are collected by the State of
Colorado and are included in the Certification of
Exemption.
All applicable Sales and Use Taxes (including State
collected taxes), on any items other than construction
and building materials physically incorporated into the
proiect are to be paid by CONTRACTOR and are to
be included in appropriate bid items.
Use of Premises.
6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction
equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the
operations of workers to the site and land and areas
identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents and
other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations,
rights -of -way, permits and easements, and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with construction
equipment or other materials or equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any
damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or
occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting
from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be
made by any such owner or occupant because of the
performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall promptly
settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise
resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution
proceeding or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest
extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and
hold harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultant and anyone directly or indirectly employed by
any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and
damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or
action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or
occupant against OWNER, ENGINEER or any other party
indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based
upon CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work.
6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR
shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the
Work. At the completion of the Work CONTRACTOR
shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from
and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery and surplus
materials. CONTRACTOR shall leave the site clean and
ready for occupancy by OWNER at Substantial
Completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR shall restore to
original condition all property not designated for alteration
by the Contract Documents.
6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part
of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will
endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject
any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or
pressures that will endanger it.
Record Documents:
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
6.19. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a safe place at
the site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications,
Addenda, Written Amendments, Change Orders, Work
Change Directives, Field Orders and written
interpretations and clarifications (issued pursuant to
paragraph 9.4) in good order and annotated to show all
changes made during construction. These record
documents together with all approved Samples and a
counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be
available to ENGINEER for reference. Upon completion
of the Work, and prior to release of final payment, these
record documents, Samples and Shop Drawings will be
delivered to ENGINEER for OWNER.
Safety and Protection:
6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the Work.
CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for
the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to:
6.20.1. all persons on the Work site or who may be
affected by the Work;
6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to
be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off
the site; and
6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto,
including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements,
roadways, structures, utilities and Underground
Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or
replacement in the course of construction.
CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws
and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for
safety of persons or property or to protect them from
damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all
necessary safeguards for such safety and protection.
CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property
and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when
prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall
cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation
and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or
loss to any property referred to in paragraphs 6.20.2 or
6.20.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any
other person or organization directly or indirectly
employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the
Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or
loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications
or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultant or anyone employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in
part, to the fault or negligence of CONTRACTOR or any
Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them).
CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety
and protection of the Work shall continue until such time
as all the Work is completed and ENGINEER has issued a
15
notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance
with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable (except as
otherwise expressly provided in connection with
Substantial Completion).
6.21. Safety Representative. -
CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and
experienced safety representative at the site whose duties
and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and
the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and
programs.
Hazard Communication Programs:
6.22. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for
coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or
other hazard communication information required to be
made available to or exchanged between or among
employers at the site in accordance with Laws or
Regulations.
Emergencies:
6.23. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of
persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent
thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or
authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to
act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss.
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written
notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant
changes in the Work or variations from the Contract
Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER
determines that a change in the Contract Documents is
required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in
response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive
or Change Order will be issued to document the
consequences of such action.
6.24. Shop Drawings and Samples:
6.24.L CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings
to ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals (see paragraph 2.9). All submittals
will be identified as ENGINEER may require and in
the number of copies specified in the General
Requirements. The data shown on the Shop Drawings
will be complete with respect to quantities,
dimensions, specified performance and design criteria,
materials and similar data to show ENGINEER the
materials and equipment CONTRACTOR proposes to
provide and to enable ENGINEER to review the
information for the limited purposes required by
paragraph 6.26.
6.24.2. CONTRACTOR shall also submit Samples to
ENGINEER for review and approval in accordance
with said accepted schedule of Shop Drawings and
Sample submittals. Each Sample will be identified
clearly as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as
catalog numbers and the use for which intended and
otherwise as ENGINEER may require to enable
ENGINEER to review the submittal for the limited
16 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
purposes required by paragraph 6.26. The numbers
of each Sample to be submitted will be as specified in
the Specifications.
6.25. Submittal Procedures.
6.25.1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or
Sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and
verified:
6.25.1.1. all field measurements, quantities,
dimensions, specified performance criteria,
installation requirements, materials, catalog
numbers and similar information with respect
thereto,
6.25.1.2. all materials with respect to intended
use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage,
assembly and installation pertaining to the
performance of the Work, and
6.25.1.3. all information relative to
CONTRACTOR's sole responsibilities in respect
of means, methods, techniques, sequences and
procedures of construction and safety precautions
and programs incident thereto.
CONTRACTOR shall also have reviewed and
coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other
Shop Drawings and Samples and with the
requirements of the Work and the Contract
Documents.
6.25.2. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific
written indication that CONTRACTOR has satisfied
CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract
Documents with respect to CONTRACTOR's review
and approval of that submittal.
6.25.3. At the time of each submission,
CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER specific
written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop
Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the
requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice
to be in a written communication separate from the
submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific
notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and
Sample submitted to ENGINEER for review and
approval of each such variation.
6.26. ENGINEER will review and approve Shop
Drawings and Samples in accordance with the schedule of
Shop Drawings and Sample submittals accepted by
ENGINEER as required by paragraph 2.9. ENGINEER's
review and approval will be only to determine if the items
covered by the submittals will, after installation or
incorporation in the Work, conform to the information
given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. ENGINEER's review and approval will not
extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures of construction (except where a particular
means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of
be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or
clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be
issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to
the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions
answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other
interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect.
5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed
to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed
to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division.
5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed
advisable by OWNER or Engineer.
5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the
OWNER as having received the Bidding documents.
6.0 BID SECURITY
6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in
the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be
in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a
Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by
a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety
bonds.
6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such
Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract
security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful
Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required
contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul
the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited.
The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable
chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of
the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-
first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such
Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive
will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening.
7.0 CONTRACT TIME.
The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be
substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the
Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement.
8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.
Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement.
9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
7/96 Section 00100 Page 3
construction is specifically and expressly called for by the
Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs
incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate
item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in
which the item functions. CONTRACTOR shall make
corrections required by ENGINEER, and shall return the
required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and
submit as required new Samples for review and approval.
CONTRACTOR shall direct specific attention in writing to
revisions other than the corrections called for by
ENGINEER on previous submittals.
6.27. ENGINEER's review and approval of Shop
Drawings or Samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR
from responsibility for any variation from the requirements
of the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR has in
writing called ENGINEER's attention to each such
variation at the time of submission as required by
paragraph 6.25.3 and ENGINEER has given written
approval of each such variation by a specific written
notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop
Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by
ENGINEER relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility
for complying with the requirements of paragraph 6.25.1.
6.28. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by
the Contract Documents or the schedule of Shop Drawing
and Sample submissions accepted by ENGINEER as
required by paragraph 2.9, any related Work performed
prior to ENGINEER's review and approval of the pertinent
submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of
CONTRACTOR.
Continuing the Work:
6.29. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or
disagreements with OWNER. No Work shall be delayed or
postponed pending resolution of any disputes or
disagreements, except as permitted by paragraph 15.5 or as
OWNER and CONTRACTOR may otherwise agree in
writing.
6.30. CONTRACTOR's General Warranty and
Guarantee:
6.30.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to
OWNER, ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants
that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents and will not be defective.
CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder
excludes defects or damage caused by:
6.30.1.1. abuse, modification or improper
maintenance or operation by persons other than
CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors or Suppliers; or
6.30.1.2. normal wear and tear under normal
usage.
6.30.2. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and
complete the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents shall be absolute. None of the following
will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
accordance with the Contract Documents or a release
of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents:
6.30.2.1. observations by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.2. recommendation of any progress or
final payment by ENGINEER;
6.30.2.3. the issuance of a certificate of
Substantial Completion or any payment by
OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract
Documents;
6.30.2.4. use or occupancy of the Work or any
part thereof by OWNER;
6.30.2.5. any acceptance by OWNER or any
failure to do so;
6.30.2.6. any review and approval of a Shop
Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a
notice of acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant
to paragraph 14.13;
6.30.2.7. any inspection, test or approval by
others; or
6.30.2.8. any correction of defective Work by
OWNER.
Indemnification:
6,31. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and
Regulations, CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold
harmless OWNER, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's
Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents
and other consultants of each and any of them from and
against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including,
but not limited to, all fees and charges of engineers,
architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court
or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by,
arising out of or resulting from the performance of the
Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss or damage:
(i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or
death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than the Work itself), including the loss of use
resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part
by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person or organization
directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform
or famish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any
of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not caused
in part by any negligence or omission of a person or entity
indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed
upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations
regardless of the negligence of any such person or entity.
6.32. In any and all claims against OWNER or
ENGINEER or any of their respective consultants, agents,
officers, directors or employees by any employee (or the
survivor or personal representative of such employee) of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any
person or organization directly or indirectly employed by
17
any of them to perform or famish any of the Work or
anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the
indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.31 shall not
be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or
type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or
for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor, Supplier or
other person or organization under workers' compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
6.33. The indemnification obligations of
CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.31 shall not extend to
the liability of ENGINEER and ENGINEER's Consultants,
officers, directors, employees or agents caused by the
professional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them.
Survival of Obligations:
6.34. All representations, indemnifications, warranties
and guarantees made in, required by or given in accordance
with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing
obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will
survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the
Work and termination or completion of the Agreement.
ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK
Related Work at Site.
7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the
Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, or let other
direct contracts therefor which shall contain General
Conditions similar to these, or have other work performed
by utility owners. If the fact that such other work is to be
performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, then:
(i) written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR
prior to starting any such other work and
(ii) CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as
provided in Articles I 1 and 12 if CONTRACTOR believes
that such performance will involve additional expense to
CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties
are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof.
7.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each other contractor
who is a party to such a direct contract and each utility
owner (and OWNER, if OWNER is performing the
additional work with OWNER' employees) proper and
safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the
introduction and storage of materials and equipment and
the execution of such other work and shall properly connect
and coordinate the Work with theirs. Unless otherwise
provided in the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR
shall do all cutting, fitting and patching of the Work that
may be required to make its several parts come together
properly and integrate with such other work.
CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by
cutting, excavating or otherwise altering their work and
will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of
ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected.
The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under
this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and
other contractors to the extent that there are comparable
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
18 w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said
direct contracts between OWNER and such utility owners
and other contractors.
7.3. If the proper execution or results of any part of
CONTRACTOR's Work depends upon work performed
by others under this Article 7, CONTRACTOR shall
inspect such other work and promptly report to
ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies
in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable
for the proper execution and results of CONTRACTOR's
Work. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will
constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and
proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work
except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies
in such other work.
Coordination:
7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the
performance of other work on the Project at the site, the
following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions:
7.4.1. the person, firm or corporation who will have
authority and responsibility for coordination of the
activities among the various prime contractors will be
identified;
7.4.2. the specific matters to be covered by such
authority and responsibility will be itemized; and
7.4.3. the extent of such authority and
responsibilities will be provided.
Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary
Conditions, OWNER shall have sole authority and
responsibility in respect of such coordination.
ARTICLE 8—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1. Except as otherwise provided in these General
Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to
CONTRACTOR through ENGINEER.
8.2. In case of termination of the employment of
ENGINEER, OWNER shall appoint an engineer against
whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that
of the former ENGINEER.
8.3. OWNER shall famish the data required of
OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly and
shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly when
they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13.
8.4. OWNER' duties in respect of providing lands
and easements and providing engineering surveys to
establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1
and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers to OWNER's identifying
and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of
reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions
at the site and drawings of physical conditions in existing
structures at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized
by ENGINEER in preparing the Contract Documents.
8.6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as
indicated in paragraph 10.4.
8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain
inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in
paragraph 13.4.
8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or
suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1.
Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate
services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances.
8.9. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct or have
control or authority over, nor be responsible for,
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences
or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and
programs incident thereto, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations
applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work.
OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with
the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 9—ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING
CONSTRUCTION
OWNER's Representative:
9.1. ENGINEER will be OWNER's representative
during the construction period. The duties and
responsibilities and the limitations of authority of
ENGINEER as OWNER's representative during
construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and
shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER
and ENGINEER.
Visits to Site:
9.2. ENGINEER will make visits to the site at intervals
appropriate to the various stages of construction as
ENGINEER deems necessary in order to observe as an
experienced and qualified design professional the progress
EICDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
that has been made and the quality of the various aspects
of CONTRACTOR's executed Work. Based on
information obtained during such visits and observations,
ENGINEER will endeavor for the benefit of OWNER to
determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER
will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on -
site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the
Work. ENGINEER's efforts will be directed toward
providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that
the completed Work will conform generally to the
Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on -
site observations, ENGINEER will keep OWNER
informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to
guard OWNER against defective Work. ENGINEER's
visits and on -site observations are subject to all the
limitations on ENGINEER's authority and responsibility
set forth in paragraph 9.13, and particularly, but without
limitation, during or as a result of ENGINEER's on -site
visits or observations of CONTRACTOR's Work
ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control or have
authority over or be responsible for CONTRACTOR's
means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of
construction, or the safety precautions and programs
incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to
comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the
furnishing or performance of the Work.
Project Representative:
9.3. If OWNER and ENGINEER agree, ENGINEER
will famish a Resident Project Representative to assist
ENGINEER in providing more continuous observation of
the Work. The responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of any such Resident Project
Representative and assistants will be as provided in
paragraphs9.3 and 9.13 and in the Supplementmy
Eenditiens of these General Conditions. If OWNER
designates another representative or agent to represent
OWNER at the site who is not ENGINEER's Consultant,
agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and
limitations thereon of such other person will be as
provided in the SapplemeaIiar . Conditions paragraph 9.3
of these General Conditions. If the ENGINEER furnishes
a Resident Project Representative (RPR) or other
assistants, or if the OWNER designates a Representative
or agent, all as provided in paragraph 9.3 of the General
Conditions, these Representatives shall have the authority
and limitations as provided in para�l ph 9.13 of the
General Conditions and shall be subject to the following:
9.3.2. Duties and Responsibilities. Representative
will:
9.3.2.1. Schedules - Review the progress
19
schedule and other schedules prepared by the
CONTRACTOR and consult with the
ENGINEER concerning acceptability.
9.3.2.2. Conferences and Meeting - Attend
meeting with the CONTRACTOR such as
preconstmction conferences, progress meetings
and other job conferences and prepare and
circulate copies of minutes of meetings.
9.3.2.3. Liaison
9.3.2.3.1. Serve as ENGINEER'S liaison
with CONTRACTOR working princi ally
through CONTRACTOR'S superintendent to
assist the CONTRACTOR in understanding
the Contract Documents.
9.3.2.3.2. Assist in obtaining from OWNER
additional details or information, when
required, for proper execution of the Work
9.3.2.3.3. Advise the ENGINEER and
CONTRACTOR of the commencement of
any Work requiring a Shop Drawing or
sample submission if the submission has not
been approved by the ENGINEER
9.3.2.4.Review of Work, Reiection of Defective
Work, Inspections and Tests -
9.3.2.4.1. Conduct on -site observations of
the Work in progress to assist the ENGINEER
in determining that the Work is proceeding in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.3.2.4.3. Accompany visiting inspectors
representing public or other agencies having
Jurisdiction over the Project, record the results
of these inspections and report to the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.5. Interpretation of Contract
Documents. Report to ENGINEER when
clarifications and interpretations of the Contract
Documents are needed and transmit to
CONTRACTOR clarification and interpretation
of the Contract Documents as issued by the
ENGINEER.
9.3.2.6. Modifications Consider and
evaluate CONTRACTOR'S suggestions for
20 EJCDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
modification in Drawings or Specifications and
report these recommendations to ENGINEER
Accurately transmit to CONTRACTOR
decisions issued by the ENGINEER
9.3.2.7. Records.
9.3.2.7.3. Record names,
addresses and telephone numbers of all
CONTRACTORS, subcontractors and
major suppliers of equipment and materials
9.3.2.8. Reports.
9.3.2 8 1 Famish ENGINEER periodic
reports, as required, of the progress of the
Work and of the CONTRACTOR'S
compliance with the progress schedule and
schedule of shop Drawing and sampe
submittals.
9.3.2.8.2. Consult with ENGINEER in
advance of scheduling major tests
inspections or start of important phases of the
Work.
9.3.2.8.3. Draft proposed Change Orders
and Work Directive Changes obtaining
backup material from the CONTRACTOR
and recommend to ENGINEER Change
Orders, Work Directive Changes and field
orders.
9.3.2.8.4. Report immediately to
ENGINEER and OWNER the occurrence of
any accident
9.3.2.9. Payment Requests Review applications
for payment with CONTRACTOR for compliance
with the established procedure for their
submission and forward with recommendation to
ENGINEER, noting particularly the relationship of
the payment requested to the schedule of values,
work completed and materials and equipment
delivered at the site but not incorporated in the
Work.
9.3.2.10. Completion.
9.3.2.10.1. Before ENGINEER issues a
Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit
to CONTRACTOR a list of observed items
requiring correction or completion.
9.3.2.10.2. Conduct final inspection in the
company of the ENGINEER. OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and prepare a final list of
items to be corrected or completed.
9.3.2.10.3. Observe that all items on the
final list have been corrected or completed and
make recommendations to ENGINEER
concerning acceptance.
9.3.3. Limitation of Authority: The Representative shall
not:
9.3.3.1. Authorize any deviations from the
Contract Documents or accept any substitute
materials or equipment, unless authorized by [he
ENGINEER.
9.3.3.2. Exceed limitations of ENGINEER'S
authority as set forth in the Contract Documents
9.3.3.3. Undertake any of the responsibilities
of the CONTRACTOR. Subcontractors, or
CONTRACTOR'S superintendent
9.3.3.4. Advise on, or issue directions relative
to, or assume control over any aspect of the
means, methods, techniques, sequences or
Procedures for construction unless such is
specifically called for in the Contract Documents
9.3.3.5. Advise on or issue directions
regarding or assume control over safety
precautions and programs in connections with the
Work.
9.3.3.6. Accept Shop Drawings or sample
submittals from anyone other than the
CONTRACTOR.
9.3.3.7. Authorize OWNER to occupy the
Work in whole or in part
9.3.3.8. Participate in specialized field or
laboratory tests or inspections conducted by others
except as specifically authorized by the
ENGINEER.
Clarifications and Interpretations:
9.4. ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness
such written clarifications or interpretations of the
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
requirements of the Contract Documents (in the form of
Drawings or otherwise) as ENGINEER may determine
necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and
reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents. Such
written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on
OWNER and CONTRACTOR If OWNER or
CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification or
interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price
or the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree
to the amount or extent thereof, if any, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article 11 or Article 12.
Authorized Variations in Work:
9.5. ENGINEER may authorize minor variations in
the Work from the requirements of the Contract
Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the
Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible
with the design concept of the completed Project as a
functioning whole as indicated by the Contract
Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order
and will be binding on OWNER and also on
CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved
promptly. If OWNER or CONTRACTOR believes that a
Field Orderjustifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or
the Contract Times and the parties are unable to agree as
to the amount or extent thereof, OWNER or
CONTRACTOR may make a written claim therefor as
provided in Article I 1 or 12.
Rejecting Defective Work:
9.6. ENGINEER will have authority to disapprove or
reject Work which ENGINEER believes to be defective,
or that ENGINEER believes will not produce a completed
Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that
will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the
completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by
the Contract Documents. ENGINEER will also have
authority to require special inspection or testing of the
Work as provided in paragraph 13.9, whether or not the
Work is fabricated, installed or completed.
Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments:
9.7. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Shop Drawings and Samples, see paragraphs 6.24 through
6.28 inclusive.
9.8. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12.
9.9. In connection with ENGINEER's authority as to
Applications for Payment, see Article 14.
Determinations for Unit Prices:
9.10. ENGINEER will determine the actual quantities
and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR. ENGINEER will review with
CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's preliminary
determinations on such matters before rendering a written
decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application
21
for Payment or otherwise). ENGINEER's written decision
thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and
CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of
any such decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR
delivers to the other and to ENGINEER written notice of
intention to appeal from ENGINEER's decision and: (i) an
appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken within the time
limits and in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute Resolution Agreement", entered
into between OWNER and CONTRACTOR pursuant to
Article 16, or (it) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement
has been entered into, a formal proceeding is instituted by
the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to
exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may
have with respect to ENGINEER's decision, unless
otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER and
CONTRACTOR. Such appeal will not be subject to the
procedures of paragraph 9.11.
Decisions on Disputes.
9.11. ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the
requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the
acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and
other matters relating to the acceptability of the Work or
the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract
Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of
the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of
changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times will be
referred initially to ENGINEER in writing with a request
for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph.
Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter
will be delivered by the claimant to ENGINEER and the
other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event
later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or
event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will
be submitted to ENGINEER and the other party within
sixty days after the start of such occurrence or event unless
ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the
submission of additional or more accurate data in support
of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party
shall submit any response to ENGINEER and the claimant
within thirty days after receipt of the claimant's last
submittal (unless ENGINEER allows additional time).
ENGINEER will render a formal decision in writing within
thirty days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if
any, in accordance with this paragraph. ENGINEER's
written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will
be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR
unless: (i) an appeal from ENGINEER's decision is taken
within the time limits and in accordance with the
procedures set forth in EXHIBIT GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement", entered into between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR pursuant to Article 16, or (ii) if no such
Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a
written notice of intention to appeal from ENGINEER's
written decision is delivered by OWNER or
CONTRACTOR to the other and to ENGINEER within
thirty days after the date of such decision and a formal
proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of
competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies
as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim,
dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws
and Regulations within sixty days of the date of such
22 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by OWNER
and CONTRACTOR.
9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under
paragraphs 9.10 and 9.11, ENGINEER will not show
partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be
liable in connection with any interpretation or decision
rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of
a decision by ENGINEER pursuant to paragraphs 9.10 or
9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other
matter (except any which have been waived by the making
or acceptance of final payment as provided in
paragraph 14.15) will be a condition precedent to any
exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or
remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract
Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any
such claim, dispute or other matter -puFsiiant-�.
9.13. Limitations on ENGINEER's Authority and
Responsibilities:
9.13.1. Neither ENGINEER's authority or
responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other
provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision
made by ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise
or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the
undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority
or responsibility by ENGINEER shall create, impose
or give rise to any duty owed by ENGINEER to
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier,
any other person or organization, or to any surety for
or employee or agent of any of them.
9.13.2. ENGINEER will not supervise, direct,
control or have authority over or be responsible for
CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques,
sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety
precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any
failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and
Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of the Work. ENGINEER will not be
responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform
or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
9.13.3. ENGINEER will not be responsible for the
acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR or of any
Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or
organization performing or furnishing any of the
Work.
9.13.4. ENGINEER's review of the final Application
for Payment and accompanying documentation and
all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds and certificates of inspection, tests
and approvals and other documentation required to be
delivered by paragraph 14.12 will only be to
determine generally that their content complies with
the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of
inspections, tests and approvals that the results
certified indicate compliance with, the Contract
Documents.
9.13.5. The limitations upon authority and
responsibility set forth in this paragraph 9.13 shall also
apply to ENGINEER's Consultants, Resident Project
Representative and assistants.
ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK
10.1. Without invalidating the Agreement and without
notice to any surety, OWNER may, at any time or from
time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the
Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be
authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a
Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such
document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed with
the Work involved which will be performed under the
applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as
otherwise specifically provided).
10.2. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR are unable to
agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the
Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Times that
should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive,
a claim may be made therefor as provided in Article 11 or
Article 12.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to an increase
in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times
with respect to any Work performed that is not required by
the Contract Documents as amended, modified and
supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6, except
in the case of an emergency as provided in paragraph 6.23
or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in
paragraph 13.9.
10.4. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall execute
appropriate Change Orders recommended by ENGINEER
(or Written Amendments) covering:
10.4.1. changes in the Work which are (i) ordered
by OWNER pursuant to paragraph 10.1, (it) required
because of acceptance of defective Work under
paragraph 13.13 or correcting defective Work under
paragraph 13.14, or (iii) agreed to by the parties;
10.4.2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which are agreed to by the parties; and
10.4.3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract
Times which embody the substance of any written
decision rendered by ENGINEER pursuant to
paragraph 9.11;
provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order,
an appeal may be taken from any such decision in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents
and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such
appeal, CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and
adhere to the progress schedule as provided in
paragraph 6.29.
10.5. If notice of any change affecting the general scope
of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents
E1CDC GENERAL. CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
(including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract
Times) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be
given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be
CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each
applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly.
ARTICLE 11—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE
11.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total
compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable
to CONTRACTOR for perforating the Work. All duties,
responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken
by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense
without change in the Contract Price.
11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a
Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim
for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on
written notice delivered by the party making the claim to
the other party and to ENGINEER promptly (but in no
event later than thirty days) after the start of the
occurrence or event giving rise to the claim and stating the
general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the
claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty
days after the start of such occurrence or event (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time for claimant to submit
additional or more accurate data in support of the claim)
and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement
that the adjustment claimed covers all known amounts to
which the claimant is entitled as a result of said
occurrence or event. All claims for adjustment in the
Contract Price shall be determined by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and
CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree on the amount
involved. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this
paragraph 11.2.
11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change
Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract
Price will be determined as follows:
11.3.1. where the Work involved is covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents, by
application of such unit prices to the quantities of the
items involved (subject to the provisions of
23
paragraphs 11.9.1 through 11.9.3, inclusive);
11.3.2. where the Work involved is not covered by
unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a
mutually agreed payment basis, including lump sum
(which may include an allowance for overhead and
profit not necessarily in accordance with
paragraph 11.6.2);
11.3.3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit
prices contained in the Contract Documents and
agreement to a lump sum is not reached under
paragraph 11.3.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work
(determined as provided in paragraphs 11.4 and 11.5)
plus a CONTRACTOR'S fee for overhead and profit
(determined as provided in paragraph 11.6).
Cost of the Rork.
11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all
costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in
the proper performance of the Work. Except as otherwise
may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall
be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the
locality of the Project, shall include only the following
items and shall not include any of the costs itemized in
paragraph 11.5:
11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct
employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the
Work under schedules of job classifications agreed
upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR Such
employees shall include without limitation
superintendents, foremen and other personnel
employed full-time at the site. Payroll costs for
employees not employed full-time on the Work shall
be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the
Work. Payroll costs shall include, butbut fie be limited to-
salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits
which shall include social security contributions,
unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers'
compensation, health and-reHrernenf benefits, ems
applicable thereto.
The expenses of performing Work after regular
working hours, on Saturday, Sunday or legal holidays,
shall be included in the above to the extent authorized
by OWNER.
11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment famished
and incorporated in the Work, including costs of
transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field
services required in connection therewith. All cash
discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless
OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with
which to make payments, in which case the cash
discounts shall accrue to OWNER. All trade
discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of
surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to
OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions
so that they may be obtained.
11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the
Subcontractors for Work performed or furnished by
Subcontractors. If required by OWNER,
24 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from
Subcontractors acceptable to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to
OWNER who will then determine, with the advice of
ENGINEER, which bids, if any, will be accepted. If
any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to
be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee,
the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be
determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's
Cost of the Work and fee as provided in
paragraphs l 1.4, l 1.5, 11.6 and 11.7. All
subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of
the Contract Documents insofar as applicable.
11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but
not limited to engineers, architects, testing
laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants)
employed for services specifically related to the
Work.
11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following:
11.4.5.1. The proportion of necessary
transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of
CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in
discharge of duties connected with the Work.
11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and
maintenance, of all materials, supplies,
equipment, machinery, appliances, office and
temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not
owned by the workers, which are consumed in the
performance of the Work, and cost less market
value of such items used but not consumed which
remain the property of CONTRACTOR.
11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction
equipment and machinery and the parts thereof
whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in
accordance with rental agreements approved by
OWNER with the advice of ENGINEER, and the
costs of transportation, loading, unloading,
installation, dismantling and removal thereof --all
in accordance with terms of said rental
agreements. The rental of any such equipment,
machinery or parts shall cease when the use
thereof is no longer necessary for the Work.
11.4.5.4. Sales, consumer, use or similar taxes
related to the Work, and for which
CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and
Regulations.
11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any
of them may be liable, and royalty payments and
fees for permits and licenses.
11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related
expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not
compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained
by CONTRACTOR in connection with the
performance and furnishing of the Work (except
losses and damages within the deductible amounts
of property insurance established by OWNER in
accordance with paragraph 5.9), provided they
have resulted from causes other than the
negligence of CONTRACTOR, any
Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly
employed by any of them or for whose acts any of
them may be liable. Such losses shall include
settlements made with the written consent and
approval of OWNER. No such losses, damages
and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the
Work for the purpose of determining
CONTRACTOR's fee. If, however, any such loss
or damage requires reconstruction and
CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof,
CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee
proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2.
11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities, fuel and sanitary
facilities at the site.
11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams,
long distance telephone calls, telephone service at
the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in
connection with the Work.
11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds
and insurance required because of changes in the
Work.
11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of
the following:
11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of
CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of
partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers,
engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors,
accountants, purchasing and contracting agents,
expediters, timekeepers, clerks and other personnel
employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in
CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for
general administration of the Work and not specifically
included in the agreed upon schedule of job
classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or
specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4—all of which
are to be considered administrative costs covered by the
CONTRACTOR' fee.
11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR' principal and
branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at
the site.
11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital
expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR'S
capital employed for the Work and charges against
CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments.
11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all
insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required
by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain
the same (except for the cost of premiums covered by
subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above).
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
11.5.5. Costs due to the negligence of
CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone
directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be liable, including but
not limited to, the correction of defective Work,
disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied
and making good any damage to property.
11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of
any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and
expressly included in paragraph 11.4.
11.6. The CONTRACTOR's fee allowed to
CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be
determined as follows:
11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or
11.6.2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee
based on the following percentages of the various
portions of the Cost of the Work:
11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under
paragraphs I IA. I and 11.4.2, the
CONTRACTORS fee shall be fifteen percent;
11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under
paragraph 11.4.3, the CONTRACTOR' fee shall
be five percent;
11.6.2.3. where one or more tiers of
subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work
plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the
intent of paragraphs 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and
11.6.2 is that the Subcontractor who actually
performs or furnishes the Work, at whatever tier,
will be paid a fee of fifteen percent of the costs
incurred by such Subcontractor under paragraphs
11.4.1 and 11.4.2 and that any higher tier
Subcontractor and CONTRACTOR will each be
paid a fee of five pement of the
the next lahref tier SkibeeritmeteF to be negotiated
in good faith with the OWNER but not to exceed
five percent of the amount Paid to the next lower
tier Subcontractor.
11.6.2.4. no fee shall be payable on the basis
of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5
and 11.5;
11.6.2.5. the amount of credit to be allowed
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any change
which results in a net decrease in cost will be the
amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a
deduction in CONTRACTOR's fee by an amount
equal to five percent of such net decrease; and
11.6.2.6. when both additions and credits are
involved in any one change, the adjustment in
CONTRACTOR' fee shall be computed on the
basis of the net change in accordance with
paragraphs 11.6.2.1 through 11.6.2.5, inclusive.
11.7. Whenever the cost of any Work is to be
25
determined pursuant to paragraphs I I A and 11.5,
CONTRACTOR will establish and maintain records
thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting
practices and submit in form acceptable to ENGINEER an
itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data.
Cash Allowances:
11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included
in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the
Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered
to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER. CONTRACTOR
agrees that:
11.8.1. the allowances include the cost to
CONTRACTOR (less any applicable trade discounts)
of materials and equipment required by the allowances
to be delivered at the site, and all applicable taxes; and
11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and
handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead,
profit and other expenses contemplated for the
allowances have been included in the Contract Price
and not in the allowances and no demand for
additional payment on account of any of the foregoing
will be valid.
Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be
issued as recommended by ENGINEER to reflect actual
amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered
by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be
correspondingly adjusted.
11.9. Unit Price Work:
11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all
or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially
the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all
Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the
established unit prices for each separately identified
item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity
of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The
estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are
not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of
comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract
Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and
classifications of Unit Price Work performed by
CONTRACTOR will be made by ENGINEER in
accordance with paragraph 9.10.
11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an
amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be adequate
to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for
each separately identified item.
11.9.3.OWNER or CONTRACTOR may make a
claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in
accordance with Article 11 if:
11.9.3.1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price
Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs
materially and significantly from the estimated
quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement;
26 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
and
11.9.3.2. there is no corresponding adjustment
with respect to any other item of Work; and
11.9.3.3. if CONTRACTOR believes that
CONTRACTOR is entitled to an increase in
Contract Price as a result of having incurred
additional expense or OWNER believes that
OWNER is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price
and the parties are unable to agree as to the
amount of any such increase or decrease.
11.9.3.4. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that
the OWNER has the right to add or delete items in
the Bid or change quantities at OWNER'S sole
discretion without affecting the Contract Price of
any remaining item so long as the deletion or
addition does not exceed twenty-five percent of
the original total Contract Price
ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES
12.1. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be
changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment.
Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by
the party making the claim to the other party and to
ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than thirty
days) after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the
claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice
of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be
delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless
ENGINEER allows additional time to ascertain more
accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be
accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the
adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the
claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of
the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in
the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be determined by
ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if
OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise agree.
No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times (or
Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance
with the requirements of this paragraph 12.1.
12.2. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents
are of the essence of the Agreement.
12.3. Where CONTRACTOR is prevented from
completing any part of the Work within the Contract
Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will
be extended in an amount equal to time lost due to such
delay if a claim is made therefor as provided in
paragraph 12.1. Delays beyond the control of
CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, ads
or neglect by OWNER, acts or neglect of utility owners or
other contractors performing other work as contemplated
by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather
conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and
The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment
described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without
consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is
indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a
substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or
used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such
acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective
date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such
application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the
General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements.
10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS
10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of
principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section
00430 contained within these Documents.
10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable
objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of
Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an
acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent
successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the
contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes
to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons
or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written
objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed
acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance
after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General
Conditions.
10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor,
supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable
objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by
OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of
the Work.
11.0 BID FORM.
11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may
be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for
submission with the Bid.
11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on
the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words
will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums.
11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the
president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by
evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and
attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address
and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name.
7/96 Section 00100 Page 4
uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing,
replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are
unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,
CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Stop the Work:
13.10. If the Work is defective, or CONTRACTOR fails
to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or
equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a
way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract
Documents, OWNER may order CONTRACTOR to stop
the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such
order has been eliminated; however, this right of OWNER
to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part
of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of
CONTRACTOR or any surety or other party.
Correction or Removal of Defective Work:
13.11. If required by ENGINEER, CONTRACTOR shall
promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work,
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the
Work has been rejected by ENGINEER, remove it from the
site and replace it with Work that is not defective.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages caused by or resulting from such correction or
removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or
replacement of work of others).
13.12. Correction Period:
13.12.1.If within ene-yeae two year after the date of
Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the
terms of any applicable special guarantee required by
the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of
the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be
defective, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost
to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written
instructions: (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has
been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the site and
replace it with Work that is not defective, and (ii)
satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage
to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom.
If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the
terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where
delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage,
OWNER may have the defective Work corrected or the
rejected Work removed and replaced, and all claims,
costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from
such removal and replacement (including but not
limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of
others) will be paid by CONTRACTOR.
13.12.2.In special circumstances where a particular
item of equipment is placed in continuous service
before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the
correction period for that item may start to run from an
earlier date if so provided in the Specifications or by
Written Amendment.
13.12.3. Where defective Work (and damage to other
28 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this paragraph 13.12, the
correction period hereunder with respect to such Work
will be extended for an additional period of ene year
two Years after such correction or removal and
replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
Acceptance of Defective Work:
13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and
replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to
ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment, also
ENGINEER) prefers to accept it, OWNER may do so.
CONTRACTOR shall pay all claims, costs, losses and
damages attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and
determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to
be approved by ENGINEER as to reasonableness). If any
such acceptance occurs prior to ENGINEER's
recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be
issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after
such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid
by CONTRACTOR to OWNER.
OWNER May Correct Defective Work.
13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time
after written notice from ENGINEER to correct defective
Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required
by ENGINEER in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if
CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR fails
to comply with any other provision of the Contract
Documents, OWNER may, after seven days' written
notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such
deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under
this paragraph OWNER shall proceed expeditiously. In
connection with such corrective and remedial action,
OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of
the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and
suspend CONTRACTOR's services related thereto, take
possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances,
construction equipment and machinery at the site and
incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment
stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere.
CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's
representatives, agents and employees, OWNER's other
contractors and ENGINEER and ENGINEER's
Consultants access to the site to enable OWNER to
exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All
claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by
OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be
charged against CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will
be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the
Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and
OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the
Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to
the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor
as provided in Article 11. Such claims, costs, losses and
damages will include but not be limited to all costs of
repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or
damaged by correction, removal or replacement of
CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall
not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times (or
Milestones) because of any delay in performance of the
Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's
rights and remedies hereunder.
ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND
COMPLETION
Schedule of Values.
14.1. The schedule of values established as provided in
paragraph 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress payments
and will be incorporated into a form of Application for
Payment acceptable to ENGINEER. Progress payments on
account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of
units completed.
Application for Progress Payment:
14.2. At least twenty days before the date established for
each progress payment (but not more often than once a
month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to ENGINEER for
review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by
CONTRACTOR covering the Work completed as of the
date of the Application and accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the Contract
Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of
materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but
delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another
location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment
shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other
documentation warranting that OWNER has received the
materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and
evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by
appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to
protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be
satisfactory to OWNER. The amount of retainage with
respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the
Agreement. Any funds that are withheld by the OWNER
shall not be subject to substitution by the CONTRACTOR
with securities or any arrangements involving an escrow or
custodianship By executing the application for Payment
form the CONTRACTOR expressly waives his right to the
benefits of Colorado Revised Statutes, Section 24-91-101
et seq.
CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title:
14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title
to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any
Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the
Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time
of payment free and clear of all Liens.
Review of Applications for Progress Payment.
14.4. ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
recommendation of payment and present the Application
to OWNER, or return the Application to CONTRACTOR
indicating in writing ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to
recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR
may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the
Application. Ten days after presentation of the
Application for Payment to OWNER with ENGINEER's
recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject
to the provisions of the last sentence of paragraph 14.7)
become due and when due will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR.
14.5. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment
requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a
representation by ENGINEER to OWNER, based on
ENGINEER's on -site observations of the executed Work
as an experienced and qualified design professional and on
ENGINEER's review of the Application for Payment and
the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of
ENGINEER's knowledge, information and belief:
14.5.1. the Work has progressed to the point
indicated,
14.5.2. the quality of the Work is generally in
accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to
an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole
prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results
of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract
Documents, to a final determination of quantities and
classifications for Unit Price Work under
paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated
in the recommendation), and
14.5.3. the conditions precedent to
CONTRACTOR's being entitled to such payment
appear to have been fulfilled insofar as it is
ENGINEER's responsibility to observe the Work.
However, by recommending any such payment
ENGINEER will not thereby be deemed to have
represented that: (i) exhaustive or continuous on -site
inspections have been made to check the quality or the
quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities
specifically assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract
Documents or (i1i) that there may not be other matters or
issues between the parties that might entitle
CONTRACTOR to be paid additionally by OWNER or
entitle OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR.
14.6. ENGINEER's recommendation of any payment,
including final payment, shall not mean that ENGINEER
is responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or
the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or
for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or
performance of Work, or for any failure of
CONTRACTOR to perform or furnish Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
14.7. ENGINEER may refuse to recommend the whole
or any part of any payment if, in ENGINEER'S opinion, it
would be incorrect to make the representations to
29
OWNER referred to in paragraph 14.5. ENGINEER may
also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of
subsequently discovered evidence or the results of
subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment
previously recommended, to such extent as may be
necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER
from loss because:
14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has
been damaged requiring correction or replacement,
14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by
Written Amendment or Change Order,
14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct
defective Work or complete Work in accordance with
paragraph 13.14, or
14.7.4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.4 inclusive.
OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount
recommended by ENGINEER because:
14.7.5. claims have been made against OWNER on
account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing
of the Work,
14.7.6. Liens have been filed in connection with the
Work, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a
specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the
satisfaction and discharge of such Liens,
14.7.7. there are other items entitling OWNER to a set-
off against the amount recommended, or
14.7.8. OWNER has actual knowledge of the
occurrence of any of the events enumerated in
paragraphs 14.7.1 through 14.7.3 or paragraphs 15.2.1
through 15.2.4 inclusive;
but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate
written notice (with a copy to ENGINEER) stating the
reasons for such action and promptly pay CONTRACTOR
the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed
to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when
CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the
reasons for such action.
Substantial Completion:
14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work
ready for its intended use CONTRACTOR shall notify
OWNER and ENGINEER in writing that the entire Work
is substantially complete (except for items specifically
listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that
ENGINEER issue a certificate of Substantial Completion.
Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER,
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER shall make an inspection
of the Work to determine the status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider the Work substantially
complete, ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If ENGINEER
30 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 412000)
considers the Work substantially complete, ENGINEER
will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of
Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the
certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven
days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which
to make written objection to ENGINEER as to any
provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after
considering such objections, ENGINEER concludes that
the Work is not substantially complete, ENGINEER will
within fourteen days after submission of the tentative
certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing,
stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
OWNER's objections, ENGINEER considers the Work
substantially complete, ENGINEER will within said
fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial
Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be
completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the
tentative certificate as ENGINEER believes justified after
consideration of any objections from OWNER. At the
time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial
Completion ENGINEER will deliver to OWNER and
CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division
of responsibilities pending final payment between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,
operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance
and warranties and guarantees. Unless OWNER and
CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform
ENGINEER in writing prior to ENGINEER's issuing the
definitive certificate of Substantial Completion,
ENGINEER's aforesaid recommendation will be binding
on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment.
14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude
CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of
Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow
CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct
items on the tentative list.
Partial Utilization:
14.10. Use by OWNER at OWNER's option of any
substantially completed part of the Work, which: (i) has
specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
(ii) OWNER, ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR agree
constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the
Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended
purpose without significant interference with
CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the
Work, may he accomplished prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work subject to the following:
14.10.1.OWNER at any time may request
CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use
any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to
be ready for its intended use and substantially
complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees that such part of
the Work is substantially complete, CONTRACTOR
will certify to OWNER and ENGINEER that such
part of the Work is substantially complete and request
ENGINEER to issue a certificate of Substantial
Completion for that part of the Work.
CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and
ENGINEER in writing that CONTRACTOR considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use
and substantially complete and request ENGINEER to
issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that
part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either
such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and
ENGINEER shall make an inspection of that part of
the Work to determine its status of completion. If
ENGINEER does not consider that part of the Work to
be substantially complete, ENGINEER will notify
OWNER and CONTRACTOR in writing giving the
reasons therefor. If ENGINEER considers that part of
the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions
of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to
certification of Substantial Completion of that part of
the Work and the division of responsibility in respect
thereof and access thereto.
14.10.2. No occupancy or separate operation of part
of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance
with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of
property insurance.
Final Inspection:
14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the
entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete,
ENGINEER will make a final inspection with OWNER
and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in
writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals
that the Work is incomplete or defective. CONTRACTOR
shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such work or remedy such deficiencies.
Final Application forPayment.,
14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such
corrections to the satisfaction of ENGINEER and delivered
in accordance with the Contract Documents all
maintenance and operating instructions, schedules,
guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of
insurance required by paragraph 5.4, certificates of
inspection, marked -up record documents (as provided in
paragraph 6.19) and other documents, CONTRACTOR
may make application for final payment following the
procedure for progress payments. The final Application for
Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously
delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the
Contract Documents, including but not limited to the
evidence of insurance required by subparagraph 5.4.13,
(ii) consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and
(iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers
(satisfactory to OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed
in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or
waivers of Liens and as approved by OWNER,
CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or releases in full
and affidavit of CONTRACTOR that: (i) the releases and
receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment
for which a Lien could be filed, and (ii) all payrolls,
material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER'S
property might in any way be responsible have been paid or
otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
to furnish such a release or receipt in full,
CONTRACTOR may furnish a Bond or other collateral
satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against
any Lien. Releases or waivers of liens and the consent of
the surety to finalize payment are to be submitted on
forms conforming to the format of the OWNER'S standard
forms bound in the Project manual.
Final Payment and Acceptance:
14.13. If, on the basis of ENGINEER's observation of
the Work during construction and final inspection, and
ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment
and accompanying documentation as required by the
Contract Documents, ENGINEER is satisfied that the
Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other
obligations under the Contract Documents have been
fulfilled, ENGINEER will, within ten days after receipt of
the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing
ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present
the Application to OWNER for payment. At the same
time ENGINEER will also give written notice to OWNER
and CONTRACTOR that the Work is acceptable subject
to the provisions of paragraph 14.15. Otherwise,
ENGINEER will return the Application to
CONTRACTOR, indicating in writing the reasons for
refusing to recommend final payment, in which case
CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and
resubmit the Application. Thirty days after presentation to
OWNER of the Application and accompanying
documentation, in appropriate form and substance and
with ENGINEER's recommendation and notice of
acceptability, the amount recommended by ENGINEER
will become due and will be paid by OWNER to
CONTRACTOR subject to paragraph 17.6.2 of these
General Conditions.
14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR, final
completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if
ENGINEER so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of
CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and
recommendation of ENGINEER, and without terminating
the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the
remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not
fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage
stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been
furnished as required in paragraph 5.1, the written consent
of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that
portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be
subtrtted by CONTRACTOR to ENGINEER with the
Application for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final
payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of
claims.
Waiver of Claims:
14.15. The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
14.15.1. a waiver of all claims by OWNER against
CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from
unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after
31
final inspection pursuant to paragraph 14.11, from
failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the
terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or
from CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under
the Contract Documents; and
14.15.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR
against OWNER other than those previously made in
writing and still unsettled.
ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND
TERMINATION
OWNER May Suspend Work:
15.1. At any time and without cause, OWNER may
suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not
more than ninety days by notice in writing to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER which will fix the date
on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall
resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR
shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an
extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly
attributable to any such suspension if CONTRACTOR
makes an approved claim therefor as provided in
Articles 11 and 12.
OWNER May Terminate:
15.2. Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the
following events:
15.2.1. if CONTRACTOR persistently fails to perform
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents
(including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient
skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or
failure to adhere to the progress schedule established
under paragraph 2.9 as adjusted from time to time
pursuant to paragraph 6.6);
15.2.2. if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or
Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction;
15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of
ENGINEER; or
15.2.4. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any
substantial way any provisions of the Contract
Documents;
OWNER may, after giving CONTRACTOR (and the
surety, if any) seven days' written notice and to the extent
permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services
of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site
and take possession of the Work and of all
CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction
equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to
the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR
(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or
conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and
equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid
32 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and
finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such
case CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs,
losses and damages sustained by OWNER arising out of
or resulting from completing the Work such excess will he
paid to CONTRACTOR. If such claims, costs, losses and
damages exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR
shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such claims, costs,
losses and damages incurred by OWNER will be reviewed
by ENGINEER as to their reasonableness and when so
approved by ENGINEER incorporated in a Change Order,
provided that when exercising any rights or remedies
under this paragraph OWNER shall not be required to
obtain the lowest price for the Work performed.
15.3. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so
terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect
any rights or remedies of OWNER against
CONTRACTOR then existing or which may thereafter
accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due
CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release
CONTRACTOR from liability.
15.4. Upon seven days' written notice to
CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER, OWNER may,
without cause and without prejudice to any other right or
remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In
such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without
duplication of any items):
15.4.1. for completed and acceptable Work executed
in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to
the effective date of termination, including fair and
reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such
Work;
15.4.2. for expenses sustained prior to the effective
date of termination in performing services and
furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required
by the Contract Documents in connection with
uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for
overhead and profit on such expenses;
15.4.3. for all claims, costs, losses and damages
incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with
Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and
15.4.4. for reasonable expenses directly attributable
to termination.
CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of
anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss
arising out of or resulting from such termination.
CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate:
15.5. If, through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the
Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety days
by OWNER or under an order of court or other public
authority, or ENGINEER fails to act on any Application
for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or
OWNER fails for thirty days to pay CONTRACTOR any
sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR
may, upon seven days' written notice to OWNER and
ENGINEER, and provided OWNER or ENGINEER do not
remedy such suspension or failure within that time,
terminate the Agreement and recover from OWNER
payment on the same terms as provided in paragraph 15.4.
In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, if ENGINEER has failed to
act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it
is submitted, or OWNER has failed for thirty days to pay
CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due,
CONTRACTOR may upon seven days' written notice to
OWNER and ENGINEER stop the Work until payment of
all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest
thereon. The provisions of this paragraph 15.5 are not
intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim
under Articles 11 and 12 for an increase in Contract Price
or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage
directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as
permitted by this paragraph.
ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION
If and to the extent that OWNER and CONTRACTOR
have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving
disputes between them that may arise under this
Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure,
if any, shall be as set forth in Exhibit GC -A, "Dispute
Resolution Agreement', to be attached hereto and made a
part hereof. If no such agreement on the method and
procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached,
and subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.10, 9.11 and
9.12, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such
rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the
Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect
of any dispute.
ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS
Giving Notice.
17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract
Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be
deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to
the individual or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of
the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or
sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the
last business address known to the giver of the notice.
17.2. Computation of Time:
17.2.L When any period of time is referred to in the
Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to
exclude the first and include the last day of such
period. If the last day of any such period falls on a
Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday
by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will
be omitted from the computation.
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
17.2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured
from midnight to the next midnight will constitute a
day.
Notice of Claim:
17.3. Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury
or damage to person or property because of any error,
omission or act of the other party or of any of the other
parry's employees or agents or others for whose acts the
other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing
to the other party within a reasonable time of the fast
observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of
this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute
for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute
of limitations or repose.Cumulative Remedies.
17.4. The duties and obligations imposed by these
General Conditions and the rights and remedies available
hereunder to the parties hereto, and, in particular but
without limitation, the warranties, guarantees and
obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by
paragraphs 6.12, 6.16, 6.30, 6.31, 6.32, 13.1, 13.12, 13.14,
14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available
to OWNER and ENGINEER thereunder, are in addition
to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation
of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them
which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or
Regulations by special warranty or guarantee or by other
provisions of the Contract Documents, and the provisions
of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated
specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with
each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which
they apply.
Professional Fees and Court Costs Included:
17.5. Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs,
losses and damages", it shall include in each case, but not
be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects,
attorneys and other professionals and all court or
arbitration or other dispute resolution costs.
17.6. The laws of the State of Colorado apply to this
Agreement. Reference to two pertinent Colorado statutes
are as follows;
17.6.1. Colorado Revised Statutes (CRS 8-17-101)
require that Colorado labor be emvloved to perform
the Work to the extent of not less than 80 percent
(80%) of each type or class of labor in the several
classifications of skilled and common labor employed
on the project. Colorado labor means any person who
is a bona fide resident of the State of Colorado at the
time of employment, without discrimination as to race,
color, creed, age, religion or sex.
17.6.2. If a claim is filed, OWNER is required by
law (CRS 38-26-107) to withhold from all payments to
CONTRACTOR sufficient funds to insure the
payment of all claims for labor, materials, team hire,
sustenance, provisions, provender, or other supplies
used or consumed by CONTRACTOR or his
33
subcontractors in or about the performance of the Work.
Such funds must be withheld until said claims have
been paid or such claims as filed have been withdrawn,
34 EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 42000)
(This page left blank intentionally.)
EJCDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition) 35
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
36 E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 4/2000)
EXHIBIT GC -A to General Conditions
of the Construction Contract Between
OWNER and CONTRACTOR
DISPUTE RESOLUTION AGREEMENT
OWNER and CONTRACTOR hereby agree that
Article 16 of the General Conditions of the Construction
Contract between OWNER and CONTRACTOR is
amended to include the following agreement of the parties:
16.1. All claims, disputes and other matters in
question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising
out of or relating to the Contract Documents or the breach
thereof (except for claims which have been waived by the
making or acceptance of final payment as provided by
paragraph 14.15) will be decided by arbitration in
accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration
Rules of the American Arbitration Association then
obtaining, subject to the limitations of the Article 16. This
agreement so to arbitrate and any other agreement or
consent to arbitrate entered into in accordance herewith as
provided in this Article 16 will be specifically enforceable
under the prevailing law of any court having jurisdiction.
16.2. No demand for arbitration of any claim, dispute
or other matter that is required to be referred to
ENGINEER initially for decision in accordance with
paragraph 9.11 will be made until the earlier of (a) the date
on which ENGINEER has rendered a written decision or
(b) the thirty-first day after the parties have presented their
evidence to ENGINEER if a written decision has not been
rendered by ENGINEER before that date. No demand for
arbitration of any such claim, dispute or other matter will
be made later than thirty days after the date on which
ENGINEER has rendered a written decision in respect
thereof in accordance with paragraph 9.11; and the failure
to demand arbitration within said thirty days' period will
result in ENGINEER's decision being final and binding
upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR. If ENGINEER
renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been
initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence but will
not supersede the arbitration proceedings, except where the
decision is acceptable to the parties concerned. No demand
for arbitration of any written decision of ENGINEER
rendered in accordance with paragraph 9.10 will be made
later than ten days after the party making such demand has
delivered written notice of intention to appeal as provided
in paragraph 9.10.
16.3. Notice of the demand for arbitration will be
filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and
with the American Arbitration Association, and a copy will
be sent to ENGINEER for information. The demand for
arbitration will be made within the thirty -day or ten-day
period specified in paragraph 16.2 as applicable, and in all
other cases within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute
or other matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall
any such demand be made after the date when institution of
legal or equitable proceedings based on such claim, dispute
or other matter in question would be bared by the
applicable statute of limitations.
E1CDC GENERAL CONDITIONS 1910-8 (1990 Edition)
w/ CITY OF FORT COLLINS MODIFICATIONS (REV 9/99)
16.4. Except as provided in paragraph 16.5 below,
no arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents shall include by consolidation, joinder or in any
other manner any other person or entity (including
ENGINEER, ENGINEER's Consultant and the officers,
directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them)
who is not a party to this contract unless:
16.4.1. the inclusion of such other person or entity is
necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among
those who are already parties to the arbitration, and
16.4.2. such other person or entity is substantially
involved in a question of law or fact which is common
to those who are already parties to the arbitration and
which will arise in such proceedings, and
16.4.3. the written consent of the other person or
entity sought to be included and of OWNER and
CONTRACTOR has been obtained for such inclusion,
which consent shall make specific reference to this
paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent
to arbitration of any dispute not specifically described
in such consent or to arbitration with any party not
specifically identified in such consent.
16.5. Notwithstanding paragraph 16.4, if a claim,
dispute or other matter in question between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involves the Work of a Subcontractor,
either OWNER or CONTRACTOR may join such
Subcontractor as a party to the arbitration between OWNER
and CONTRACTOR hereunder. CONTRACTOR shall
include in all subcontracts required by paragraph 6.11 a
specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to
being joined in an arbitration between OWNER and
CONTRACTOR involving the Work of such
Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph 16.5 nor in the
provision of such subcontract consenting to joinder shall
create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of
Subcontractor and against OWNER, ENGINEER or
ENGINEER's Consultants that does not otherwise exist.
16.6. The award rendered by the arbitrators will be
final, judgment may be entered upon it in any court having
jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to
modification or appeal.
16.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that they
shall first submit any and all unsettled claims,
counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question
between them arising out of or relating to the Contract
Documents or the breach thereof ("disputes"), to mediation
by the American Arbitration Association under the
Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American
Arbitration Association prior to either of them initiating
against the other a demand for arbitration pursuant to
paragraphs 16.1 through 16.6, unless delay in initiating
arbitration would irrevocably prejudice one of the parties.
The respective thirty and ten day time limits within which
to file a demand for arbitration as provided in paragraphs
16.2 and 16.3 above shall be suspended with respect to a
dispute submitted to mediation within those same
applicable time limits and shall remain suspended until ten
days after the termination of the mediation. The mediator
of any dispute submitted to mediation under this Agreement
shall not serve as arbitrator of such dispute unless otherwise
agreed.
GC -AI